Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout4330 20th St (41)BUILDING AND CODE DATA DRAWING INDEX Authority Having Jurisdiction: City of Zephyrhills, Florida Ordinance in Effect: Title XV: LAND USAGE § 156.01 ADOPTION OF CONSTRUCTION CODES BY REFERENCE. (A) The following construction codes are adopted in their entirety unless otherwise specifically modified by their ordinance. (1) 2004 Florida Building Code as adopted and updated by the Florida Building Commission and all subsequent amendments or editions. (2) National Electric Code as published by national Fire Protection Association (N.F.P.A.), 1984 Edition, and all subsequent amendments or editions. (3) National Fire Code as published by N.F.P.A., 1982 Edition, and all subsequent amendments or editions. (4) International Property Maintenance Code 2006 Edition and all subsequent amendments or editions. Other Codes, Laws and Ordinances In Effect: 1. OSHA, current edition 2. 2012 Florida Accessibility Code (integrated with the Americans With Disabilities Act Architectural Guidelines 2010) 3. 2010 Florida Building Code Energy Conservation (Integrated with 2009 IECC) The above list is meant to be a guideline only and is not necessarily representative of all codes, laws and guidelines in effect over the project. Contractor to determine what, if any, additional requirements are applicable to this project. KEYPLAN AREA OF WI GENERAL CONTRACTOR MEP/FP ENGINEER EPSTEIN 600 WEST FULTON STREET CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60661 312.454.9100 OWNER NESTLE WATERS NORTH AMERICA 4330 20TH STREET ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA 33542 972.462.3663 DWING NUM BER DRAWING DESCRIPTION w to w t!1 0° LL w � (n wa 0 0 I. w W 08116/2013 09/0312013 09/1112013 09/18/2013 COVER COVER: DRAWING INDEX, BUILDING & CODE DATA, LOCATION MAP v■ CA- 001 PROJECT INFORMATION ff■ CA- 002 EGRESS PLAN 0■ N CA- 003 INTERIOR OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS 0■ vz CA- 004 INTERIOR OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS ■ H A- 101 DEMO, PARTITION, RCP AND POWER PLANS ■ _ A- 102 FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULES ■ 0 A- 601 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ■ 'z A- 801 PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS • E- 001 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS n 8■ E- 002 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND TABLES a 0■ v E- 003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS M 0■ a Z E- 004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 0 E• v E- 005 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS a 0■ w o E- 010 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & PARTIAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ■ E- 101 DEMOLITION, POWER & REFLECTED CEILING LIGHTING PLAN 8 a■ _J M- 100 MECHANICAL DETAILS a a■ V M- 101 MECHANICAL NEW WORK & DEMOLITION 0 0■ Z Z M- 102 MECHANICAL NOTES & SCHEDULES M 0■ M- 103 MECHANICAL CONTROLS E■ w o M- 104 MECHANICAL CONTROL DETAILS • P- 001 PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES ■ P- 002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS ■ m z P- 003 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P- 004 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS ■ P- 005 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS ■ ■ IL P- 101 PLUMBING PLANS ■ Z FP-,001 FIRE PROTECTION NOTES ■ O a FP- 002 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS ■ W U Z FP- 101 FIRE PROTECTION PLANS LL O 0: p IL S- 001 GENERAL NOTES AND SHEET SPECIFICA11ONS ■ 0 S- 100 PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN, SECTION & DETAILS Dz U I- G y ��r /! • .mot ✓��i'� yl 4: ARCHITECT /INTERIOR DESIGNER P TEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors Los Angeles Engineering New York Construction Bucharest Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com VPW- 'q Nestle waters WRTH AMERICA NESTLE WATERS NORTH AMERICA 4330 20TH STREET ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA 33542 INTERIOR LAB RENOVATION LOCATION MAP d 'Q sus F, Vil �.. ' . I . I .4i g} ppttva gi� 4 9 k 5 i �" � Ga I etn A',* I' l 3 gigF$$ A I ISSUED FOR PERMIT SEPTEMBER 18, 2013 Un ISSUED FOR PERMIT SEPTEMBER 18, 2013 1 CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS WERE PREPARED UNDER MY PERSONAL SUPERVISION AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, CONFORM TO THE CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS CODES. MICHAEL DAMORE DATE: Ott ', t �-_+. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS WERE PREPARED UNDER MY PERSONAL SUPERVISION AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE CONFORM TO THE STATE OF FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AND THE CRITERIA OF THE CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS BUILDING CODE TO FACILITATE THE MOBILITY OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES. F_ — '_ — — — __ MICHAEL DAMORE i DATE: A. EPSTEIN INTERNATIONAL AND INTERIOR SPACE INTERNATIONAL (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF A. EPSTEIN+SCHS INTERNATIONAL) AN ILLINOIS LICENSED DESIGN FIRM NO. 184-000-537 4iz 13-600gle 1 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 09.18.2013 NO. REVISIONS/ISSUANCES DATE COVER TYPICAL ELECTRICAL [YIOIJuiN4 FEOHTIB FIRE PROTECTION DEVICE 13 / PHONE __(ALIGN EDGE WITH SWITCH) 4■ LIGHT SNATCH, SENSORS, ETC 71Z 00 THERMO ATco /SENSO \N MIop 4 -,�k-G OUTSIDE EDGE OF DOOR FRAME VOICE/DATA 0 AND/OR EDGE OF WALL ELECTRICAL OUTLET TYPICAL MILLWORK MOUNT NON -OPERABLE SENSORS, FIRE ALARM A/V DEVICES CENTERED ABOVE LIGHT SWITCHES., U.N.O. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL LOCATION OF RELATED ITEMS DETAIL CALLOUT DISCIPLINE DESIGNATOR - PRIORITY NUMBER -� \ PI F\/ATIr)N - IAITI=RIr1R 3 DETAIL NUMBER 1 A-101 CALLOUT SHEET NUMBER L — 2,_ DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER BREAK LINE __V__ CEILING HEIGHT (AFF) CEILING TAG - CEILINGTYPE CENTER LINE CE COLUMN BUBBLE O� LEVEL NAME ELEVATION - DATUM gilk LOBBY LEVEL DOOR TAG DR # EL: 100' - 0' \__LEVEL LINE LEVEL ELEVATION EQUIPMENT TAG EQ-2 TYP. ELECTRICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS L N DETAIL NUMBER SECTION 1A-10 NORTH ARROW SHEET NUMBER REVISION TAG ROOM NAME DETAIL NUMBER �� 1 -w LOBBY SECTION - DETAIL 1A-10 ROOM TAG 101 ROOM NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 150 SF � ROOM AREA (IF PRESENT) WALL TAG Al (SEE SHEET A-801 FOR TYPES) FINISH TAG W --- WALL FINISH B --- BASE FINISH F --- FLOOR FINISH C --- CEILING FINISH DRAWING SYMBOLS PARTITIONS EXISTING PARTITION DEMOLITION NEW PARTITION GENERAL NOTES 1. THE 'CONTRACT DOCUMENTS' SHALL INCLUDE THESE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, THE WRITTEN CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND ANY OTHER AGREED ATTACHMENTS TO SAID CONTRACT. 2. THE TERM "OWNER" SHALL INCLUDE NESTLE WATERS NORTH AMERICA, ITS EMPLOYEES AND ITS AGENTS. 3. THE TERM ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL INCLUDE EPSTEIN, THEIR EMPLOYEES AND THEIR AGENTS. 4. THE TERM 'CONTRACTOR 'SHALL INCLUDE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, HIS EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS, AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLJERS. 5. PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, FOR ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER AND THE LANDLORD, ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE OWNER, THE ARCHITECT AND THE LANDLORD SHALL BE NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON THE CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. 6. ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND ORDINANCES 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES, AND FOR ALL FEES ASSOCIATED THEREIN. 8. PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH THE BUILDING OPERATING REGULATIONS WITH THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE FOR THIS PROJECT: • THE BUILDING OPERATING REGULATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. •THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION ACCESS, BUILDING WORKING HOURS AND CONSTRUCTION PARKING. 10. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS, THE CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE ACTUAL EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE EXISTING CONDITIONS ON THE PROJECT SITE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE PROJECT DRAWINGS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL PROJECT RELATED CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS AND DETAILS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND AS ANTICIPATED OR INFERRED PRIOR TO PRICING OR BIDDING. 13. EPSTEIN SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS WHICH WOULD INTERFERE WITH THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE WORK, PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY AND ALL WORK. 14. ALL WORK, WHETHER SHOWN OR IMPLIED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY QUESTIONED, SHALL BE CONSIDERED FULLY UNDERSTOOD IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND HE WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY MISINTERPRETATIONS OR CONSEQUENCES THEREOF FOR ALL WORK ON ALL DRAWINGS. 15. THESE GENERAL NOTES SHALL APPLY TO ALL DRAWINGS. 16. THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, THE 25. INCLUDE THE REMOVAL OF CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE REASONABLE PIPING, DUCTS AND ALL OTHER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION MODIFICATIONS TO THE PLANS AND IN THE LOCATIONS OF NETWORKS BACK TO SOURCE IF POSSIBLE. IF UNABLE TO NEW EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND FINISH MATERIALS AS ACCOMPLISH TASK OR ENCOUNTER SEVERE HARDSHIP; REQUIRED BY BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS OR BUILDING FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK, ALL TERMINATIONS CONDITIONS. WITH OWNER APPROVAL MAY BE MADE AT FIRST EXISTING ITEM/BOXES LEFT UNAFFECTED BY THE DEMOLITION OR IN 17. IN THE EVENT THAT, IN THE OPINION OF THE NEW BOXES AND CAPPED AT AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE CONTRACTOR, ANY PROPOSED MODIFICATION TO THE LOCATION. CONDUITS WHICH ARE BURIED OR OTHERWISE PROJECT DESIGN, INCLUDING UNIDENTIFIED FIELD INACCESSIBLE SHALL BE ABANDONED WITH OWNER CONDITIONS OR OWNER MODIFICATIONS, WILL RESULT IN APPROVAL IN SUCH CASE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PULL AN ADDITIONAL SERVICE TO THE CONTRACT, THE OWNER ALL WIRING FROM CONDUITS, CUT BACK CONDUITS TO BE AND THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE ADVISED IMMEDIATELY. FLUSHED WITH FINISHED SURFACE - CAPPED FOR WALL AND CEILING AND FILLED WITH GROUT FOR FLOOR. FOR 18. ALL NECESSARY SEPARATION, PROTECTION, AND MECHANICAL DUCTWORK, ABANDONED DUCT MUST BE BARRICADES, INCLUDING DUST -PROOF PARTITIONS AND REMOVED BACK TO UNAFFECTED TRUNK OR BRANCH FEED TEMPORARY BUILDING SERVICES, ARE SOLELY THE AND CAPPED. THE SYSTEM WITHIN THE AFFECTED ZONE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WILL NEED TO BE REBALANCED IF THERE ARE SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES AFFECTING EXISTING AIR 19. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF DISTRIBUTION OR DESIGN. ALL CHANGES MUST BE ALL COMPLETED WORK UNTIL AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF DOCUMENTED AND OBTAIN OWNER APPROVAL WORK AND TURNOVER OF THE PREMISES TO THE OWNER 26. WORK INDICATED AS REUSE AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING FOR OCCUPANCY. SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT MUST BE COORDINATED WITH ALL 20. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIR AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AT ITS FINAL LOCATION. RESTORATION OF ALL EXISTING WORK DESIGNATED TO EQUIPMENT INDICATED FOR REUSE MUST BE VERIFIED REMAIN IN PLACE DISTURBED IN THE EXECUTION OF THIS THAT IT IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND HAVE THE CONTRACT. CAPACITY TO SUPPORT THE NEW DESIGN. NEW WORK THAT UTILIZES AN ADAPTIVE REUSE OF AN EXISTING 21. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORK SYSTEM MUST BE PROVIDED WITH FULL WARRANTY (MATERIAL, INSTALLATION AND LABOR) FOR A PERIOD OF PROTECTION AND THE USAGE MUST NOT DIMINISH ANY ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL EXISTING WARRANTY PROTECTION. COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, UNLESS A DIFFERENT WARRANTY PERIOD IS 27. EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT BY THE CONTRACTOR SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS SHALL NOT INTERFERE OR DISRUPT THE FUNCTIONS SECTIONS. OF THE FACILITY UNLESS SUCH INTERFERENCE ARE UNAVOIDABLE AND IN SUCH CASES THESE WORK 22. AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, AND PRIOR TO MUST BE COORDINATED, APPROVED AND SCHEDULED THE RELEASE OF ANY RETAINAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH FURNISH THE OWNER FOUR (4)COPIES OF THE PROJECT WORK. IN ALL CASES, SUCH WORK SHALL NOT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION, TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING AFFECT THE SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE OF THE • AS -CONSTRUCTED RECORD DRAWINGS OF ALL WORK, FACILITIES PERSONNEL AND MUST BE PROTECTED. INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. • ORIGINAL COPIES OF ALL PERMITS, INSPECTION REPORTS AND CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY JURISDICTIONAL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES. • OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PURCHASED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 23. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS AND/OR PARTITIONS OF ANY TYPE MUST BE TIGHTLY SEALED. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC MUST BE SEALED TO MAINTAIN THE SAME FIRE RATING AS THE ITEM BEING PENETRATED. 24. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST VERSION OF THE NESTLE WATERS NORTH AMERICA - FACILITIES DESIGN GUIDELINES. STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL IDESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION A/C Air Conditioning CJ Control Joint EXH Exhaust HW Hot Water MP Moveable Partition RE Refer T/ Top of A/V Audio -Visual CL Center Line EXST Existing HWH Hot Water Heater MRB Marble RECEP Reception TA Table ABV Above CLG Ceiling EXT Exterior ID Inside Diameter MTD Mounted RECPT Receptacle TS Tackboard ACC Accessories ICLO Closet EXTD Extruded IN Inch MTG Mounting REFG Refrigeration/Refrigerator TELE Telephone ACOUST Acoustical CLR Clear FA Fabric INCAND Incandescent MTL Metal REFL Reflected TEMP Temporary ACP Acoustical Ceiling Panel CMU Concrete Masonry Unit FAB Fabrication INCL Include(d)(ng) MULL Mullion REINF Reinforce(d)(ing)(ment) THK Thick, Thickness ACT Acoustical Ceiling Tile CNR Counter FC File Cabinet (Metal) INFO Information MW Millwork READ Required THRES Threshold ADA Americans with Disabilities Act COL Column FD Floor Drain INSUL Insulation N North REV Revise, Revision THRU Through ADH Adhesive COMB Combination FE Fire Extinguisher INT Interior N/A Not Applicable RF Resilent Flooring TOF Top of Footing ADJ Adjust/Adjustable COMPR Compress/Compressible FEC Fire Extinguisher Cabinet JAN Janitor NIC Not in Contract RH Right Hand TOS Top of Steel AFF Above Finished Floor CONIC Concrete FF Finished Floor J-BOX Junction Box NOM Nominal RM Room TYP Typical AGG Aggregate CONF Conference FHV Fire Hose Valve JT Joint NRC Noise Reduction Coefficient RND Round UC Undercut AHU Air Handling Unit CONST Construction FIN Finish(ed) KIT Kitchen, Kitchenette NTS Not to Scale RO Rough Opening UL Underwriters' Laboratories ALT Alternate CONT Continued, Continuous FIXT Fixture KO Knock Out NUM Number RUB Rubber UNFN Unfinished ALUM Aluminum CONTR Contractor FLMTD Floor Mounted KP Kick Plate OA Overall S South UNIF Uniform ANOD Anodized CPT Carpet FLR Floor L Length, Angle OC On Center SA Supply Air UNO Unless Noted Otherwise APA American Plywood Association ICIR Credenza FLUOR Fluorescent LAB Laboratory OD Outside Diameter SAN Sanitary UTIL Utility APPD Approved CT Ceramic Tile FP -I Fire Proofing -Intumescent LACQ Lacquer OF Outside Face Sc Solid Core VAR Varies/Varied APPROX Approximate111) Depth/Deep FP-S Fire Proofing -Sprayed LAM Laminate(d) OFF Office SCHED Schedule(d) VAT Vinyl Asbestos Tile ARCH Architect, Architecture, Architectural DEPT Department FT Feet, Foot LAV Lavatory OH Overhead SECT Section VAV Variable Air Volume ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials DIET Detail FTP Fabric Tack Panel LB Pound OPHD Opposite Hand SERV Service VB Vapor Barrier ASYM Asymmetrical DF Drinking Fountain FUT Future LBL Label OPNG Opening SF Square Foot (Feet) VCT Vinyl Composition Tile AUTO Automatic DIA Diameter FWC Fabric Wall Covering LE Leather OPP Opposite SHT Sheet VERT Vertical AUX Auxiliary DIM Dimension GA Gauge LF Lineal Feet PED Pedestal/Stand SIM Similar VEST Vestibule AVG Average DISP Dispenser GALV Galvanized/Zinc Coated LH Left Hand PL Plant/Planter SMD Smoke Damper VIF Verify In Field AWT Acoustical Wall Treatment DISTR Distribution GC General Contractor LK Locker PLAM Plastic Laminate SNT Sealant VNR Veneer AXF Access Flooring DIV Division GFI Ground Fault Interrupter LPLAM Low Pressure Laminate PLAS Plaster SO Sofa VWC Vinyl Wall Covering AXP Access Panel DK Desk GL Glass LS Library Shelving PLYWD Plywood SPEC Specification W West B/ Bottom of DN Down GND Ground LT Light PNL Panel SQ Square W Wide/Width BC Bookcase DR Door GIRT Grout LTG Lighting PNT Paint SS Stainless Steel W/ With BD Board DW Dishwasher GT Glass Tile LTWT Lightweight POL Polished SSM Solid Surface Material W/O Without BET Between DWG(S) Drawing(s) GYP Gypsum MAS Masonry PSI Pound per Square Inch ST Stone W/W Wall to Wall BLDG Building E East HC Hollow Core MATL Material PTD Painted STC Sound Transmission Class WAP Waterproof BLKG Blocking EA Each HCP Handicapped MAX Maximum PTN Partition STD Standard WC Water Closet BLW Below EF Exhaust Fan HD Head MECH Mechanical PTR Printer STL Steel WD Wood BN Bench EJ Expansion Joint HDF High Density Fiberboard MEZZ Mezzanine PVC Polyvinyl Chloride STOR Storage WDB Wood Base BOT Bottom EL Elevation HDWD Hardwood MFR Manufacturer QT Quarry Tile STRUCT Structural/Structure WDW Window BQ Banquette ELEC Electrical HDWR Hardware MID Middle QTY Quantity SUPT Support WEP Weatherproof BRKT lBracket ELEV Elevator HEX Hexagoiri MIN Minimum R Radius SURF Surface WSA Work Station BS I Both Sides EM Emergency HM I Hollow Metal MISC Miscellaneous R Riser(s) SUSP Suspended WT Weight BVL I Beveled ENCL Enclose/Enclosure HORZ lHorizontal ML Match Line RA Return Air SW ISwitch WT Window Treatment STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 4 3 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 1 NO. 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE CD REVIEW PACKAGE DID REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONSASSUANCES � P S T E I N Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK PROJECT INFORMATION CA-001 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. - -- — i I - ! I I 1 11 If I I I I I 1 1- - I II 2 I SOVERALL FLOOR PLAN - FOR REFERENCE CODE & ACCESSIBILITY NOTES, LIFE SAFETY PLAN NOTES, EGRESS CALCULATION 1. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH FLORIDA 1. ALL EXISTING FIRE RATED ENCLOSURES, CORRIDORS, 1. AREA OF WORK = 1008 SF BUILDING CODE 2010, CLASS A MATERIALS WITH FLAME PLUMBING FIXTURES, SIGNAGE AND ALARMS TO BE 2. OCCUPANT LOAD FOR BUSINESS AREAS = 100 GROSS SPREAD INDEX OF 0-25 AND SMOKE —DEVELOPED INDEX MAINTAINED. OF 0-450. SF PER PERSON. 2. REFER TO FP DRAWING SERIES FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER 3. 1008 SF/100 SF/PERSON = 11 PEOPLE 2. DOORS USED IN CONNECTION WITH EXITS SHALL PERMIT & FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET SPECIFICATIONS IMMEDIATE OPENING WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR 4. EGRESS WIDTH FOR DOORS = 0.2"/PERSON SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE. DOOR 3. EXISTING SIGNAGE AT LEVEL NUMBER INDICATION, HARDWARE TO ALL COMMON CORRIDORS AND RE—ENTRY LOCATIONS AND EMERGENCY EXIT ROUTES TO 5. REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH = 2.2' HAZARDOUS AREAS TO COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI SEC. BE MAINTAINED. 6. WIDTH PROVIDED = 72' 404.2.6. 4. EXISTING AND NEW ACCESSIBLE AUDIO & VISUAL 3. BASE BUILDING RESTROOMS TO REMAIN AND BE ALARMS AND NOTIFICATION APPLICATIONS TO BE UNCHANGED. ILLUSTRATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI 117.1 & NFPA72 SECTION 105.2.2. 4. ANY NEW EMERGENCY WARNING ALARMS, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL BE BOTH AUDIO & VISUAL AND 5. ALL EXISTING EGRESS DOORS ARE MINIMUM 36' CLEAR COMPLY WITH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 INCLUDING WIDTH. ALL NEW, ALTERED, RELOCATED OR REPLACED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THE VISUAL ALARMS WILL BE FLASHING TYPE WHERE THE FLASHING IS SYNCHRONIZED AND IN COMPLIANCE FOR INTENSITY AND FREQUENCY THROUGHOUT THE ALTERED SPACE. FIRE EXTINGUISHER NOTES LIFE SAFETY/EGRESS PLAN KEYS 5. ALL STORAGE TO COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1 804.5 1. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN COMPLIANCE WITH & 905. A MINIMUM OF 50% OF SHELF SPACE IN NFPA 10 LEGEND: CABINETS TO BE ACCESSIBLE. 2. COORDINATE LAYOUT AND FINAL EQUIPMENT PLAN IN . ■ 1 HOUR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 2.1. MINIMUM RATED SINGLE EXTINGUISHER 2—A ■ ■ ■ ■ 2 HOUR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION 2.2. MINIMUM FLOOR AREA PER UNIT 1500 SF 2.3. MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA PER UNIT 11,250 SF 2.4. MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE 75 FEET TRAVEL DISTANCE O FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET LOCATION - REFER TO FP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION r_F_H_Vj FIRE HOSE VALVE - REFER TO FP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION �­'J) r ci C'J) cj rv-) cj ROM M M.1 — MEP / FP Engineer Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 � � I f� � ■un��un-u�■ - '� gi"� I � 0 0 t� r �I iI Iffm EX� RAVEL DISTAN E = 69'-2" Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 NORTH AMERICA 0 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DID REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES 5iPSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/32" = V-0" DRAWN BY: LK CHECKED BY: LK EGRESS PLAN CA-002 X Epstein and Sore International, Inc. All rights reserved. 1 1 11 1 1 J_ Lr. 1 . _ _ _ _ _. SECTION 01000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT INCLUDE THE NESTLE WATERS NORTH AMERICA TERMS AND CONDITIONS, WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROJECT AND TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES, OTHER APPLICABLE ORDINANCES, AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN CONFORMANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL JOB SITE SAFETY ORDINANCES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO OSHA REGULATIONS. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND IMMEDIATELY REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED AND ADA REQUIREMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK AFFECTED BY SUCH CONDITIONS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL CARY, AND HAVE IN FORCE, ALL LABOR AND OTHER LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGE NECESSARY TO HOLD THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ARCHITECTS CONSULTING ENGINEERS HARMLESS SHOULD A CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OCCUR IN THE PART OF AN EMPLOYED CONTRACTOR, OR OTHER THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. ALL MINIMUM COVERAGE AS REQUIRED BY OWNER, FOR EACH OCCURRENCE OF THE ABOVE CATEGORIES, WILL BE SUBSTANTIATED BY PROVIDING THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT WITH CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND IMMEDIATELY REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE FIELD CONDITIONS AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK AFFECTED BY SUCH CONDITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING WORK WHERE SUCH A DISCREPANCY EXISTS, IF IT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 7. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. NUMERICAL DIMENSIONS GOVERN AND SHOULD BE VERIFIED AND/OR ESTABLISHED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE WORK. LARGE SCALE DRAWINGS AND DIMENSIONS GOVERN OVER SMALL SCALE DRAWINGS AND DIMENSIONS. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE NO SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY KIND RELATED TO MATERIALS, COLORS, PRODUCTS, MANUFACTURERS, ETC. WITHOUT FIRST A WRITTEN REQUEST, AND OBTAINING THEN A WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF REPAIR OR REPLACE MENT OF EXISTING WALLS, CEILINGS, LIGHTING, ETC. AFFECTED IN OTHER AREAS OF THE BUILDING AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR NOT PROTECTING SAME DURING THE COURSE OF HIS WORK, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ACCESS TO THE BUILDING THROUGH THE OWNER, AND SHALL COORDINATE ANY SPECIAL USE OF EQUIPMENT, SUCH AT TIMES AND DATES OF ACCESS FOR DELIVERY AND REMOVAL OF MATERIALS. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM THE BUILDING AT HIS OWN EXPENSE AND SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE USE OF THE LOADING DOCK THROUGH THE OWNER. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR WILL REMOVE ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CLEAN ALL SURFACES OF DIRT, DUST AND STAINS BEFORE VACATING THE WORK AREA. 12. WORK IS TO BE OF FIRST CLASS QUALITY CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROVISION OF ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED TO PERFORM INSTALLATIONS OF ALL ITEMS DESCRIBED, INDICATED, OR REASONABLY IMPLIED, AND TO DUPLICATE MATERIALS, DETAILS, ETC. TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AS NECESSARY. 13. EVERY CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD (VIF) ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS, AND BRING DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. 14. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DUST -PROOF ENCLOSURE OF WORK AREA WITH NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE WITHIN ENCLOSURE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE DUST MIGRATION INTO ADJACENT AREAS. 15. ALL MATERIAL SCHEDULED TO BE DEMOLISHED IS TO BE REMOVED THROUGH WINDOW OPENINGS SUBSEQUENT TO WINDOW UNIT REMOVAL, AND NOT THROUGH ADJACENT SPACES. 16. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER, WATER AND SANITARY CONNECTIONS TO TEMPORARY TRAILER FURNISHED BY OWNER. 17. ALL EXISTING SURFACES THAT ARE WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE NEW WORK SHALL BE EXAMINED FOR CRACKS, WAVES, IMPERFECTIONS AND IRREGULARITIES. ALL SUCH SURFACES SHALL BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. 18. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMAN -LIKE MANNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR, UPON ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK, THAT ALL WORK PERFORMED SHALL BE FREE FROM ANY DEFECTS AND FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, AND THAT ANY DEFECTIVE MATERIAL AND/OR WORK SHALL BE PROMPTLY REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS UNDER THIS CONTRACT THAT ARE DEPENDENT UPON EACH OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, CONNECTION AND OPERATION, REGARDLESS OF WHERE ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PARTICULAR CONSTRUCTION OPERATION LIES. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUIRE THE INSTALLER OF EACH MAJOR COMPONENT TO INSPECT BOTH THE SUBSTRATE AND CONDITION UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED. INSTALLATION SHALL NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY AREAS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER. 21. INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW IN ORDER OF PRECEDENCE: a. INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. b. MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. c. INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION STANDARDS. 19. THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN COMPETED WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR THE FULL PERFORMANCE OR COMPLETION OF ANY TRADE AND/OR SYSTEM SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE PROJECT SCOPE, WHETHER EXPRESSLY INDICATED OR GENERALLY IMPLIED. 20. CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN WORK IS PERFORMED NEAR OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIR OF ANY DAMAGE DONE TO THE PROPERTY. SECTION 01000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (CONTD) 21. WHEREVER THE TERM 'CONTRACTOR' IS USED, IT REFERS TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 22. AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH AN UPDATED (MARKED IN RED) SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS FOR MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION AND POWER/LIGHTING SYSTEMS. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH DIVISION OF THE WORK. 23. CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO SUPPLY WARRANTEES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, OR FOR DURATION SPECIFIED. 24. THE TERM 'PROVIDE' SHALL MEAN TO FURNISH AND INSTALL. SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION APPLY TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE WORK, INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. REFER TO DIVISION 15 AND DIVISION 16 SECTIONS FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS APPLICABLE TO CUTTING AND PATCHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. 2. WHERE CUTTING AND PATCHING INVOLVES ADDITION OF REINFORCEMENT TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, SUBMIT DETAILS AND ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS TO SHOW HOW REINFORCEMENT IS INTEGRATED WITH THE ORIGINAL STRUCTURE. 3. APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT TO PROCEED WITH CUTTING AND PATCHING DOES NOT WAIVE THE ARCHITECTS RIGHT TO LATER REQUIRE COMPLETE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF A PART OF THE WORK FOUND TO BE UNSATISFACTORY. 4. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN A MANNER THAT WOULD REDUCE THE LOAD -CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD -DEFLECTION RATION. OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE CUTTING AND PATCHING PROPOSAL BEFORE CUTTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR PATCH ALL AREAS WHERE DEMOLITION, ALTERATIONS OR CUTTING IS REQUIRED TO MAKE WORK FIT, AT NO INCREASE TO THE CONTRACT AMOUNT. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OPERATING ELEMENTS OR SAFETY RELATED COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN REDUCING THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, OR RESULT IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE, OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE OR SAFETY. OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE CUTTING AND PATCHING PROPOSAL BEFORE CUTTING AND PATCHING FOLLOWING OPERATING ELEMENTS OR SAFETY RELATED SYSTEMS: a. SHORING, BRACING AND SHEETING b. PRIMARY OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT c. AIR OR SMOKE BARRIERS d. WATER, MOISTURE OR VAPOR BARRIERS e. MEMBRANES AND FLASHINGS f. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS g. NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL ELEMENTS AND SYSTEMS h. CONTROL SYSTEMS i. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS j. CONVEYING SYSTEMS k. ELECTRICAL WIRING SYSTEMS 7. USE MATERIALS THAT ARE IDENTICAL TO EXISTING MATERIALS. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED WHERE EXPOSED SURFACES ARE INVOLVED, USE MATERIALS THAT MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE WITH REGARD TO VISUAL EFFECT. USE MATERIALS WHOSE INSTALLED PERFORMANCE WILL EQUAL OR SURPASS THAT OF EXISTING MATERIALS. 8. VISUAL REQUIREMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH CONSTRUCTION EXPOSED ON THE EXTERIOR OR IN OCCUPIED SPACES, IN A MANNER THAT WOULD, IN THE ARCHITECTS OPINION, REDUCE THE BUILDING'S AESTHETIC QUALITIES, OR RESULT IN VISUAL EVIDENCE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK CUT AND PATCHED IN A VISUALLY UNSATISFACTORY MANNER. 9. PROTECTION: PROTECT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING TO PREVENT DAMAGE. 10. TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY TO AVOID CUTTING OF EXISTING PIPE, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK SERVING THE BUILDING, BUT SCHEDULED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED UNTIL PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO BYPASS THEM. 11. CUTTING: CUT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION USING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE ELEMENTS TO BE RETAINED OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. WHERE POSSIBLE, REVIEW PROPOSED PROCEDURES WITH THE ORIGINAL INSTALLER. COMPLY WITH THE ORIGINAL INSTALLER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 12. PATCHING: PATCH WITH DURABLE SEAMS THAT ARE AS INVISIBLE AS POSSIBLE. a. RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION INTO RETAINED ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WILL ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. b. WHERE REMOVAL OF WALLS OR PARTITIONS EXTENDS ONE FINISHES AREA INTO ANOTHER, PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES IN THE NEW SPACE TO PROVIDE AN EVEN SURFACE OF UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR AND WALL COVERINGS AND REPLACE WITH NEW MATERIALS, IF NECESSARY, TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE. c. WHERE PATCHING OCCURS IN A SMOOTH PAINTED SURFACE, EXTEND FINAL PAINT COAT OVER THE ENTIRE UNBROKEN SURFACE CONTAINING THE PATCH, AFTER THE PATCHED AREA HAS RECEIVED PRIMER AND SECOND COAT. d. PATCH, REPAIR OR REHANG EXISTING CEILINGS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE AN EVEN PLANE SURFACE OR UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 13. CLEANING: THOROUGHLY CLEAN AREAS AND SPACES WHERE CUTTING AND PATCHING IS PERFORMED OR USED AS ACCESS. REMOVED COMPLETELY PAINT, MORTAR, OILS, PUTTY AND ITEMS OF SIMILAR NATURE. THOROUGHLY CLEAN PIPING, CONDUIT AND SIMILAR FEATURES BEFORE PAINTING OR OTHER FINISHING IS APPLIED. RESTORE DAMAGED PIPE COVERING AND STRUCTURAL STEEL FIRE -STEEL INSULATION TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTALS 1. PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL REVIEW BY ARCHITECT, A SCHEDULE FOR SUBMITTALS, BROKEN DOWN BY DIVISION, ALLOWING 5 DAY ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW PERIOD, AND INDICATING LEAD TIMES AND DATES BY WHICH MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED ON SITE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA AS SPECIFIED IN RELATED SECTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA BEFORE SUBMITTAL AND STAMP EACH ITEM AS REVIEWED AND COORDINATED WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE CONDITIONS. SUBMITTALS NOT REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE REJECTED UPON RECEIPT. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SUBMITTALS OF INTERRELATED WORK SO THAT SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE DELAYED AS A RESULT OF TIME REQUIRED TO PROPERLY PROCESS SUBMITTALS, INCLUDING TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS IF NECESSARY. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN THE FORM OF 2 PRINTS AND 1 REPRODUCIBLE COPY OF COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS, INSTALLATION AND PRODUCT DATA TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE THE FILED VERIFICATIONS, DIMENSIONS, ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATIONS, AND SHALL SHOW THE RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT MATERIALS, EXISTING OR BY OTHER TRADES. 4. SAMPLES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN PIECES NO SMALLER THAN 12" x 12", OR IN FULL UNITS OF MATERIALS THAT CANNOT BE CUT (SUCH AS HARDWARE) TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW, IN TRIPLICATE. 5. IN SCHEDULING THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW 5 WORKING DAYS FOR REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA, AND FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REVIEWS OF RESUBMITTALS. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. PROVIDE WOOD FOR SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER WORK. PROVIDE LUMBER OF SIZES INDICATED, WORKED INTO SHAPES SHOWN. 2. MOISTURE CONTENT: 19 PERCENT MAXIMUM FOR LUMBER ITEMS, INCLUDING ITEMS TO RECEIVE WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OR FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT. 3. GRADE: STANDARD GRADE LIGHT FRAMING SIZE LUMBER OF ANY SPECIES OR BOARD SIZE LUMBER AS REQUIRED. NO.3 COMMON OR STANDARD GRADE BOARDS PER SPIB, WCLIB OR WWPA RULES APPLICABLE TO AGENCY UNDER WHICH LUMBER IS GRADED. 4. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS: FOR MOUNTING ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD PANELS WITH GRADE DESIGNATION, APA-B-C PLUGGED INTERIOR WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, IN THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN 3/4-INCH. 5. FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS: PRODUCTS WITH A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84, AND WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST IS EXTENDED AN ADDITIONAL 2C MINUTES, AND WITH THE FLAME FRONT NOT EXTENDING MORE THAN 10.5 FEET BEYOND THE CENTERLINE OF THE BURNERS AT ANY TIME DURING THE TEST. 6. WOOD BLOCKING, FURRING AND SHIMS ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN PARTITION RATED GREATER THAN 1 HOUR. SECTION 07900 - FIRE STOPPING AND SEALANTS 1. PROJECT CONDITIONS: DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: WHEN AMBIENT AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS ARE OUTSIDE THE LIMITS PERMITTED BY JOINT SEALER MANUFACTURER OR BELOW 40 DEG. F OR 5 DEG. C, WHEN JOINT SUBSTRATES ARE WET DUE TO RAIN, FROST, CONDENSATION, OR OTHER CAUSES, OR WHEN JOINT WIDTHS ARE LESS THAN THOSE ALLOWED BY THE JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. 2. JOINT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS: a. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS UNTIL ALL CONTAMINANTS CAPABLE OF INTERFERING WITH THEIR ADHESION ARE REMOVED FROM JOINT SUBSTRATES. b. INSTALL BACKER ROD OR BOND BREAKER TAPE, CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, TO ENSURE THAT SEALANTS WILL PERFORM PROPERLY. 4. COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE JOINT SEALERS, JOINT FILLERS AND OTHER RELATED MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH JOINT SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. 5. CONTENT: PROVIDE SEALANTS AND SEALANT PRIMERS FOR USE INSIDE THE WEATHERPROOFING SYSTEM WITH LOWEST VOC CONTENT POSSIBLE. 6. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES FOR EACH TYPE AND COLOR TO BE INSTALLED ON THE PROJECT. 7. COLORS: PROVIDE COLORS OF EXPOSED JOINT SEALERS FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT, FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS. 8. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR CONCEALED JOINTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, NONDRYING, NONHARDENING, NONSKINING, NONSTAINING, GUNNABLE, SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALANT RECOMMENDED FOR SEALING INTERIOR CONCEALED JOINTS TO REDUCE TRANSMISSION OF AIRBORNE SOUND. SECTION 07900 - FIRE STOPPING AND SEALANTS (CONT'D) SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE 9. FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD 1. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, HARDWARE AND FINISH SAMPLES FOR REVIEW. FIRE -STOPPING SEALANT HAVING FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED AS 2 PROVIDE COMMERCIAL DOOR HARDWARE FOR OPENINGS INDICATED IN THE ESTABLISHED BY TESTING IDENTICAL ASSEMBLIES PER ASTM E 814 BY DOOR SCHEDULE. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY INC. FOR USE IN THROUGH PENETRATION FIRE -STOP SYSTEM FOR FILLING OPENINGS AROUND CABLES, CONDUIT, PIPES 3. ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH ADA-ABA ACCESSIBILITY AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS, ALL FLOORS, AND GUIDELINES AND ICC/ANSI All 17.1. AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FORMING, JOINT FILLERS, PACKING AND 4. COORDINATION: OBTAIN AND DISTRIBUTE, TO THE PARTIES INVOLVED, OTHER ACCESSORY MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF TEMPLATES FOR DOORS, FRAMES AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FIRE -STOPPING SEALANTS AS APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. FACTORY PREPARED FOR INSTALLING DOOR HARDWARE. 10. CLEANING: CLEAN OFF EXCESS SEALANTS OR SEALANT SMEARS ADJACENT 5. COORDINATE DOOR HARDWARE WITH OTHER WORK. FURNISH SHOP TO JOINTS AS WORK PROGRESSES BY METHODS AND WITH CLEANING DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK WHERE REQUIRED OR REQUESTED TO MATERIALS APPROVED BY MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT SEALERS AND OF COORDINATE INSTALLATION. PRODUCTS IN WHICH JOINTS OCCUR. 6. PREPARE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF 11. PROTECTION: PROTECT JOINT SEALERS DURING AND AFTER CURING PERIOD SUPPLIER, DETAILING FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY OF DOOR HARDWARE, AS FROM CONTACT WITH CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES OR FROM DAMAGE WELL AS PROCEDURES AND DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE THE FINAL DOOR RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS OR OTHER CAUSES, SO THAT HARDWARE SCHEDULE WITH DOORS, FRAMES AND RELATED WORK TO THEY ARE WITHOUT DETERIORATION OR DAMAGE AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL ENSURE PROPER SIZE, THICKNESS, HAND, FUNCTION AND FINISH OF DOOR COMPLETION. IF DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION OCCURS, CUT OUT AND HARDWARE. REMOVE DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED JOINT SEALERS IMMEDIATELY AND RESEAL JOINTS WITH NEW MATERIAL TO PRODUCE JOINT SEALER a. FORMAT: COMPLY WITH SCHEDULING SEQUENCE AND VERTICAL INSTALLATIONS WITH REPAIRED AREAS INDISTINGUISHABLE FROM ORIGINAL FORMAT IN DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE'S "SEQUENCE AND FORMAT FOR THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE." WORK. b. ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZE THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE INTO DOOR HARDWARE SETS INDICATING COMPLETE DESIGNATIONS OF EVERY ITEM REQUIRED FOR EACH DOOR OR OPENING. SECTION 08100 - DOORS AND FRAMES C. PROVIDE COMPLETE HARDWARE SETS FOR ALL OPENINGS SHOWN, IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS. d WHERE REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING ITEMS PROVIDE 1. SUBMITTALS: a. SCHEDULE PREPARED BY OR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF SUPPLIER USING SAME REFERENCE NUMBERS FOR DETAILS AND OPENINGS AS THOSE ON DRAWINGS b. PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF DOOR AND FRAME REQUIRED, INCLUDING ANY REQUIRED ACCESSORIES. c. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION IN PLAN OF EACH DOOR TYPE, ELEVATION OF EACH DOOR TYPE, DOOR EDGE DETAILS, FRAME PROFILES, METAL THICKNESSES, PREPARATIONS FOR HARDWARE, ANY OTHER KEY DETAILS. d. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION FOR EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED FINISH REQUIRED. 3. ALL DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION, IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 4. EXTENT OF STANDARD STEEL AND WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES ARE INDICATED AND SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. PROVIDE METAL DOORS AND FRAMES WHICH COMPLY WITH STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE'RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS: STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES' (SDI-100) AND AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. 6. FIRE -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES: WHERE FIRE -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES ARE INDICATED OR REQUIRED, PROVIDE FIRE -RATED DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES THAT COMPLY WITH NFPA 80'STANDARD FOR FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS', AND HAVE BEEN TESTED, LISTED, AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 152 'STANDARD METHODS OF FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES' BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 7. STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS: COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.4 FOR PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL. PROVIDE DOORS WITH DESIGN AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CORE CONSTRUCTED OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD KRAFT PAPER HONEYCOMB, POLYSTYRENE, POLYURETHANE, POLYICOSYANURATE, MINERAL BOARD, OR VERTICAL STEEL -STIFFENER CORE. FACE SHEETS FABRICATED FROM COLD -ROLLED STEEL SHEET. 8. STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8 AND WITH DETAILS INDICATED FOR TYPES AND PROFILE, FABRICATED FROM COLD -ROLLED STEEL SHEET. 9. VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF OPENINGS BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION. 10. KEYING OF ALL DOORS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING ENGINEER. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS THAT MATCH BUILDING STANDARDS. e. COORDINATE DOOR FUNCTION AND KEYING WITH TENANT/OWNER. 8. FIRE -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES: PROVIDE DOOR HARDWARE RATED FOR USE IN ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES FOR FIRE -RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING AT POSITIVE PRESSURE ACCORDING TO NFPA 252 OR UL 10C. 9. ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PROJECT. 10. PROVIDE FINISHES COMPLYING WITH BHMA A156.18 AS INDICATED IN DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, 11. INSTALLATION: INSTALL EACH DOOR HARDWARE ITEM TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE DOOR REINFORCING AND BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF DOOR HARDWARE WITHOUT THRU-BOLTS. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON SUBSTRATES INVOLVED. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ADJUST AND REINFORCE ATTACHMENT SUBSTRATES AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. a. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: FOR SURFACE APPLIED DOOR HARDWARE, DRILL AND TAP DOORS AND FRAMES ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.6. b. WOOD DOORS: COMPLY WITH DHI/WDHS.5 "RECOMMENDED HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT LOCATIONS FOR MINERAL CORE WOOD FLUSH DOORS." 12. WARRANTIES a. GENERAL: 3 YEARS FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION b. CLOSERS: 10 YEARS FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION C. FLOOR CLOSERS: 5 YEARS FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. SECTION 08800 - INTERIOR GLASS AND GLAZING 1. INTERIOR GLAZING SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI Z 97.1 AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS OF 16 CFR PART 1201 FOR CATEGORY II MATERIALS. 2. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE TO THE ARCHITECT THE FOLLOWING FOR EACH TYPE OF GLASS: a. PRODUCT DATA b. SHOW DRAWINGS INDICATING LAYOUT AND DETAILS FOR REVIEW c. FINISH SAMPLES. 3. GLAZING: COMPLY WITH COMBINED PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS OF GLASS MANUFACTURERS, OF MANUFACTURERS OF SEALANTS, GASKETS AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS, EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, INCLUDING THOSE OF REFERENCED GLAZING STANDARDS. 4. PROVIDE GLAZING SEALANTS WITH THE LOWEST VOC CONTENT POSSIBLE. 5. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: DO NOT PROCEED WITH GLAZING WHEN AMBIENT AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS ARE OUTSIDE THE LIMITS PERMITTED BY GLAZING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER OR WHEN JOINT SUBSTRATES ARE WET. 6. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS WHICH IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED OR DAMAGED IN OTHER WAYS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, INCLUDING NATURAL CAUSES, ACCIDENTS AND VANDALISM. 7. WASH GLASS BY METHOD RECOMMENDED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM PARTITIONS 1. QUALITY CONTROL: NOTIFY ARCHITECT UPON COMPLETION OF THE FOLLOWING; ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVIEW BOTH IN FILED PRIOR TO COMMENCING NEXT STAGE: a. WALL LAYOUT. b. UTILITY ROUGH -IN PRIOR TO GYPSUM INSTALL. 2. INSTALLATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: PROVIDE STUDS 0.0179 IN, MINIMUM THICKNESS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, FOR PARTITIONS HAVING THE SAME MATERIAL AND THE SAME MATERIAL THICKNESS ON BOTH SIDES OF FULL HEIGHT. SUSPENDED CEILINGS ARE NOT CONSIDERED LATERAL SUPPORT FOR PARTITIONS. 3. GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH ASTM C840 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS IN PARTITION, WALL AND WALL FURRING RUNS EXCEEDING 30 FT. FULL HEIGHT. DOOR FRAMES MAY BE CONSIDERED A CONTROL JOINT. BACK-UP CONTROL JOINTS IN FIRE -RATED PARTITIONS WITH 2-LAYERS OF TYPE X FIRE -RESISTIVE GYPSUM BOARD OR SAFING INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S FIRE -RATED CONTROL JOINT DETAILS. 4. GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS: 'WATER RESISTANT' PER ASTM C1396, SECTION 7. 5. PROVIDE GYPSUM BOARD PANELS IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AND WIDTHS AVAILABLE THAT WILL MINIMIZE JOINTS IN EACH AREA AND THAT CORRESPOND WITH SUPPORT SYSTEM INDICATED. 6. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: COMPLY WITH FS HH-1-521F. SEAL CONSTRUCTION AT PERIMETERS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS WITH A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT INCLUDING A BEAD AT BOTH FACES OF PARTITIONS. COMPLY ALSO WITH ASTM C 919 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LOCATION OF EDGE TRIM, AND CLOSE OFF SOUND -FLANKING PATHS AROUND TO THROUGH CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING SEALING OF PARTITIONS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. 7. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 919, NON -OXIDIZING, SKINNABLE, PAINTABLE, GUNNABLE SEALANT FOR EXPOSED APPLICATIONS. 8. GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION TRIM: a. PROVIDE CASING BEAD WHERE DRYWALL ABUTS MASONRY AND CONCRETE WALLS. b. PROVIDE PARTITION CAP WHERE PARTITIONS ABUT WINDOW FRAMES. c. PROVIDE CORNER BEAD AT EXTERNAL CORNERS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1047. 9. BLOCKING/REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE METAL OR WOOD BLOCK REINFORCEMENT BEHIND GYPSUM BOARD FOR ANCHORAGE AND SUPPORT OF DOOR HARDWARE, WALL STOPS, WASHROOM ACCESSORIES, AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS NECESSARY. 10. PROVIDE METAL STUD PARTITIONS CAPABLE OF CARRYING A TRANSVERSE LOAD OF 5 PSF WITHOUT EXCEEDING A DEFLECTION OF L/120; DO NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE STRESS OF STUD UNDER A 5 PSF TRANSVERSE LOAD. 11. METAL STUD MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 AND WITH ASTM C 840 REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO FRAMING. SECTION 09510 - SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS 1. THE CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEILING SYSTEM. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE CEILING SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL GRIDS, TIES, STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS, ACCESSORIES, ETC. AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CEILING GRID AND ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION OF APPROVED CEILING DEVICES SUCH AS SLOT DIFFUSERS, HVAC GRILLES AND REGISTERS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEILING SYSTEM. 5. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264 AND AS NOTED. CEILING FLAME SPREAD RATING SHALL NOT EXCEED 75 (25 WITHIN STAIRWAYS, CORRIDORS AND LOBBIES). MAXIMUM SMOKE SPREAD SHALL NOT EXCEED 200. 6. FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING WORK MATCH EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM UNLESS THE EXISTING CEILING DOES NOT COMPLY WITH CURRENT SURFACE BURNING REQUIREMENTS OR OTHERWISE NOTED. ALSO REFER TO SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING. 7. CEILING GRID SHALL BE SECURED TO THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING ALONE. NO CONNECTIONS TO FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE WILL BE PERMITTED. 8. EXTRA MATERIALS: FURNISH QUANTITY OF FULL SIZE UNITS OF ACOUSTIC CEILINGS AND EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEM EQUAL TO 2 PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT INSTALLED TO THE TENANT. 9. CLEANING: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS, INCLUDING TRIM AND EDGE MOLDINGS. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP OF MINOR FINISH DAMAGE. REMOVE AND REPLACE TILES AND OTHER CEILING COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED AND REPAIRED TO PERMANENTLY ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE. 10. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF SYSTEM SPECIFIED, INCLUDING MANUFACTURER'S DETAILS FOR FASTENING, ATTACHMENT, SPLICING, TRIMS AND MOLDINGS. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS THAT INCLUDE EDGE LOCATIONS AND TYPES, CUTOUTS, MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL WORK LOCATIONS, TILE PATTERN, CENTERLINES, AND WORKPOINTS. 71'N-etliders 4 3 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 1 NO. 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE CD REVIEW PACKAGE DID REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1 /32" =1'-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK INTERIOR OUTLINE SPECIFICATONS NORTH AMERICA SEAT_ f CA-003 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT BASE 1. MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE EACH TYPE OF RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES AS PRODUCED BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING RECOMMENDED PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, SEALANTS, AND LEVELING COMPOUNDS. 2. SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT THE FOLLOWING: a. SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE, AND COLOR OF RESILIENT BASE REQUIRED, SHOWING FULL -RANGE OR COLOR AND PATTERN VARIATIONS AS SPECIFIED. b. PRODUCT DATA FOR PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND LEVELING COMPOUNDS. 4. PROJECT CONDITIONS: MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES WITHIN RANGE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT LESS THAT 70 DEG F OR MORE THAN 95 DEG F, IN SPACES TO RECEIVE FLOOR TILE 48 HOURS BEFORE THE INSTALLATION, DURING INSTALLATION AND 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. 6. WALL BASE: PROVIDE RUBBER BASE COMPLYING WITH ASTM F1861, TYPE TP, GROUP 1 (SOLID), WITH MATCHING END STOPS AND PREFORMED OR MOLDED CORNER UNITS, AND AS FOLLOWS: A. HEIGHT: 4IN. B. THICKNESS: 1/8 IN. NOMINAL C. FINISH: MATTE SHEEN D. PROFILE: STRAIGHT AND COVED, AS SCHEDULED E. ADHESIVES (CEMENTS): WATERPROOF, STABILIZED TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO SUIT MATERIAL AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS 7. INSTALL RESILIENT BASE USING METHOD INDICATED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. EXTEND RESILIENT FLOORING INTO TOE SPACES, DOOR REVEALS AND INTO CLOSETS AND SIMILAR OPENINGS. 8. APPLY WALL BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS OR AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED. INSTALL BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICABLE, WITH PREFORMED CORNER UNITS, OR FABRICATED FORM BASE MATERIALS WITH MITERED OR COPED INSIDE CORNERS. TIGHTLY BOND BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, WITH CONTINUOUS CONTACT AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SURFACES. ON MASONRY SURFACES, OR OTHER SIMILAR IRREGULAR SUBSTRATES, FILL VOIDS ALONG TOP EDGE OF RESILIENT WALL BASE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FILLER MATERIAL. PROVIDE COVE BASE AT RESILIENT FLOORING, U.N.O. 9. EXTRA STOCK FURNISHED TO THE TENANT: NOT LESS THAN 1-BOX FOR EACH 50-BOXES, OR FRACTION THEREOF, FOR EACH TYPE, COLOR, PATTERN AND SIZE INSTALLED. 10. CLEANING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND PROTECTION. SECTION 09672 - RESINOUS FLOORING 1. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED. SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION, 6 INCHES (150 MM) SQUARE, APPLIED TO A RIGID BACKING BY INSTALLER FOR THIS PROJECT. 2. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE AN INSTALLER WHO IS CERTIFIED IN WRITING BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER AS QUALIFIED TO APPLY RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS INDICATED. 3. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN PRIMARY RESINOUS FLOORING MATERIALS, INCLUDING PRIMERS, RESINS, HARDENING AGENTS, GROUTING COATS, AND TOPCOATS, THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE SECONDARY MATERIALS, INCLUDING PATCHING AND FILL MATERIAL, JOINT SEALANT, AND REPAIR MATERIALS, OF TYPE AND FROM SOURCE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF PRIMARY MATERIALS FOR SYSTEM INDICATED. SECTION 09672 - RESINOUS FLOORING (CONT'D) SECTION 09900 - PAINTING (CONT'D) 5. FIELD TECHNICAL SERVICES REPRESENTATIVES SHALL BE EMPLOYED BY THE 5. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL SURFACES FOR PAINT FINISH SHALL SYSTEM MANUFACTURER TO ASSIST IN THE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND RECEIVE 1-COAT OF PRIMER AND 2-COATS OF FINISH PAINT, AS NECESSARY: QUALITY CONTROL PROCESS OF THE INSTALLATION AND SHALL BE AVAILABLE a. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES: TO PERFORM FIELD PROBLEM SOLVING ISSUES WITH THE INSTALLER. 1-COAT LOW-VOC LATEX WALL PRIMER 6. DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL PACKAGES AND CONTAINERS, WITH SEALS MINIMUM 2-COATS LOW-VOC LATEX SEMI -GLOSS FINISH COATS UNBROKEN, BEARING MANUFACTURER'S LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAME b. ALL METAL WORK NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED INCLUDING AND DIRECTIONS FOR STORAGE AND MIXING WITH OTHER COMPONENTS. MISCELLANEOUS METALS, AND OTHER FERROUS METAL WORK: STORE MATERIALS TO PREVENT DETERIORATION FROM MOISTURE, HEAT, 1-COAT RUST INHIBITIVE LOW-VOC LATEX PRIMER COLD, DIRECT SUNLIGHT, OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS. 1-FINISH COAT ALKYD LOW-VOC SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL 7. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: COMPLY WITH RESINOUS FLOORING c PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, MOISTURE, VENTILATION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION. 8. LIGHTING: PROVIDE PERMANENT LIGHTING OR, IF PERMANENT LIGHTING IS NOT IN PLACE, SIMULATE PERMANENT LIGHTING CONDITIONS DURING RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION. 9. CLOSE SPACES TO TRAFFIC DURING RESINOUS FLOORING APPLICATION AND FOR NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION, UNLESS MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS A LONGER PERIOD. 10. QUALITY CONTROL: MOISTURE TESTING: PERFORM ANHYDROUS CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST ACCORDING TO ASTM F 1869. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES HAVE MAXIMUM MOISTURE -VAPOR -EMISSION RATE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 11. MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH A SINGLE, WRITTEN WARRANTY COVERING BOTH MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF (1) FULL YEARS FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION, OR PROVIDE A JOINT AND SEVERAL WARRANTY SIGNED ON A SINGLE DOCUMENT BY MATERIAL MANUFACTURER AND APPLICATOR JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WARRANTING THE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF (1) FULL YEAR FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION. A SAMPLE WARRANTY LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH BID PACKAGE OR BID MAY BE DISQUALIFIED. MINIMUM 2-COATS LOW-VOC LATEX SEMI -GLOSS 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A 6' x 6' SAMPLE AT EACH WALL SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE COLOR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ARCHITECT AND TENANT APPROVAL REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH COMPLETION. 7. AT COMPLETION OF WORK, TOUCHUP AND RESTORE FINISH WHERE DAMAGED, AND LEAVE WORK IN PERFECT CONDITION, SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT. 8. REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, ANY AND ALL WORK DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF THE APPLICATION OF THE WORK IN THIS SECTION. 9. ALL COATS OF PAINT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY DRY BEFORE SUCCEEDING COATS ARE APPLIED. \ 10. ALL PAINTS SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF ONE MANUFACTURER, SO AS TO ENDURE COMPATIBILITY OF UNDERCOATS WITH TOP COATS. FURNISH PAINT BY MANUFACTURERS AS NOTED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 11. EXTRA MATERIALS FURNISHED TO THE TENANT: FURNISH AN ADDITIONAL 5 PERCENT, BUT NOT LESS THAN 1 GAL, OF EACH MATERIAL AND COLOR APPLIED, FROM SAME PRODUCTION RUN (BATCH MIX) AS MATERIALS APPLIED AND THAT ARE PACKAGED FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH LABELS DESCRIBING CONTENTS. 12. PREPARATION: PREPARE, PATCH, FILL, AND CLEAN SUBSTRATES ACCORDING 12. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA, TO RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INCLUDING PAINT ANALYSIS, AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SUBSTRATE INDICATED. PRODUCT. SUBMIT 3 DRAWDOWNS OF EACH PRODUCT AND COLOR COMBINATION. DRAWDOWNS SHALL BE APPLIED USING A 4 MIL WET FILM 13. APPLICATION: APPLY COMPONENTS OF RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEM ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM, MONOLITHIC WEARING SURFACE OF THICKNESS INDICATED. APPLY JOINT SEALANT TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. APPLY METAL TROWEL SINGLE MORTAR COAT IN THICKNESS INDICATED FOR FLOORING SYSTEM. HAND OR POWER TROWEL AND GROUT TO FILL VOIDS. WHEN CURED, SAND TO REMOVE TROWEL MARKS AND ROUGHNESS. APPLY TOPCOAT(S) IN NUMBER OF COATS INDICATED FOR FLOORING SYSTEM AND AT SPREADING RATES RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER. 14. INTEGRAL COVE BASE (WHERE INDICATED): APPLY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS INCLUDING THOSE FOR TAPING, MIXING, PRIMING, TROWELING, SANDING, OF COVE BASE. ROUND INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CORNERS. 15. TERMINATIONS: CHASE EDGES TO "LOCK" THE FLOORING SYSTEM INTO THE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE ALONG LINES OF TERMINATION. LAP AND SEAL RESINOUS SYSTEM ONTO THE PERIMETER OF THE PENETRATING ITEMS BY BRIDGING OVER COMPATIBLE ELASTOMER AT THE INTERFACE TO COMPENSATE FOR POSSIBLE MOVEMENT. CONTINUE FLOORING SYSTEM INTO TRENCHES TO MAINTAIN MONOLITHIC PROTECTION. TREAT COLD JOINTS TO ASSURE BRIDGING OF POTENTIAL CRACKS. TREAT FLOOR DRAINS BY CHASING THE FLOORING SYSTEM TO LOCK IN PLACE AT POINT OF TERMINATION. 16. JOINTS AND CRACKS: TREAT CONTROL JOINTS TO BRIDGE POTENTIAL CRACKS AND TO MAINTAIN MONOLITHIC PROTECTION. TREAT COLD JOINTS AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS TO BRIDGE POTENTIAL CRACKS AND TO MAINTAIN MONOLITHIC PROTECTION ON HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SURFACES AS WELL AS HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL INTERFACES. DISCONTINUE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM AT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CONTRACTION AND EXPANSION JOINTS BY INSTALLING BACKER ROD AND COMPATIBLE SEALANT AFTER COATING INSTALLATION IS COMPLETED. PROVIDE SEALANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR TRAFFIC CONDITIONS AND CHEMICAL EXPOSURES TO BE ENCOUNTERED. 17. CLEANING, PROTECTING, CURING: CURE RESINOUS FLOORING MATERIALS IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS, TAKING CARE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION DURING STAGES OF APPLICATION AND PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CURING PROCESS. CLOSE AREA OF APPLICATION FOR A MINIMUM OF 18 HOURS. PROTECT RESINOUS FLOORING MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE AND WEAR DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATION. WHERE TEMPORARY COVERING IS REQUIRED FOR THIS PURPOSE, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROTECTIVE MATERIALS AND METHOD OF APPLICATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION AND CLEANING OF SURFACES AFTER FINAL COATS. REMOVE TEMPORARY COVERING AND CLEAN RESINOUS FLOORING JUST PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED BY RESINOUS FLOORING MANUFACTURER. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 1. THE EXTENT OF REQUIRED PAINTING IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT AND PREPARE THE EXISTING SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS PER PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL PAINT SHALL BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PARTICULAR SURFACE. 3. PREPARATION OF SURFACE FOR PAINTING AND FINISHING: a. HARDWARE, PLATES AND SIMILAR ITEMS SHALL BE REMOVED OR PROTECTED AND MARKED AS REQUIRED DURING PAINTING. b. ALL HOLES AND CRACKS IN PLASTER AND DRYWALL SURFACES SHALL BE FILLED WITH SPACKLING COMPOUND. PLASTER AND DRYWALL SURFACES SHALL BE FREE OF DUST, GREASE AND DIRT, AND SHALL BE SUFFICIENTLY DRY TO ASSURE GOOD ADHESION OF PAINT. THICKNESS DRAWDOWN BAR ON LENETA FORM WD WHITE COATED CARDS, SIZE 4" X 6" MINIMUM. LABEL EACH CARD WITH PROJECT NAME, DATE, PRODUCT NAME AND NUMBER, COLOR NUMBER AS STATED IN SCHEDULE, AND NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SUPPLYING FACILITY. RESUBMIT UNTIL ACCEPTABLE COLOR AND SHEEN IS ACHIEVED. SECTION 12241 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 1. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. INCLUDE STYLES, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, DIMENSIONS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, FEATURES, FINISHES, AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ROLLER SHADES. 2. SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE SPECIFIED. 3. INSTALL ROLLER SHADES LEVEL, PLUMB, AND ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT UNITS, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. ADJUST AND BALANCE ROLLER SHADES TO OPERATE SMOOTHLY, EASILY, SAFELY, AND FREE FROM BINDING OR MALFUNCTION THROUGHOUT ENTIRE OPERATIONAL RANGE. 4. CLEAN ROLLER -SHADE SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 15000 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. SEE RELEVANT ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PLANS, DIAGRAMS, DETAILS, NOTES AND SCHEDULES. 2. ALL HVAC WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL GOVERNING CODES AND OTHER APPLICABLE ORDINANCES OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF BUILDING MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK IN HIS INITIAL COST. 4. THE ENTIRE HVAC DUCTWORK SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE SMACNA GUIDELINES FOR SHEET METAL WORK. 5. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA OF THE SPECIFIED WORK FOR REVIEW BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, CONSULTING ENGINEER AND TENANT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01340. SUPPLY ONE ADDITIONAL COPY FOR EACH ITEM SUBMITTED. 6. SEE ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE HVAC DRAWINGS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 7. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPLETE HVAC SYSTEM INCLUDING AND IN ADDITION TO THE HVAC WORK INDICATED HEREIN. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY, IN WRITING, OF ANY CONFLICTS SHOWN BETWEEN HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ANY OTHER TRADES. ANY SYSTEM LOCATION OR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK, AS SHALL ANY EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN. SEE RELEVANT MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 8. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST AND BALANCE THE COMPLETE SYSTEM SUBSEQUENT TO INSTALLATION AND SHALL PROVIDE A TEST AND BALANCE REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER. 9. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST SYSTEM BASED ON PRELIMINARTY TEST AND BALANCE REPORT, TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SHALL PROVIDE A FINAL TEST AND BALANCE REPORT TO CONFIRM COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 SECTION 15310 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 1. SEE RELEVANT ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. COORDINATE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION WITH OWNER. 3. ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND OTHER APPLICABLE ORDINANCES OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ISSUES AND ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. 5. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RELOCATION OF ANY ADDITIONAL SPRINKLER HEADS OUTSIDE OF THE DEMISED TENANT SPACE IN ORDER TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL REQUIRED CEILING, DUCT, CLOSET, ETC. DETECTION SYSTEMS/DEVICES WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS. 7. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS ON CEILING TILES OR AS INDICATED ON RCP. WHERE NO DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN, ASSUME EQUAL SPACING FOR ALIGNED HEADS. 8. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE COMPLETE DESIGN, ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INCLUDING AND IN ADDITION TO THE FIRE PROTECTION WORK INDICATED HEREIN. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS OF HIS ENGINEERED DESIGN FOR THE PERMIT APPLICATIONS. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY, IN WRITING, OF ANY CONFLICTS SHOWN BETWEEN HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ANY OTHER TRADES. ANY SYSTEM LOCATIONS OR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN AS SHALL ANY EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN. EPSTEIN WILL PROVIDE BACKGROUND CAD DRAWINGS FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S USE. SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING 1. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PLUMBING PLANS, NOTES, DETAILS, DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE LOCAL GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A FIRST CLASS, WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AND SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE ESTABLISHED DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 4. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. 5. PROVIDE 12 IN. AIR CHAMBERS AT ALL HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY LINE CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES. 6. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING WORK AND ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 7. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA OF THE SPECIFIED WORK FOR REVIEW BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, CONSULTING ENGINEER AND TENANT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01340. SUPPLY ONE ADDITIONAL COPY FOR EACH PLUMBING ITEM SUBMITTED. 8. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMPLETE PLUMBING AND SANITARY SYSTEMS. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY, IN WRITING, OF ANY CONFLICTS SHOWN BETWEEN HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ANY TRADE. ANY SYSTEM LOCATIONS OR SPECIAL FIXTURE LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK, AS SHALL ANY EXISTING PARTS TO REMAIN. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS. SEE RELEVANT PLUMBING DRAWINGS. SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL 1. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PLUMBING PLANS, NOTES, DETAILS, DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND OTHER APPLICABLE ORDINANCES OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND LABELED IN THE MASTER ELECTRICAL PANEL. Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL (CONT'D) 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND LABELED IN THE MASTER ELECTRICAL PANEL. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF BUILDING MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK IN HIS INITIAL COST. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ELECTRICAL POWER, CONDUIT AND CABLE CONNECTING POWER PANELS TO THE BUILDING POWER CIRCUITS. 8. WHERE EXISTING POWER CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN DISTURBED, ALL COSTS FOR RECIRCUITING OF SAME SHOULD BE CONSIDERED UPON SUBMISSION OF INITIAL COST. 9. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT WITH MANUFACTURER BEFORE INSTALLATION. 10. WALL ELECTRICAL AND/OR TELEPHONE AND DATA BOXES ON OPPOSITE FACES OF SAME WALL ARE TO BE STAGGERED AND SEPARATED BY WALL FRAMING MEMBERS AND INSULATION WITHIN THE WALL. 11. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE UNIT PRICES IN THE PROPOSAL FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX AND QUADRUPLEX OUTLETS, COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS AND PHONE OUTLETS. 12. WHERE MULTIPLE ELECTRICAL DEVICES OCCUR, I.E. SEVERAL WALL SWITCHES IN THE SAME LOCATION, A MULTI -GANG COVER PLATE SHALL BE INSTALLED. 13. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF WORK REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES FOR THE COMPLETION OF HIS WORK. 14. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 15. ALL ELECTRICAL POWER DEVICES SHALL BE LEVITON DECORA SERIES WITH SCREWLESS TYPE COVER PLATES, LUTRON DESIGNER STYLE. 16. ALL EXPOSED ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND COVER PLATES SHALL BE EITHER WHITE OR BLACK, AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHITE PLATES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE PAINT P-1. BLACK PLATES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE PAINT P-2 OR WALL COVERING WC-1. 17. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS BY THE TENANT. 18. ALL POWER, DATA AND TELEPHONE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE CENTERLINE AT 18 INCHES A.F.F., UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 19. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND PRODUCT DATA OF THE SPECIFIED WORK FOR REVIEW BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, CONSULTING ENGINEER AND TENANT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01340. SUPPLY ONE ADDITIONAL COPY FOR EACH ITEM SUBMITTED. 20. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY, IN WRITING, OF ANY CONFLICTS SHOWN BETWEEN HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ANY OTHER TRADE. ANY SYSTEM LOCATIONS OR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK, AS SHALL BE ANY EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN. SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR LIGHTING 1. SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL PLANS, NOTES, DETAILS, DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES. 2. SUBMITTALS: FOR EACH TYPE OF LIGHTING FIXTURE, ARRANGED IN ORDER OF FIXTURE DESIGNATION, PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA ON FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS, BALLAST, ENERGY -EFFICIENT DATA, AIR AND THERMAL PERFORMANCE DATA, SOUND PERFORMANCE DATA, LIFE, OUTPUT AND ENERGY -EFFICIENCY FOR LAMPS, AND PHOTOMETRIC DATA. 3. ALL ACOUSTICAL TILE, DRYWALL AND CEILING WORK SHALL BE CLOSELY COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES WHOSE WORK AFFECTS OR IS AFFECTED BY THESE TRADES. 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE IN SUGGESTED LOCATIONS, SUBJECT TO CODE APPROVAL. QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, AND AS INDICATED ON THE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. 5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL RECESS DEPTHS OF FIXTURES AGAINST DUCTWORK, PIPES, BEAMS, ETC. AND IMMEDIATELY REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. 6. NEW LIGHT FIXTURES, LENSES AND ACOUSTIC TILE SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL SWITCH PLATES TO BE SCREWLESS TYPE, LUTRON DESIGNER STYLE. ALL SWITCHES, DIMMERS, SENSORS TO BE LUTRON DIVA STYLE. 8. FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: a. LAMPS: 10 FOR EVERY 100 OF EACH TYPE AND RATING INSTALLED, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE OF EACH TYPE b. PLASTIC DIFFUSERS AND LENSES: 1 FOR EVERY 100 OF EACH TYPE AND RATING INSTALLED, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE OF EACH TYPE c. BATTERY AND CHARGER DATA: ONE FOR EACH EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT d. BALLASTS: 1 FOR EVERY 100 OF EACH TYPE AND RATING INSTALLED, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE OF EACH TYPE e. GLOBES AND GUARDS: 1 FOR EVERY 20 OF EACH TYPE AND RATING INSTALLED, BUT NOTE LESS THAN ONE OF EACH TYPE 10. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. 11. ALL FIXTURES OF SAME MARKITYPE TO RECEIVE LAMPS OF SAME COLOR TEMPERATURE/CRI FROM SAME MANUFACTURER. 100 7jN7e-t1mqqers NORTH AMERICA 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 1 NO. 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE CD REVIEW PACKAGE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/32" = 1'-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK v INTERIOR OUTLINE SPECIFICATONS SEALCA-004 " © 0= A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. AU rights reserved. POWER AND COMMUNICATION NOTES 1. WHERE THE ARCHITECTURAL POWER AND COMMUNICATION DRAWINGS INDICATE ITEMS SPECIFIED IN THE PROJECT ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS, THIS INFORMATION IS INCLUDED FOR THE PURPOSES OF COORDINATION AND LOCATION, ONLY. 2. EXPOSED ELECTRICAL, BUILDING CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION DEVICES, INCLUDING LIGHTING FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, FIRE ALARM A/V DEVICES AND TELEPHONES, SHALL BE LOCATED AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 3. SEE THE PROJECT ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS FOR MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS FOR THESE ITEMS 4. ALL OPERABLE DEVICES SHALL BE LOCATED AT ACCESSIBLE HEIGHTS, AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS ELEVATIONS. 5. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL OUTLETS WITH EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND MILLWORK ELEVATIONS. 6. ARCHITECT TO APPROVE ALL T-STAT AND FIRE PROBE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7. ALL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS RECEPTACLES SHALL BE ORIENTED HORIZONTALLY. 8. LAB CABINETRY IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY - CABINETRY TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNERS VENDOR. GC TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER ANY WORK TO BE DONE ON COORDINATION BETWEEN CABINET VENDOR INSTALLATION, ELECTRICAL WORK AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. GENERAL EQUIPMENT NOTES 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL 2. REFER TO SHEET A-201 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. KEY NOTES NEW CARD READER SYSTEM AT THIS OINSTALL LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH NEW DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF CARD READER WITH EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEM. HEIGHT OF POWER, TELEPHONE AND OCOORDINATE DATA RECEPTACLE DEVICES WITH NEW LAB CABINETRY, COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH. ALL POWER OUTLETS WITHIN 6' OF WATER MUST BE A GFI RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE HEIGHT OF POWER. TELEPHONE AND 3 DATA RECEPTACLE DEVICES WITH EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT. 4 AT ISLAND CABINETRY, GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL A POWER POLE FROM THE CEILING TO TOP OF COUNTERTOP WITH ELECTRICAL OUTLETS CONTAINED WITHIN POLE JUST ABOVE COUNTER. OF EXISTING ALARM STROBES TIED TO OLOCATION THE WATER PROCESSING PLC. STROBES TO REMAIN IN CURRENT LOCATION. OPROVIDE J-BOX IN WALL FOR DISHWASHER HOOK-UP. EXISTING CARD READER SYSTEM AT THIS OREUSE LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH NEW DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. 8 REUSE EXISTING CARD READERS ON BOTH SIDES OF DOOR AND EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE AT THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH NEW DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. POWER & COMMUNICATION SYMBOLS ELECTRICAL DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ® ELECTRICAL QUAD RECEPTACLE JUNCTION BOX TELE/DATA PORT RECEPTACLE © POWER POLE QS ALARM STROBE DEVICE - CEILING MOUNTED CR CARD READER DEVICE LIGHT SWITCH 044" HEIGHT DESIGNATION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFF FOR MOUNTING DEVICE 1*1 0 Col 4 I SPO,WER & COMMUNICATIONS PLAN 2 SPACALE:,RTITION PLAN CALE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES 1. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF WORK. 2. SUBMIT ALL FIXTURE SAMPLES AND PRODUCT INFORMATION TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 3. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS AND FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING FIXTURES, INCLUDING EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, DISPLAY LIGHTING AND CABINET DISPLAY LIGHTING. 4. ALL BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED, U.N.O. 5. ALL LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE GANGED TOGETHER IN A SINGLE FACEPLATE. G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES ARE GANGED IN AN ORGANIZED MANNER. REFER TO MOUNTING DIAGRAM ON SHEET CA-001. 6. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE A-201 FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING SCOPE OF WORK. 7. ALL HVAC GRILLS, DIFFUSERS, SPRINKLER HEADS, STROBES AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE CENTER® IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES, U.O.N. KEY NOTES OCENTER CEILING GRID IN ROOM AS SHOWN TO ACCOMMODATE LIGHTING LAYOUT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. OLOCATION OF EXHAUST FOR CHEMICAL HOOD. REFER TO MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. OLOCATION OF EXHAUST HOOD OVER AUTOCLAVE. REFER TO MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. RCP SYMBOLS F1 2' X 2' RECESSED, T5 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE o� 3 I SREFLECTED CEILING PLAN 11 I SDEMOLITION PLAN MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 GENERAL NOTES 1. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS. IN THE EVENT THAT DISCREPANCIES ARE NOTED BETWEEN THE SITE CONDITIONS AND THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS, THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. 2. ALL NEW PARTITIONS TO BE TYPE "A' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL EXISTING CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS SHALL BE TYPE "B". SEE PARTITION TYPES ON SHEET A-801. 3. DOOR INSTALLATIONS ARE DESIGNATED 000 SEE SHEET A-201 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE FO. 4. ALL WORK IS TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ALL OTHER CODES WHICH MAY HAVE AUTHORITY OVER THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFEGUARDS, BARRIERS, TEMPORARY POWER, LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION, ETC., AS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. 5. ALL WOOD MATERIALS, INCLUDING FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND PLYWOOD, SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED,U.N.O. 6. ALL FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION AND SMOKE PARTITIONS SHALL BE FULLY SEALED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION AND SMOKE PARTITIONS SHALL BE FULLY FIRESTOPPED. 7. PARTITION REINFORCING/BLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE WALL MOUNTED MILLWORK, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, GRAB BARS, CLOSET RODS AND ACCESSORIES ARE SHOWN ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS. 8. ALL PARTITIONS THAT EXTEND FROM EXISTING PARTITIONS SHALL MATCH AND ALIGN WITH THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 9. ALL EXISTING FLOOR SLABS TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED, LEVELED AND PREPARED AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW SPECIFIED FLOORING MATERIAL 10. MAXIMUM TRANSITION HEIGHT FROM EXISTING THRESHOLDS TO NEW FLOORING NOT TO EXCEED 1/2" (TYP.). 11. COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED GYP. BD. CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT. 12. GC TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING WALLS EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO DECK AND ALL PENETRATIONS ARE PROPERLY SEALED. ALL NEW PARTITIONS MUST ALSO GO TO DECK AND HAVE PROPERLY SEALED PENETRATIONS TO ENSURE POSITIVE PRESSURE AND HUMIDITY LEVELS ARE MAINTAINED BETWEEN LAB AND SURROUNDING SPACES. GENERAL PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL ITEMS SHOWN DASHED TO BE DEMOLISHED. REFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION INFORMATION ON OTHER BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. 2. ALL WORK IS TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ALL OTHER CODES WHICH MAY HAVE AUTHORITY OVER THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFEGUARDS, BARRIERS, TEMPORARY POWER, LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION, ETC., AS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION. 3. CONTRACTORS SHALL FIELD SURVEY SITE OF PROPOSED WORK TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT AND NATURE OF DEMOLITION WORK. 4. WHERE EXISTING PARTITIONS ARE TO REMAIN (ADJACENT TO DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK), CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE ALL FINISH MATERIALS, PATCH AS REQUIRED TO MAKE AS NEW, AS OUTLINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5. REMOVE ALL CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS "DEMOLISHED" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLOORING, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS AND ELEMENTS OCCURRING ABOVE FINISHED CEILING, HANGERS, STRAPS, AND OTHER ACCESSORY OBJECTS CONNECTED WITH DEMOLITION. 6. REMOVE BUILT-IN CABINET WORK ONLY FROM WALLS SHOWN TO BE DEMOLISHED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. WHERE PARTITIONS ARE BEING REMOVED, ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS & SWITCHES SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT DISTRIBUTION PANELS & ALL WIRE REMOVED FROM CONDUIT. 8. REMOVE ALL LOW VOLTAGE OR SIGNAL CABLES AND CONNECTORS NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE OWNER'S TELEPHONE, DATA OR OTHER SYSTEMS. 9. REMOVE ALL FINISHES AND WALL BASES. PREP WALLS AND FLOORS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. 10. COORDINATE WITH OWNER THE CAREFUL RELOCATION OF VARIOUS LARGE PIECES OF EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR LIST OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REUSED. 11. ALL EXISTING PARTITIONS TO REMAIN SHALL HAVE ALL CLIPS/BRACKETS/HANGERS/ETC. REMOVED FROM SURFACE. ALL REMAINING WALLS SHALL BE PROPERLY PATCHED/REPAIRED FOR RECEIPT OF NEW SPECIFIED FINISH. Design Architect Nestle Waters North America EPSTEIN Nestle Waters North America 600 West Fulton 4330 20th Street Chicago, IL 60661 Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 312.454.9100 972.462.3663 KEY NOTES ONEW EXTERIOR WINDOWS TO BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL BUILDING CODE TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WINDOWS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING WINDOW TYPE AND SUBMIT NEW WINDOW SPECIFICATIONS TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. OINSTALL NEW PAINTED WINDOW SILLS AND INTERIOR DRYWALL AS NEEDED AT EXTERIOR WALL. 3 LAB CABINETRY AND COUNTERTOP TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNERS VENDOR GC TO PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL UPPER CABINETRY. OCONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE RE -LOCATION OF EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER. PROVIDE NEW DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. OCOORDINATE WITH CARD READER INSTALLATION. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. OLOCATION OF NEW EMERGENCY EYEWASH/SPRAY HOSE UNIT. REFER TO PLUMBING ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. OPROVIDE ROUGH -IN PLUMBING BELOW SINK FOR DISHWASHER HOOK-UP. REFER TO PLUMBING ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. OLOCATION OF REINSTALLED TIMECLOCK. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER AND ELECTRICAL OUTLET. NORTH (T GENERAL RCP DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL CEILING ELEMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO GRID, TILE, LIGHTING, MECH. GRILLS AND ELEMENTS OCCURING ABOVE FINISHED CEILING, SUCH AS HANGERS, STRAPS AND OTHER ACCESSORY OBJECTS CONNECTED WITH THE CEILING ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. REFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION INFORMATION. 2. ALL WORK IS TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ALL OTHER CODES WHICH MAY HAVE AUTHORITY OVER THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFEGUARDS, BARRIERS, TEMPORARY POWER, LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION, ETC., AS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION. 3. CONTRACTORS SHALL FIELD SURVEY SITE OF PROPOSED WORK TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT AND NATURE OF DEMOLITION WORK. KEY NOTES 1 REMOVE EXISTING EXTERIOR WINDOWS, SILLS AND INTERIOR DRYWALL AS REQUIRED. PREPARE OPENINGS FOR REPLACEMENT WINDOWS. OCOORDINATE WITH OWNER ANY EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT TO BE RELOCATED TO TEMPORARY LAB LOCATION. OREMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. OREMOVE EXISTING LAB CABINETRY AND 4 COUNTERTOPS, INCLUDING SINKS, AND CAP PLUMBING AT SOURCE. OREMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, HARDWARE AND CARD READER SYSTEM. OREMOVE EXISTING TIMECLOCK AND RETURN TO OWNER FOR REINSTALLATION. OLOCATION OF EXISTING ALARM STROBES TIED TO THE WATER PROCESSING PLC. STROBES TO REMAIN IN CURRENT LOCATION. PROTECT DURING DEMOLITION PHASE. 8 DURING DEMOLITION, CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE MOLD REMEDIATION SCOPE OF WORK WITH QUALIFIED ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT. 4 3 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 NO. 08.16.2013 DATE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK DEMOLITION, PARTITION, REFLECTED CEILING AND POWER & COMM. PLANS A-1 01 ©)=X A. Epstein and Sons Intem tonal, Inc. AH rights reserved LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST Research Group: Nestle Waters North America Room Nmae Analv6caland MicroLabs Roe: Number: Prepared hW, Epstein Date: 08.26.2013 LOCATION: PLUMB NG: IMECHANICAL B: Bench Mounted F Floor of Fume Hood CW : Cold Water', G. NaturalGas PCW. 'Process Cooling Water C ICeilingMountod Fume Hood HW HotWater - A: Compressed Air._.... S T M : .Steam F Floor Standing m rH _..... Tarminatic nofconnection RGW ReagantGradaWater V Vacuum EXHt Ventilation U. Undercounter Plug load WST Waste Drain SG Special Gas PE PointExhaust W: WaIIMounted Hard Wire IN2,He,etc.l NITROGEN CYLINDER DIONEXEQUIPMENT CHEMICALEXHAUST D HOOLAMINAS FLOW HOOD Nualle NU-301-530 �■ r R LARGE r©®®�_____®�_-_--__--_--____— - LARGEM SMALLFREEZER Marvel Scientific S tacked r -VWn 1565 Stacked INCUBATORS #5 GC to furnish and installbased onowner selected 7 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE DOOR SCHEDULE ROOM NAME DOOR Nc. DOOR TYPE DOOR DIMENSIONS DOOR MATERIALS LABEL HRWR DETAILS FINIS.. REMARKS tN x H THK OOR FIRMSET M'CRO LAB 218 A 3'-0" X T-0" 1 3/4" HOLLO''W METAL ^M - i F-1 CARD READER ANALYTICAL LAB 219A A 3'-0" X 7'-O" 1 3/4"-OLLOJ`/ METAL "M - 1 P-1 CARD READER ANALYTICAL LAB 219E A 3'-C" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" HOLLO?Rr METAL -,M - i P-1 CARD READER ANALYTICAL LAB 219C A 3'-0" X 7'-O" 1 3; 4" =0LL0'v?t METAL M - 1 P-1 CARD READER HARDWARE SCHEDULE FINISH HARDWARE MATERIAL SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD. HARDWARE SET 1 LABS STORLROOM FUNCTION LOCKSLT LLVLR DEVICE BUTT HINGES ELECTRIC STRIKE, FAIL SAFE DOOR. SILENCERS WALL STOP CLOSER CARD RLADER 34" HIGH STAINIESS STEEL KICKPLATE — BOTH SIDES OF DOOR 6 I SDOTOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULES DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES 9. ALL DOORS CONTROLLED BY CARD READERS ON THE 1. LOCKSETS, LEVER DEVICES AND FINISH HARDWARE EMERGENCY EGRESS PATH SHALL HAVE A FAIL SAFE SHALL MATCH OWNER STANDARD. ALL NEW CARD LOCKING DEVICE AND SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK READERS SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING ACCESS CONTROL UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: SYSTEM 9.1. LOSS OF POWER TO BUILDING OR DEVICE 9.2• MALFUNCTION OF ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM OR 2. ALL NEW OR ALTERED DOORS TO HAVE DEVICE LEVER —OPERATED HARDWARE, AS SCHEDULED. ALL 9.3. ACTIVATION OF BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DOORS MUST HAVE 32" MIN. CLEAR OPENING 9.4. ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE DOOR WHEN IT IS 9.5. BY REMOTE COMMAND FROM CENTRAL CONTROL OPENED 90 DEG TO THE DOOR STOP. POINT IN BUILDING 3. PROVIDE HOLLOW METAL FRAMES, WRAPAROUND TYPE 10. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO CONFORM WITH LOCAL WITH ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHORS. PROVIDE UL RATED BUILDING CODES, FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE AND JAMB ANCHORS AT ALL LABEL DOOR INSTALLATIONS. FEDERAL ADA REGULATIONS. ALL FRAMES TO BE CLASS "C" 45 MINUTE FIRE RATED, U.N.O. 11. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPERABLE FROM EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF KEY OR SPECIAL 4. ALL DOOR CLOSERS TO BE LOCATED ON ROOM KNOWLEDGE. INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR OPENING, U.N.O. USE PARALLEL ARM TYPE U.N.O. 12. PROVIDE KNURLED SURFACE ON ENTRY SIDE OF HARDWARE, AS TACTILE WARNING, FOR ALL DOORS TO 5. KEYING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH STORAGE ROOMS AND ANY OTHER ROOMS THAT MIGHT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. CONTAIN HAZARDOUS OBJECTS OR MATERIALS. 6. ALL DOOR CLOSERS SHALL MEET THE ACCESSIBILITY CRITERIA ON ANSI A117 AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES FOR MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE. 7. ALL GLAZING FOR DOOR LTTES AT LABELED DOORS SHALL BE X" INCH THICK FIRE RATED WIRE GLASS U.N.O., TO MATCH EXISTING DOORS. 8. GC TO COORDINATE ALL LOCKING AND CARD READER REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REQUIREMENTS. DOOR TYPES A 1,q DOOR STYLE, MATERIAL AND SIZE TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD SCHEDULED HARDWARE O O \ t7 \ W W N 4 DOOR ELEVATIONS SCALE: NTS EXISTING 8" CMU WALL VERIFY DIMS IN FIELD FILL WITH GROUT co HINGE SIDE ANCHORS --/ NEW FURRED WALL SEALANT BOTH PARTITION TYPE B. SIDES 5/8" HOLLOW MEI`AL:�// DOOR FRAME PROVIDE U.L APPROVED ANCHORS WHERE REQUIRED 5 JAMB IN CMU SCHEDULED PARTITION 2" � ,� JAMB ANCHOR — ADJUSTABLE HOLLOW METAL FRAME (AT FIRE RATED PARTITIONS) NOTE: AT FIRE RATED PARTITIONS USE UL RATED ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHORS AND UL LABELED HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES 3 HEAD/JAMB IN GYP SCALE: 1-1/2" =1'-0' FINISH SCHEDULE CEILINGS TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUF. SERIES/ STYLE SIZE LOCATION REMARKS sL.T— e ACOUS'i E_.Pd.G LE ANDwj SYSTEM ARM',' -RCN,' VP E HL CLLAPv ROOM -L _+': kS .,E�. I L xY':'TH kS; tE'> CLEAN ROOM �Eiu =1' x x 3'4" vEILPvV T LE FLOOR TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUF. SERIES/ STYLE COLOR NAME & NUMBER SIZE LOCATION REMARKS YF—? RE N L-S FL33R,'NG REPDX'r M:lR7AR Y ...M' SIO HARD CAR ;_'QLAL S CLAC S IONE TH V '-OAT S4 PErsTEF _ b 4 HICK R'U''.i'ELED LABS BASE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUF. COLOR NAME & NUMBER SIZE LOCATION REMARKS RUBBER OR t?hh;SvPvt--= OREASE EQUA «38 Ei°JT=; Co 4"N ROLLED GOODS ALL '+'s•`kLLS AND CASE C46iNETS COVE BASE WALL TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUF. COLOR NAME/NUMBER GENERAL COLOR/ FINISH LOCATION REMARKS —: t.. U3;:,,E:,.vr;r 3_N AMi MOOPE Si E? SRE idtE i _ TEY aylt - -Bs)X` H SEMI 3 S., LABS MISC. TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUF. NAME COLOR/STYLE LOCATION REMARKS k`:7—` �ti i°it.i.)'4,,+ _., MEN'sS !.1EU.HOS!�;:GE CLr.�SI;^ A4E=4�:�;5 RJLLE>"—Slir:DE :;TS7Ef.t 7HERMOVE L 1300 SERIES nAS}E '.4E.":`�t — SIL�iEt`� ;a 13tg iv_.`d EXtt2ti? '','tr,P.i.Udr'S It�CNUAL t�?_P.ATtC�f� 2 FINISH SCHEDULE SCALE: FINISH PLAN 1 SCALE: 1/8' =1'-0' MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 FINISH PLAN NOTES 1. ALL INTERIOR WALL, CEILING FINISHES, FLOOR COVERINGS AND TRIM TO COMPLY WITH 2O10 FBC. 2. PAINT SCHEDULE INDICATES COLOR AND GENERAL FINISH ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO USE APPROPRIATE FINISHING SYSTEM FOR EACH SUBSTRATE AS NEEDED. 3. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AND DOORS TO BE PAINTED WITH A SEMI —GLOSS FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH. 4. FLOORS WHERE EXISTING MATERIAL HAS BEEN REMOVED SHALL BE PATCHED, LEVELED AND PREPARED AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FLOORING MATERIAL 5. REFER TO SHEET A-801 FOR FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS. 6. ALL WALLS TO PAINTED P-1, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 KEY NOTES 1 PROVIDE MECHOSHADE WINDOW TREATMENTS AT ALL NEW EXTERIOR WINDOWS. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. ORUBBER BASE RB-1 TO BE INSTALLED AT BASE CABINETRY AND AT WALLS. 4 3 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 1 NO. 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE CD REVIEW PACKAGE DID REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES ..aowkPSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 9 1/8" = 11-01 DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULES vv SEAL A-201 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. Ali rights reserved. IF 1 111 I I MILLWORK NOTES SCHEDULED DOOR AUTOCLAVE ON UNDER COUNTER SCHEDULED LAB STAND WITH REFRIGERATOR EQUIPMENT HOOD ABOVE LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS Ell l,lt I N �' F 7 ao I I N I I OPENING co SII till _j 20" CLR. 3'-0" 3'-on CLR. 1 2'-0" REFRIGERATOR DOUBLE STACK INCUBATORS II • I II I I Co I II I II I I 00 I II N I II FF 0'-0" " co I cV lio I N FF 0'-0" LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS LAMINAR FLOW HOOD 5'-6" CLEAR LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS INCUBATOR LAMINAR FLOW SCHEDULED EXTERIOR SCHEDULED LAB - HOOD WINDOWS7 EQUIPMENT 11 f.. I1I f. I1 0o OPEN _ PEERo I = OPENING N BELOW FOR CHAIR FF 0'-0"-+-- 1 2'-10" 8 EQ. SECTIONS g4 CLR,1'-6"1 6'-6" FOR INC. 10 LAB218 EAST ELEVATION 9 LAB 218 NORTH ELEVATION 8 LAB 218 SOUTH ELEVATION 7 LAB 218 WEST ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' POWER POLE 2 EQ. 3'-0" 2'-0" 01 FF O'-0"-�- SCHEDULED DOOR LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS EXISTING WINDOW CUTOUT FOR EYEWASH LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS FILTER EQUIPMENT EXISTING WINDOW I i 1, F!A sari'Awl , I —// �j I I � ■OPENING M t�s�� 11 0 FOR SINKS D000 Ion -6"� 3'-0- L 3'-0" L 6'-0- CLR. 21'—Ow DISHWASHER CHEMICAL EXHAUST HOOD BEYOND SCHEDULED EXTERIOR ,WINDOW 8'-0" 0 I iv DIONIX I $o I I N FF O'-0" i 6 LAB 219 ISLAND ELEVATION 5 LAB _219 EAST ELEVATION LAB _219 WEST ELEVATION SCALE. 1/4' = 1-0SCALE. 1/4" -1-9 SCALE: 1/4 -1-0 go 2 EQ. 2 EQ. 2 EQ. 2'-0 3'-Ow 3'-0" 3'-0" 2'-0" NITROGEN CYLINDER LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS CHEMICAL EXHAUST HOOD EXISTING WINDOW 1STACKED CABINETS 1L Fu.C. REFRIGERATOR 7 " 0 fllf �II� N TIDIONIX DIONIX I DIONIX — — OPENING — — 00 — — FOR SINK — — iv 6'-0" 3'-0" CLR. 4" C FOR REF. 8'-O" 17'-0" *11 LAB CASEWORK BY OTHERS r-COPIER, BY OWNER -- SCHEDULED DOOR Dr umma 8'-0"�- 4'-0" CLR.10 I � ux PROVIDE KEY LOCKS ON DRAWERSALL aco AND UPPER I I N CABINET DOORS OPENING FOR CHAIR. — _ — PROVIDE NECESSARY — FF 0'-0" SUPPORT 3'-0" 3'-0" 11'-10" 3 LAB 219 ISLAND ELEVATION LAB 219 SOUTH ELEVATION 1 LAB 219 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0' SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0' SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 CARD READER SCHEDULED DOOR 1. ALL UPPER AND LOWER CABINETRY, COUNTERTOPS AND w BACKSPLASHES SHOWN ON ELEVATIONS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNERS VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL MOUNTED CABINETS. REFER TO CABINET SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION f 2. ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DID REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/411=11-011 DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - t A-601- @)O= A. Epstein and Sans International, Ina AN rights reserved. I SEE PLAN SCHEDULED RESINOUS FLOORING AFF SCHEDULED SUSPENDED ACT CEILING SYSTEM ARMSTRONG VTO TRANSITION STRIP EXISTING CARPET SCHEDULED PARTITION SAWCUT EXISTING SLAB AT TRANSITIONS TO PROVIDE MIN Y" THICK BY 1 X" WIDE TAPERED EDGE FOR RESINUOUS FLOORING. 6 CEILING TERMINATION DETAIL 3 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE 3" 1'-0" somm Ir 10—G" EXISTING WINDOW AND FRAME NEW FURRING PARTITION TYPE B. EXISTING CONCRETE BLOCK EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR. WALL SCHEDULED RESINOUS FLOORING. Al .: SAWCLIT EXISTING SLAB AT TRANSITIONS TO PROVIDE MIN Y" THICK BY 1 V WIDE TAPERED EDGE FOR RESINUOUS FLOORING. 5 SILL/HEAD DETAIL 2 LOOR TRANSITION DETAIL NOTE: 1 HOUR RATING TO UNDERSIDE OF NON—COMBUSTIBLE CEILING. AT FIRE RATED PARTITIONS, UL RATED ANCHORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES ARE TO BE USED. LINE OF LINE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE STRUCTURE ABOVE % r CONTINUOUS ARE RATED SEALANT, TYP. FIRESTOP ALL VOIDS AT STRUCTURAL CONTINUOUS DECK AND AT ALL PENETRATIONS. RUNNER, TYP. CONTINUOUS STEEL RUNNER FASTENED TO DECK ABOVE, TYP. CID SCHEDULED CEILING F FINISHED CEILING r WHERE SPECIFIED j NOTE: STC RATING SHALL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY DUCT WORK OR ANY OTHER PARTITION PENETRATIONS -' EXISTING CONCRETE BLOCK PARTITION METAL STUDS METAL STUDS / >G FIRE —RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING IN WALL, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH FURNITURE AND A/V ONE LAYER 5/8" TYPE id X MOISTURE RESISTANT i ONE LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. EACH GYP. BD. SIDE / > SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED BASE CONTINUOUS RUNNER, TYP. CONTINUOUS STEEL RUNNER FASTENED CONTINUOUS SEALANT, TYP' TO FLOOR STRUCTURE, TYP. i CONTINUOUS FIRE RATED SEALANT, TYP./ SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH T SLABAmmmum_N T SLAB p MARK STUD SIZE STUD GAUGE STUD SPACING WALL THICKNESS INSULATION THICKNESS FIRE RATING/ UL DESIGN NO. STC RATING MARK STUD SIZE STUD GAUGE STUD SPACING WALL THICKNESS INSULATION THICKNESS FIRE RATING/ UL DESIGN NO. STC RATING 2-1/2" 25 16" O.C. 3 1 /8" — _ — 3-5/8" 25 16" O.C. 4-7/8" 3" 1 HR 50 2 - - - 2 3 3 4 4 PARTITON TYPE 'B' SCALE:3._1.-D* 4 PARTITON TYPE 'A' SCALE:3•-1'—O' 1 PARTITION TYPES 9G11.E:3" 1 MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 Fj;e§s-t_1!'7eq7 wmers NORTH AMERICA a PARTITION TYPE NOTES 1. WHERE FIRE RATED PARTITIONS ARE SPECIFIED, ALL COMPONENTS OF THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE FIRE RATING DESIGN SPECIFIED. 2. ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS AND SMOKE PARTITIONS SHALL BE FULLY SEALED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS AND SMOKE PARTITIONS SHALL BE FULLY FIRE STOPPED WITH UL RATED MATERIALS. 3. PARTITION REINFORCING/BLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE WALL MOUNTED MILLWORK, CABINETS, EQUIPMENT, GRAB BARS, CLOSET RODS, AND ACCESSORIES ARE SHOWN ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS. 4. MOISTURE RETARDANT GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL WALLS IN LAB. 5. ALL WOOD BLOCKING AND PLYWOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. 6. REFER TO THE FLOOR PLANS, ELEVATIONS, FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PARTITION FINISH TREATMENTS. 7. COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED GYP. BD. CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT. 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DID REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES � P S T E I N Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: PARTITION TYPES A-801- A. Epstein and Sons Intemational, Inc. All rights reserved. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS - DIAt 9AM BLECTFICAL SYMB= - POWER PLAN ELECTR AL SYM BIM - LUiTNG'i PLM y MOTOR SWITCH BLANK = SINGLE POLE 2 = DOUBLE POLE MOTOR 3 = THREE-WAY 4 = FOUR-WAY `-, WYE CONNECTION ❑ TRANSFORMER, PLAN D =DOOR SWITCH DM= DIMMER K =KEY OPERATED EARTH GROUND Y-1 WYE CONNECTION LV= LOW VOLTAGE LM= LOW VOLTAGE MASTER L = P =WITH LOCK PILOT LIGHT O JUNCTION BOX EARTH GROUND PB= PUSH BUTTON STATION RC= REMOTE CONTROL DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSED T = TIMER OPERATED WP= WEATHER PROOF 0 POWER JUNCTION BOX X = EXPLOSION PROOF Mo= OCCUPANCY SENSOR PANELBOARD A DISTRIBUTION PANEL SWITCH, OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR TYPE REFER TO FIXTURE SCHEDULE LIGHTING PANEL CABLE AND CONDUIT TAG as PANELBOARD CABINET, FLUSH MOUNTED SCHEDULE LIGHT XTURE,SEE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT, 2'x2' �■It PANELBOARD CABINET, SURFACE MOUNTED OR LLETTERFlINDICAT INDICATES EQUIPMENT TAG RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE RECEPTACLE, QUADRAPLEX -0 RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE A = 120V, 20A, 1 PHASE, 2-POLE, 3W, NEMA 5-20R. B = 208V, 20A, 1 PHASE, 2-POLE, 3W, NEMA 6-20R. C = 120V, 30A, 1 PHASE, 2-POLE, 3W, NEMA 5-30R. D = 208V, 30A, 1 PHASE, 2-POLE, 3W, NEMA 6-30R. E = 208V, 60A, 1 PHASE, 3-POLE, 4W, NEMA 14-60R. F = 208V, 30A, 3 PHASE, 3-POLE 4W, NEMA 15-30R. G = 208V, 50A, 3 PHASE, 3 POLE, 4W, NEMA 15-30R. H = 208V, 60A, 3 PHASE, 3 POLE, 4W, NEMA 15-60R. I = 120V, 30A, 1 PHASE, 1 POLE, 3W, NEMA L5-30R. a DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSED SWITCH F = FUSED SWITCH K = KEY OPERATED L = LOCK LM= LOW VOLTAGE MASTER M = MANUAL MOTOR STARTING MC= MOMENTARY CONTACT MP= MOTOR SNAP WITH PILOT P = WITH PILOT LIGHT LIGHT (THERMAL TYPE) PB= PUSH BUTTON STATION RC= REMOTE CONTROL WP= WEATHER PROOF X = EXPLOSION PROOF U CARD READER ❑ ALARM, FIRE, MANUAL PULL STATION ALARM, HORN/LIGHT, ONE ASSEMBLY ALARM, LAMP LIGHT, SIGNAL LIGHT, STROBE MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 1 PH SINGLE-PHASE 1 P SINGLE POLE 2/C TWO -CONDUCTOR 3/C THREE -CONDUCTOR 3PH THREE-PHASE 4/C FOUR -CONDUCTOR 4W FOUR -WIRE A/C UNIT AIR CONDITIONING UNIT A/E ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AAP ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL AC ALTERNATING CURRENT OR ARMORED CABLE ACC ACCESSIBLE ADDL ADDITIONAL ADJ ADJACENT, ADJOINING AFC ABOVE FINISHED COUNTER, AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CONTROL, OR AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AH AMPERE HOUR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY ALT ALTERNATE AMB AMBIENT AMP AMPERE ARCH ARCHITECT ASC AMPS SHORT CIRCUIT ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AUTO AUTOMATIC AV AUDIO VISUAL . u3" BD BOARD BFF BELOW FINISH FLOOR BIL BASIC INSULATION LEVEL BLDG BUILDING BRKR BREAKER BYP BY PASS CAB CABINET CALC CALCULATE CAP CAPACITY CAT CATALOG CAN COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION CCR CONTROL CONTACTOR CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CB CODE BLUE cd CANDELA CD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CF CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CF/CI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CF/Ol CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/OWNER INSTALLED CFE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT CHW CHILLED WATER CHWP CHILLED WATER PUMP CKT CIRCUIT CKT BRKR CIRCUIT BREAKER CLF CURRENT LIMITING FUSE CLG CEILING CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COAX COAX CABLE COMM COMMUNICATION COMPT COMPARTMENT CONC CONCRETE CONT CONTINUE CONTR CONTRACTOR COORD COORDINATE CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CRI COLOR RENDERING INDEX CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTV CABLE TELEVISION CU COPPER CU FT CUBIC FEET CUR CURRENT COPS CRITICAL OPERATIONS POWER SYSTEMS DB DECIBEL DC DIRECT CURRENT DCOA DESIGNATED CRITICAL OPERATIONS AREA DCP DIMMER CONTROL PANEL DEG C DEGREES CELSIUS DEG F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT DEMO DEMOLITION DIAG DIAGRAM DISC DISCONNECT DISTR DISTRIBUTION DISTR PNL DISTRIBUTION PANEL DMR SW DIMMER SWITCH DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW DRSW DOOR SWITCH DS DISCONNECT SWITCH DWG DRAWING EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRIC ELEV ELEVATOR EMCP EMERGENCY MONITORING CONTROL PANEL EMER EMERGENCY EMI ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENCL ENCLOSURE EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF EPRF EXPLOSION PROOF ESMT EASEMENT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER EXIST EXISTING Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 FA FIRE ALARM FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FABL FIRE ALARM BELL FABX FIRE ALARM BOX FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FC FOOTCANDLE FIXT FIXTURE FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLT FLOODLIGHT FLUOR FLUORESCENT FLUOR FIX FLUORESCENT FIXTURE FOUTT TELEPHONE FLOOR OUTLET FP FIRE PROTECTION FT FEET OR FOOT FU SW FUSED SWITCH FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON -REVERSING FVR FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING G GROUND OR GENERATOR GEN GENERATOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HOA HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC HP HORSEPOWER HT HEIGHT HZ HERTZ IESNA ILLUMINATION ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT INCAND INCANDESCENT IR INFRARED IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER W KILOVOLT kVA KILOVOLT AMPERE kVAH KILOVOLT AMPERE PER HOUR kVAR KILOVOLT AMPERE REACTIVE kW KILOWATT kWH KILOWATT HOUR kWHM KILOWATT HOUR METER LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE LF LINEAR FEET (FOOT) LM LUMEN LP LIGHT POLE LDS LOW PRESSURE SODIUM LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LT LIGHT LTG LIGHTING LTG PNL LIGHTING PANEL LTNG LIGHTNING LV LOW VOLTAGE MATV MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM MAX MAXIMUM MC METAL -CLAD MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MECH MECHANICAL MG MOTOR GENERATOR MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MT MOUNT MTD MOUNTED MTG MOUNTING MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE MVA MEGAVOLT-AMPERE MW MEGAWATT MICROWAVE NA NOT APPLICABLE NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEUT NEUTRAL NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT NO NORMALLY OPEN NS NO SCALE NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OL OVERLOAD P POLE PA PUBLIC ADDRESS PB PANELBOARD, PULL BOX, OR PUSHBUTTON PCB POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL PEC PHOTOELECTRIC CELL PED PEDESTAL PEND PENDANT PF POWER FACTOR PH PHASE PNL PANEL PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PLASTIC) PWR POWER Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REC RECESSED RECPT RECEPTACLE RM ROOM RMS ROOT MEAN SQUARE READ REQUIRED SCC SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY SD SMOKE DETECTOR SF SQUARE FOOT (FEET) SHT SHEET SI INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNITS SPEC SPECIFICATION SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW SURF SURFACE SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD SWGR SWITCHGEAR TEL TELEPHONE TP TWISTED PAIR TPS TWISTED PAIR SHIELDED TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TV TELEVISION TYP TYPICAL UFD UNDERFLOOR DUCT UGND UNDERGROUND UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY UTIL UTILITY V VOLT VA VOLT AMPERE VAR VOLT AMPERE REACTIVE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VOLT VOLTAGE W WATT WH WATER HEATER WP WEATHERPROOF XFER TRANSFER XFMR TRANSFORMER Eopestle aters *7711% NORTH AMERICA 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: NOT TO SCALE Expirgt DRAWN BY: DD FEB 2 $ 2015 CHECKED BY: MS '��GENSF�o' ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS 7620 *: AND ABBREVIATIONS • STATE OF ..�� 0. .......... E-001 '''•� 'A L�: I ©XXXX A Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. F ' MOUNTNG FEMITS FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS LIGHT SWITCHES, WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS 48" TO CENTERUNE OF BOX. EXCEPTION: 44" MAXIMUM TO TOP ABOVE COUNTERS WHICH ARE 20"-25"D. DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS, MOTOR PUSH 60" TO CENTERLINE. BUTTON STATIONS WALL MOUNTED DOT SIGNS 90" TO CENTERLINE OF SIGN OR CENTERED IN WALL AREA BETWEEN TOP OF DOOR AND CEIUNG. CEUNG MOUNTED EXIT SIGNS 80' TO BOTTOM FD(TURE. RECEPTACLES 16" TO BOTTOM OF BOX. E)(CEPTION: 44" MAXIMUM TO TOP ABOVE COUNTERS WHICH ARE 20'-25"D. SPECIAL OUTLETS OR RECEPTACLES 16" TO BOTTOM OF BOX OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. EXCEPTION: 44" MAXIMUM TO TOP ABOVE COUNTERS WHICH ARE 20"-25'D. DATA/COMMUNICATION OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS 16" TO BOTTOM OF BOX. TELEPHONE OUTLETS - WALL TYPE 54" TO DIAL CENTER (NON -ACCESSIBLE). 48" TO HIGHEST OPERABLE PART (ACCESSIBLE). FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATIONS 48" TO CENTERUNE OF BOX - NOT MORE THAN 5'-0' FROM EXIT. FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE ONLY DEVICE NOT LESS THAN 90" TO TOP OR 6" BELOW CLUNG, WHICH EVER IS HIGHER. FIRE ALARM VISUAL ONLY DEVICE OR A COMBINATION 80" TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE OR NOT MORE THAN 96" AUDIBLE AND VISUAL DEVICE TO TOP. WALL MOUNTED REMOTE INDICATOR UGHT 80" TO CENTERUNE OF DEVICE OR 6" BELOW COUNG, WHICHEVER IS LOWER. CARD READER 48" TO HIGHEST OPERABLE PART (SIDE OR FORWARD ACCESS). THERMOSTATS 54" TO HIGHEST OPERABLE PART (SIDE ACCESS). 48" HIGHEST OPERABLE PART (FORWARD ACCESS). TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSORS 60" TO CENTER UNE OF BOX. OTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CONSIDERED FROM FINISHED FLOOR AND, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT VARY. RAISED FLOORS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FINISHED FLOOR. . ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND MAY BE ADJUSTED TO CONFORM WITH ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS AS LONG AS NO CODE RESTRICTION IS VIOLATED. 5. OUTLETS INSTALLED LOWER THAN 15" AFF (FORWARD REACH) AND 9" AFF (SIDE REACH) ARE IN VIOLATION OF ADA. PECIAL NOTES: 1. EXIT SIGNS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER THAT THE SIGN WILL BLOCK FIRE ALARM VISUAL DEVICES. Z. FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES MOUNTING HEIGHTS SEE SCHEDULE AND DRAWINGS. WEIE SMIM TABLE FOR 12OV-20A BRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) IF DISTANCE (A+B) IN FEET IS USE COPPER WIRE IN METALLIC PANEIBQARD (SEE DIAGRAM AT Rl;lil) CONDUIT, AWG SIZE AS FOLLOWS ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE CONDUIT ACCORDINGLY. "A" FT. 0' TO 100' 112 AWG (MIN.) FIRST ON LAST ON CIRCUIT • CIRCUIT. 100' TO 175' #10 AWG 175' TO 300' #8 AWG I.-T FT. 4__ 1/2 WIRE LENGTH FROM 300' TO 450' 16 AWG (MAX.) FIRST TO LAST RECEPTACLE OR LIGHTING FIXTURE ON CIRCUIT. FOR 277V-20A BRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY (MLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) IF DISTANCE (A+B) IN FEET IS: USE COPPER WIRE IN METALLIC PANELBOARD (SEE DIAGRAM AT RIGIM CONDUIT, AWG SIZE AS FOLLOWS ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE CONDUIT ACCORDINGLY. 'A' FT. 0' TO 250' #12 AN (MIN.) FIRST ON LAST ON 2W' TO 400' #10 AWG CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT. 400' TO 700' 18 AWG 2 WIRE LENGTH FROM ��' � 4-FIRST 700' M 1000, #6 AWG (MAX.) TO LAST LIGHTING FIXTURE ON CIRCUIT. !>♦l2IES: 1. TABLES ARE BASED ON EVENLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD ALLOWING A 3% VOLTAGE DROP AT LAST OUTLET. 2. 480V MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 3/4" C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. SIZE OF CONDUCTORS ARE BASED UPON EACH MOTOR BEING FED WITH SEPARATE CONDUIT. IF CONDUCTORS FOR TWO MOTORS (MAX.) ARE TO BE COMBINED IN ONE CONDUIT, INCREASE THE SIZE OF CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC), TO COMPENSATE FOR CONDUCTOR DE -RATING. 4• PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT. ELECTRICAL TESTNQ REOMEMENT NOTE - THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO INCLUDE IN HIS SCOPE AND COST OF WORK HIRING A QUAUFIED INDEPENDENT (THIRD PARTY) TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL INSPECTION AND TESTING PER NETA ACCEPTANCE TESTING SPECIFICATIONS. INSPECTION AND TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON NEW EQUIPMENT AND SUB -COMPONENTS INCLUDING: 1) PANELBOARDS 2) MOTOR CONTROLLERS 3) TRANSFORMERS 4) LOW VOLTAGE CABLES USED ON FEEDERS 400 AMPS AND LARGER 5) GROUNDING SYSTEMS TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY AND A MEMBER COMPANY OF THE INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NEA). CONTRACTOR SHUT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING DEFICIENCIES IDENTIFIED DURING TESTING AND SUBMITTING TEST RESULTS TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 0�� THE WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, MUNICIPAL, AND NATIONAL CODES. WHERE THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS INDICATE MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT'S THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL GOVERN. HOWEVER, THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE INTERPRETED AS AUTHORITY TO VIOLATE ANY CODE OR REGULATION. 2. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS THE CONTRACTOR SWILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR READING AND COMPLYING WITH BOTH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS, OR CODES, THE REFERENCE WHICH PROVIDES THE MORE COMPLETE OR HIGHER STANDARD SHALL PREVAIL 3. INTERPRETATION OF THE DOCUMENTS CAREFULLY COMPARE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, CHECKING MEASUREMENTS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS INSTALLATION IS TO BE MADE. FOR CLARIFICATION BETWEEN VARIOUS DRAWINGS, BETWEEN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATION, OR BETWEEN SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATION, THE MATTER SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE ENGINEER BEFORE ANY WORK IS EXECUTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STATE IN THEIR PROPOSAL ANY EXCEPTIONS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS A COMPLETE, READY TO USE INSTALLATION. IF NOT STATED IN THE PROPOSAL, IT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED EXTW4. 4. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SWILL NOT BE SCALED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DOORS, WALLS, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, ETC.. THE LOCATION OF RACEWAY SYSTEM COMPONENTS IS SCHEMATIC. THE EXACT LOCATION OF RACEWAY SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THE DIMENSIONS OF THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPUED FOR THIS PROJECT, AND VERIFY CLEARANCES AND ROUGH -INS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 5. SITE EXAMINATION BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID, THE CONTRACTOR SWILL VISIT THE SITE, EXAMINE THE PREMISES, AND MAKE A THOROUGH SURVEY OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS VISIT SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED AS PER THE VA SCHEDULED WALKTHROUGH AND THE SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN VISIT HAS BEEN MADE. NO CONSIDERATION OR ALLOWANCE WILL BE GRANTED FOR FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE OR FOR LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH AN VISIT BEEN MADE 6. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ARCHITECTURAL, AND OTHER TRADES FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, CLEARANCES, ROUGH -IN LOCATIONS, AND OTHER ADDITIONAL SCOPES OF WORK THAT MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL 120 VOLT (AND HIGHER) AC POWER TO OTHER TRADES EQUIPMENT AND HARDWARE. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED T0, CONTROLS, FIRE AND SECURITY SYSTEMS, MOTORIZED DOORS, DAMPERS, UFTS, AND OTHER SYSTEMS. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 7. PERMITS, APPLICATIONS AND RELEASES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS INSPECTIONS, APPLICATIONS, RELEASES AND FEES REQUIRED BY LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES FOR THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. SCHEDUUNG OF ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 8. FIRE STOPPING ALL PENETRATIONS IN WALL, FLOOR OR CEIUNGS SWILL BE SUITABLY CLOSED UP AND SEALED WITH AN INTUMESCENT FIRE STOPPING COMPOUND LISTED IN THE MOST RECENT FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORATION (FMRC) APPROVAL GUIDE FIRE STOPPING PRODUCTS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY 3M CO. 9. PAINTING ALL NEWLY INSTALLED EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE EXISTING ADJACENT WALL OR CEUNG SURFACE. 10. OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT THAT WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER WILL BE INDICATED ON A SEPARATE SCHEDULE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER FOR DELIVERY SCHEDULES. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSUME THAT ON SITE STORAGE MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE WHEN COORDINATING DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT. THE CONTRACTOR, IN COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, WILL INSPECT THE DELIVERY FOR ACCURACY AND SHIPMENT DAMAGE AND ACCEPTING THE EQUIPMENT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO STORE, PROTECT, AND ULTIMATELY INSTALL THE EQUIPMENT. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 11. ELECTRICAL SERVICE DISRUPTIONS ANY WORK INVOLVING A TASK WHICH EXPOSES ACTIVE BUS SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER HOURS (11:OOPM TO 5:00AM). THIS RESTRICTION INCLUDES REMOVING THE COVER FROM ANY PANEL BOARD, SWITCHBOARD, M.C.C. ETC.. ALL WORK WHICH EXPOSES ACTIVE BUS REQUIRES A WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER WHICH WILL OUTLINE THE METHOD OF PROCEDURE FOR THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2 WEEKS NOTICE TO THE OWNER BEFORE WORKING ON ANY ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ALL POWER DISRUPTION SHALL OCCUR AT TIMES AND OF DURATIONS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. 12. EQUIPMENT ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THIS INSTALLATION SHALL BE NEW, AND HAVE THE APPROPRIATE UL LISTING AND LABEL 13. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING MEMBERS ALL ANGLES CHANNELS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, BOLTS, RODS, ETC.. REQUIRED TO SUPPORT UGHT FIXTURE, CONDUIT, RACEWAY, LADDER TRAY, OR OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES SHALL. BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 14. DISTRIBUTION PANELS AND PANELS BOARDS ALL DISTRIBUTION PANELS AND PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORIES. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION FOR COMPLETE IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS. ALL DISTRIBUTION PANELS AND PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE LABELED ON THE PANEL CABINET WITH THE PANEL NAME AND THE POWER SOURCE FEEDING THE PANEL AS PER THE ELECTRICAL ONE UNE. 15. SAFETY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL STEPS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE OWNERS EMPLOYEES, BUILDING EMPLOYEES AND GUESTS, AS WELL AS THEIR OWN FORCES, BY ADEQUATELY PROTECTING ANY EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS, OR DEVICES THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THIS WORK. 16. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS AND FOR ALL OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE A FLEXIBLE UQUID TIGHT CONNECTION TO ALL VIBRATION PRODUCING EQUIPMENT. 17. TEMPORARY UGHTING, POWER, FIRE, AND SAFETY PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER AS REQUIRED IN AREAS UNDERGOING WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION. FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE OSHA APPROVED PIGTAIL SOCKET WITH 150-WATT LAMP FOR EVERY 500 SQUARE FEET OF FLOOR SPACE AND A MINIMUM 1 PER ROOM. THE TEMPORARY LIGHTING SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL PERMANENT LIGHTING IS COMPLETELY OPERATIONAL FURNISH AND INSTALL POWER OUTLETS TO A TOTAL ONE FOR EVERY 2000 SQUARE FEET OR PART THEREOF OF FLOOR AREA AND THESE SHALL BE 15 AMP, SINGLE PHASE RECEPTACLES FOR EITHER 110 OR 220 VOLTS AS DIRECTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE FOR ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE INSTALLATION. COMPLY WITH NFPA 241 FOR SAFEGUARDING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATION OPERATIONS. IN ADDITION, ANY OPENINGS IN FIRE RATED SEPARATIONS BETWEEN OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED (OR OPERATIONAL AND NON -OPERATIONAL) AREAS SHALL BE SEALED AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY WITH AN APPROPRIATE FIRE RATED ENCLOSURE OR SEALANT. DO NOT COMPROMISE EXISTING SECURITY OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SERVING THE OCCUPIED OR OPERATIONAL AREAS. 18. POWER COORDINATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL COORDINATION AND SCHEDUUNG OF LOCAL POWER OUTAGES REQUIRED WITH THE OWNER. ALL NEEDED POWER OUTAGES TO BE SCHEDULED WITH THE OWNER TWO WEEKS IN ADVANCE. 19. CABUNG BRANCH CIRCUITS TO RECEPTACLES, UGHTING AND MISC. SMALL LOADS (15 OR 20 AMP CIRCUITS), UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL. BE 2 - #12, 1 - #12 GIRD., 3/4" C. A SEPARATE NEUTRAL SHALL BE RUN FOR EACH CIRCUIT. SEE WIRE SIZING TABLE ON THIS SHEET. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN SHALL HAVE NO MORE THAN THREE CIRCUITS. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 20. CABUNG SIZES BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SIZING SHALL BE ADJUSTED BASED ON THE VALUES INDICATED IN THE WIRE SIZING TABLE PER THIS SHEET. 21. SPECIAL LUG REQUIREMENTS ANY CABLE WHICH TERMINATES DIRECTLY ON TO A BUS BAR SHALL BE 2 BOLT LONG BARREL TYPE WITH INSPECTION HOLES PRODUCED WITH NON FLASHING TYPE DYES AS MANUFACTURED BY THOMAS AND BETTS, MINIMUM 10 TONS OF COMPRESSION, HEX CRIMP. THE USE OF HEAT SHRINK TUBING IS EXPUCITLY FORBIDDEN. THERE SHALL BE NO 'SHINERS" AT THE LUGS. 22.RACEWAYS ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS TO A MINIMUM OF 3/4". MULTI -GANG BACKBOXES FOR DIFFERENT VOLTAGES AND TYPES OF EMERGENCY AND NORMAL BRANCH WIRING DEVICES SHALL HAVE DIVIDERS BETWEEN DEVICES. 23. UGHTING ALL FINAL LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS OF UGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN. Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 1. EXAMINATION A THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND EXAMINE AREAS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF ANY CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL SATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. B. VERIFY FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEVICES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. C. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DRAWINGS. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. D. COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. E. REVIEW MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR FOR ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. PREPARATION A. DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEIUNGS SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL. 3. DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK. A REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS NOTED HEREIN. B. REMOVE ABANDONED WIRING AND CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY, FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN TO BE REMOVED. C. WHERE SOURCE OF SUPPLY IS A PANELBOARD, RE -LABEL PROTECTIVE DEVICE AS 'SPARE". AFTER DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE, SUBMIT REVISED PANELBOARD SCHEDULES INDICATING "SPARES" TO OWNER AND ENGINEER. D. REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG FINISHES. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH WITH WALLS AND FLOORS, AND PATCH SURFACES. CONDUIT MAY BE ABANDONED IN WALLS TO REMAIN BUT EXISTING WIRING WITHIN THESE CONDUITS TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY. E. REMOVE AND DISCONNECT ABANDONED OUTLETS AND ASSOCIATED DEVICES. F. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. G. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT IS NO LONGER IN USE. H. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED LUMINARIES. REMOVE BRACKETS, STEMS, HANGERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. I. REMOVE ALL ACCESSIBLE ABANDONED WIRING OF ALL TYPES, OR CAP AND LIBEL IN JUNCTION BOX FOR RE -USE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE J. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOUTION AND EXTENSION OF WORK. K. MAINTAIN AND RESTORE, IF INTERRUPTED, ALL CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS PASSING THROUGH RENOVATED AREAS AND SERVICING UNDISTURBED AREAS. 4. CLEANING, REPAIR, AND REPLACEMENT A GENERAL: CLEAN AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT WILL REMAIN OR ARE TO BE REUSED. B. PANELBOARDS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND TIGHTEN ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. REPLACE DAMMED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PROVIDE CLOSURE PLATES FOR VACANT POSITIONS. PROVIDE TYPED SCHEDULES SHOWING REVISED CIRCUITING INFORMATION. C. LUMINARIES: REMOVE EXISTING LUMINARIES AS NOTED. 5. DISPOSAL A OWNER SHALL HAVE RIGHT TO RETAIN ANY EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS THAT HAVE BEEN DEMOLISHED PRIOR TO DISPOSAL OR REMOVAL FROM SITE. B. ANY EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS NOT WANTED BY THE OWNER SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND REMOVED FROM SITE. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS FOR DISPOSAL OF DEMOUSHED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. waters ers NORTH AMERICA Expires FEB 28 Z015 N. �'.• STATE OF 117 ' G jr 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES i PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: DD CHECKED BY: MS ELECTRICAL NOTES AND TABLES E-002 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. F1 i5i0j I BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS SCOPE OF WORK A. FURNISH ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS. TOOLS TRANSPORTATION, PERMITS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR, OR INCIDENTAL TO, THE INSTALLATION OF COMPLETE SYSTEMS OF ELECTRIC WIRING FOR LIGHTING, POWER AND MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. FURNISH, ERECT, INSTALL, CONNECT, CLEAN, ADJUST, TEST AND CONDITION ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERWS, AND EQUIPMENT, AND PLACE IN SERVICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, VISIT THE SITE AND THOROUGHLY BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE LOCAL CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE WORK. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE OBUGA71ONS OF THE CONTRACT. CODES A. INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA CODE AND ALL AHJ CODES. INSTALLATION SHALL ALSO BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY WHICH WILL SERVE THE PROPERTY. STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS A THE WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND CODES. B. IN EVERY INSTALLATION WHERE REGULATIONS OF ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY APPLY, CONFORMANCE WITH THEIR REGULATIONS IS MANDATORY AND ANY COSTS INVOLVED SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. C. SHOULD WORK BE PERFORMED WHICH DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS, CHANGES FOR COMPLIANCE SHALL BE DONE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. D. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, GOVERNMENTAL FEES, TAXES, AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK REQUIRED. DEFINITIONS A. FURNISH: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. TERM "FURNISH' IS USED TO MEAN SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, ETC., AS APPLICABLE IN EACH INSTANCE B. INSTALL EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. TERM "INSTALL" IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE INCLUDING UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, CONNECTIONS, WIRING, ADJUSTING, TESTING (IF REQUIRED) AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, AS APPLICABLE IN EACH INSTANCE C. PROVIDE: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL, TERM "PROVIDE' MEAN FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE, AS APPLICABLE IN EACH INSTANCE. PRODUCT DATA A. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL AND FIXTURES SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER BEFORE ORDERS ARE PLACED. THE ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY MATERIAL WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER, IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER INSTALLATION. B. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL AND FIXTURES SHALL BE TESTED AND LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AND OFFICIAL LISTS OF ALL GOVERNMENT AND INSURANCE BOARDS WAVING JURISDICTION. GOVERNMENTAL SUBMITTALS A. PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED FOR THE SUBMITTAL OF EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING, LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS TO THE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. B. SUBMIT TO GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES AND UTILITY COMPANIES SHOP DRAWINGS, WHICH ARE REQUIRED BY THESE AGENCIES, FOR THEIR APPROVAL COORDINATION A EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE OTHER TRADES AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL TRADE SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE DRAWINGS OF THE OTHER TRADES. B. INSTALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO FACILITATE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS. RECORD DRAWINGS A. PROVIDE RECORD "AS -BUILT' DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT TO ENGINEER. B. DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE ACTUAL BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS USED AND EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED AND WIRES AND CABLES ARE IN PLACE AND CONNECTED TO DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT, TEST THE SYSTEM FOR CONTINUITY, PROPER PHASE ROTATION, SHORT CIRCUIT, IMPROPER GROUNDS, AND OTHER DEFECTS. IF DEFECTIVE CONDITION IS PRESENT, MAKE ALL NECESSARY CORRECTIONS AND RETEST FOR COMPLIANCE. WARRANTY A. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR BOTH MATERIALS AND LABOR FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR. B. NOTE THAT GUARANTEES SHALL RUN FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOT FROM THE DATE OF INSTALLATION OF THE REM OR DEVICE. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO SUPPLY THE ELECTRIC UGHTING AND POWER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE B. ALL NECESSARY TRANSFORMERS, METERS, CABLES, PANELBOARDS. LAMPS, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED. C. TEMPORARY LIGHTS SHALL BE BASED ON A MINIMUM OF 1 WATT/SQ. FT., EXCEPT WHERE HIGHER LIGHTING INTENSITIES ARE REQUIRED BY CODES OR STANDARDS OR SPECIFIED, IN WHICH CASE THE WATTAGE SHALL BE INCREASED TO PROVIDE THE HIGHER INTENSITIES. SUFFICIENT WIRING, OUTLETS AND LAMPS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO ENSURE PROPER LIGHTING IN ROOMS, SPACES, STAIRS, EGRESS, AND PASSAGE AREAS. MINIMUM SIZE LAMP USED SHALL BE 100 WATTS. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR COST OF ENERGY AND POWER CONSUMED BY ALL TRADES. E. TEMPORARY WIRING OF A SPECIAL NATURE FOR UGHTING, SAFETY AND POWER OTHER THAN MENTIONED ABOVE. SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THOSE USING SAME F. TEMPORARY WORK SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER IT HAS SERVED ITS PURPOSE G. LAMPS INSTALLED IN PERMANENT LIGHTING FIXTURES AND USED FOR LIGHTING DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED JUST PRIOR TO THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW, UL OR CSA LABELED AND SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, MODEL NUMBER AND OTHER IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS. B. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THE STANDARD PRODUCT OF A MANUFACTURER REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE PRODUCTION OF THE REQUIRED TYPE OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR AT LEAST FIVE (5) YEARS (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED BY THE ENGINEER) AND SHALL BE THE MANUFACTURER'S LATEST DESIGN WITH PUBLISHED PROPERTIES. C. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS OF THE SAME GENERAL TYPE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT TO PROVIDE UNIFORM APPEARANCE, OPERATION AND D. MAINTENANCE REFER TO MATERIAL LISTS AND SCHEDULES ON THE DRAWINGS FOR MATERIAL NOT DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATION. INSTALLATION A. THE DRAWINGS FOR WORK ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK AND INDICATED THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF CONDUIT, BOXES, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND OTHER WORK INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. B. LOCATION OF ITEMS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS NOT DEFINITELY FIXED BY DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. EXACT LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO SECURE THE BEST CONDITIONS AND RESULTS SHALL BE DETERMINED AT THE SITE, AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. C. WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER AND WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, MAKE MINOR MODIFICATIONS IN THE WORK AS REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL INTERFERENCE, BY INTERFERENCE WITH WORK OF OTHER D. TRADES OR FOR PROPER EXECUTION OF WORK. WORK INSTALLED BEFORE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES SO AS TO CAUSE INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF SUCH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE CHANGED TO CORRECT SUCH E CONDITION WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR DETAILS, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS, AND LARGE SCALE DRAWINGS. AIR PLENUM CEILINGS A. EQUIPMENT AND WIRING INSTALLED IN CEILINGS USED AS AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR THAT USE. 1. ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL GOVERNING CODES. 2. EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO VERIFY AREAS DESIGNATED FOR USE AS AIR PLENUMS. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. DO CORE DRILLING, CUTTING, FITTING AND PATCHING NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS, WIREWAYS, AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE SUPPORTS NECESSARY FOR THE SAME AND FOR BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF WORK. NO CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL WORK OR OF FIREPROOFING SHALL BE DONE WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE ENGINEER. B. CONDUITS PASSING THROUGH ROOFS OR OTHER SURFACES EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE PROPERLY FLASHED. C. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY FIREPROOFED. D. INTERIOR PARTITIONS OF THE PERIMETER WALLS ARE FINISHED WITH DRYWALL UP TO DECKING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL RECESSED CONDUIT AND OUTLET BOXES IN THESE WALLS. EQUIPMENT NOISE LIMITATION A. NOISE LEVELS OF ELECTRIC DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WITHIN ACCEPTABLE LIMITS AS ESTABLISHED BY NEMA OR OTHER VAUD NOISE RATING AGENCIES. MOUNTING HEIGHTS A MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ELECTRICAL. ITEMS SHALL BE AS LISTED BELOW, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DIMENSIONS ARE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE. IN AREAS WHERE APPLICABLE CODE REQUIRES DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS, AS IN HAZARDOUS AREAS, COMPLY WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. B. INDOOR RECEPTACLE OUTLETS IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS: (1'-6" TO CENTERUNE. MOUNT HORIZONTALLY) C. TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM OUTLETS: (LINE UP WITH RECEPTACLES, MOUNT HORIZONTALLY) D. TOGGLE SWITCH OUTLETS: (4'-0" TO CENTERLINE) E INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS: (6'-0" TO TOP) F. INDIVIDUAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES: (6'-0" ON TOP) G. GROUP MOUNTED MOTOR STARTERS OR DISC. SWITCHES: (6'-0" TO CENTERUNE OF HIGHEST HANDLE, V-6" MINIMUM TO LOWEST, OR PER CODE) H. PANELBOARDS: (6'-0" TO TOP, OR 6'-0" TO CENTERLINE OF HIGHEST HANDLE, V-6" MINIMUM TO LOWEST FOR LARGE I. DISTRIBUTION PANELS) BRACKET LIGHTS: (7'-O" TO CENTERLINE OR AS REQUIRED FOR DEVICE TO J. CLEAR CEILING BY V-6' WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGNS: (7'-0" TO CENTERLINE OR AS REQUIRED FOR DEVICE TO K. CLEAR CEILING BY 0'-6") FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS: L (4'-0" TO CENTERLINE) OUTLETS FOR SIGNALS, SOUNDING DEVICES, OR CLOCKS: (AS REQUIRED FOR DEVICE TO CLEAR CEILING BY O'-6") MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORK AND EQUIP. SUPPORTS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS, PANELS, CONDUITS, BUS DUCTS, CABINETS, CONTROLS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. NONE OF THESE ITEMS WILL BE PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED TO OR SUPPORTED FROM OTHER TRADES SUPPORT SYSTEMS OR CONVEYORS. ELECTRICAL SUPPORT SHALL BE A COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT SYSTEM. FEEDERS A. INSTALL ALL FEEDERS OVERHEAD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE CABLE SUPPORTS FOR RISERS AT INTERVALS REQUIRED BY CODE. PROVIDE PULL AND/OR SPLICE BOXES WHERE REQUIRED. WIRING A. NO MORE THAN EIGHT (8) WIRES PLUS GROUND WIRE SHALL BE PERMITTED IN HOMERUN CONDUITS TO UGHTING PANELS. NO MORE THAN NINE (9) WIRES PLUS GROUND WIRE SHALL BE PERMITTED IN HOMERUN CONDUITS TO POWER PANELS. B. 120 VOLT LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 1600 WATTS FOR 20 AMPERE CIRCUIT BREAKERS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. C. 277 VOLT UGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 3000 WATTS FOR 20 AMPERE CIRCUIT BREAKERS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. D. ONLY ONE 277 VOLT CIRCUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A WALL SWITCH OUTLET BOX. WHERE MORE THAN ONE 277 VOLT CIRCUIT (ON DIFFERENT PHASES) IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AS BEING RUN TO MULTI -WALL SWITCH UNITS FROM A BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX, PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL CONDUITS SEPARATING PHASES AND SEPARATE SWITCH OUTLET BOXES OR A BOX WITH METAL BARRIERS TO SEPARATE EACH PHASE. E. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS SHALL BE PLACED ON SEPARATE CIRCUITS FROM LIGHTING OUTLETS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONNECT A MAXIMUM OF EIGHT (8) GENERAL PURPOSE CONVENIENCE OUTLETS OR FOUR (4) DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT OUTLETS PER CIRCUIT UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. F. MOTORS SHALL BE ON SEPARATE CIRCUITS FROM LIGHTING OUTLETS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. G. BEFORE CONNECTING EQUIPMENT, CHECK NAMEPLATE DATA AGAINST THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. CALL ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. H. BALANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT LOADS AMONG FEEDER CONDUCTORS AT EACH SWITCHBOARD AND PANELBOARD, AND RECONNECT LOADS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN REASONABLE LOAD BALANCE ON EACH PHASE ELECTRICAL UNBALANCE SHALL BE NOT EXCEED 7-1/2X. 1. ALL 2-CIRCUIT AND 3-CIRCUIT WIRING NETWORKS TO COMPUTER EQUIPMENT, PRINTERS AND OTHER NON-UNEAR LOADS SHALL CONSIST OF #12 AWG PHASE WIRES, #10 AWG NEUTRAL WIRE AND #12 AWG GROUND WIRE. CONCRETE PADS A. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 4 INCH HIGH CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD UNDER EACH PIECE OF FLOOR MOUNTED OR GROUND MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, UNLESS LARGER SIZES ARE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. B. PAD DIMENSION SHALL BE 2 INCHES (MINIMUM) GREATER ON EACH SIDE OF THE FLOOR DIMENSION OF THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. THE EDGE OF THE PAD SHALL HAVE A 1 INCH CHAMFER ON EACH SIDE. TOUCH-UP PAINTING A. ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF RUST, SPLATTERS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER OR DISCOLORATION LEAVING EVERY PART OF ALL SYSTEMS IN AN ACCEPTABLE PRIME CONDITION. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE WORK UNDER HIS CONTRACT SHALL REFINISH AND RESTORE TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH HAS SUSTAINED DAMAGE TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PRIME AND FINISH COATS OF PAINT AND/OR ENAMEL CLEAN UP A. AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED. CLEAN AND VACUUM FOREIGN MATTER FROM ALL ENCLOSURES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND CONDUITS. DEFECTIVE WORK AND MATERIALS A. ALL MATERIALS OR WORK FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE OR NOT IN STRICT CONFORMITY WITH THE DRAWINGS, DIFFERENT FROM REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, DEFACED OR DAMAGED THROUGH ACTION OF FIRE, WEATHER OR ANY OTHER CAUSE, WILL BE REJECTED AND SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SATISFACTORY MATERIAL AND WORK SUBSTITUTED THEREFORE WITHOUT DELAY OR ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. B. ANY DEFECTIVE OR IMPERFECT WORK WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED SHALL BE CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY UPON NOTICE. NO PREVIOUS INSPECTION OR CERTIFICATES ON ACCOUNT SHALL BE HELD TO RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE OBUGA71ON TO FURNISH SOUND MATERIAL AND TO PERFORM SATISFACTORY WORK. FINAL INSPECTION A. WHEN ALL ELECTRICAL WORK ON THE PROJECT HAS BEEN COMPLETED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN AND IS READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION, SUCH AN INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE. AT THIS TIME, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN MET TO THE ENGINEERS SATISFACTION. 16110 RACEWAYS SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA, SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT USED AS RACEWAY. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT USED AS RACEWAY. GENERAL A. CONDUIT SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE AT INTERVALS AS SPECIFIED BY THE CODE USING SUITABLE STRAPS, HANGERS AND OTHER SUPPORTING ASSEMBLIES AS INDICATED ON PLANS. ALL STRAP HANGERS AND SUPPORTING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE OF RUGGED CONSTRUCTION CAPABLE SUPPORTING WEIGHT WITH A REASONABLE FACTOR OF SAFETY. RIGID HEAVYWALL STEEL CONDUIT A. RIGID HEAVY WALL STEEL CONDUIT (RHWS) SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED, STANDARD WEIGHT, RIGID MILD STEEL WITH THREADED CONNECTIONS AS MANUFACTURED 13Y AWED, WHEATLAND, OR EQUAL FITTINGS SHALL BE APPLETON, CROUSE-HINDS OR EQUAL RIGID HEAVYWALL ALUMINUM CONDUIT A RIGID HEAVY WALL ALUMINUM CONDUIT (RHWA) SHALL NOT BE USED. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT A. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO-GALVANIZED, UNIFORM THICKNESS MILD STEEL WITH THREADED CONNECTIONS AS MANUFACTURED BY AWED, TRIANGLE OR WHEATLAND. FITTINGS SHALL BE KILLARK, APPLETON OR CROUSE-HINDS. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) SHALL BE ZINC COATED, ENAMEL LINED, THREADLESS STEEL TUBING, U/L LABELED AS MANUFACTURED BY AWED, WHEATLAND OR YOUNGSTOWN. FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THOMAS & BEATS, APPLETON, OR EFCOR. ELECTRICAL PLASTIC CONDUIT A. PLASTIC CONDUIT SHALL BE SCHEDULE (40). (80). U.L RATED 90 DEGREES CELSIUS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE AND SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA STANDARDS. PLASTIC CONDUIT SHALL BE U.L LISTED IN CONFORMITY WITH ARTICLE 347 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE B. PLASTIC CONDUIT WILL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHIN THE MAIN WALLS OF THE BUILDING. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE MOISTUREPROOF AND OILPROOF, TYPE "UA", FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT WITH PVC OUTER JACKET AND INTEGRAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AS MANUFACTURED BY ANACONDA AMERICAN BRASS COMPANY OR ELECTI-FLEX COMPANY. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE SINGLE STRAP, HOLICALLY WOUND, GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SMOOTH INTERIOR SURFACE AS MANUFACTURED BY ALFLEX CORP. OR ELCTRI-FLEX CO. FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING A. FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING (FMT) SHALL BE SEAMLESS, UQUIDTIGHT, APPROVED FOR USE AS AN ELECTRICAL RACEWAY. IT SHALL BE USED FOR WIRING IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SPACES TO COMPLY WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS WHERE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED. FITTINGS A. COUPLINGS, CONNECTORS AND FITTINGS FOR RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND IMC SHALL BE THREADED GALVANIZED STEEL OR GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR THE PURPOSE. FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI C80.4. B. EMT FITTINGS SHALL BE OF THE STEEL COMPRESSION TYPE, RAIN AND CONCRETE TIGHT, WITH STEEL COMPRESSION NUTS. CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSULATED THROAT WITH CASE HARDENED LOCKNUTS. FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI C80.4. C. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTORS SHALL BE GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL WITH INSULATED THROAT. D. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTORS SHALL BE GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL WITH TWO SCREWS AT EACH TERMINATION AND INSULATED THROAT. BUSHINGS A. BUSHINGS FOR CONDUITS 1 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE SELF -EXTINGUISHING THERMOPLASTIC TYPE, 150 DEG. CELSIUS TEMPERATURE RATING. MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE APPLETON SERIES BBU50H. THOMAS & BELTS SERIES 510 OR OZ/GEDNEY. B. BUSHINGS FOR CONDUITS 1 1/4 INCH AND LARGER SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH 150 DEG. CELSIUS INSULATING RING. INSULATING MATERIAL SHALL BE LOCKED IN PLACE AND NON -REMOVABLE MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE APPLETON SERIES BU1251, THOMAS & BETTS SERIES 1222 OR OZ/GEDNEY. SLEEVES A. SLEEVES IN FLOORS SHALL EXTEND ONE (1) INCH ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL THE SPACE BETWEEN THE CONDUIT AND THE SLEEVE SHALL BE SEALED WITH A FIRE RESISTANT MATERIAL AND MADE WATERTIGHT. BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS A. DEFLECTION/EXPANSION FITTINGS ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXPANSION JOINT LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DEFLECTION/ EXPANSION FITTINGS WITH BONDING JUMPERS IN ALL CONDUIT, BUS DUCT AND CABLE RUNS CROSSING BLDG. EXPANSION JOINTS. DEFU- CTION/EXPANSION FITTINGS SHALL BE 0-Z/GEDNEY TYPE "DX". MOISTURE SEALS A. WALL ENTRANCE 0-Z/GEDNEY TYPE FSK OR FSC THRU-WALL FITTING. B. ROOF PENETRATIONS: SEAL WITH FLASHINGS COMPATIBLE WITH ROOF DESIGN AND APPROVED BY ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND ARCHTTECT/ENGINEER. C. CONDUITS: JOHN MANVILLE "DUXSEAL" NON -SETTING ELECTRICAL MASTIC. FIRE STOPPING A. ALL CONDUITS. DUCTS, TROUGHS AND SIMILAR ITEMS WHICH PENETRATE FIRE -RATED OR TIME -RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS OR FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A FIRE RESISTANT MATERIAL WHICH COMPLIES WITH ASTM E 814 AND UL 1479 REQUIREMENTS. SPARE CONDUITS A. FROM EACH FLUSH CABINET OR PANEL, INSTALL THREE (3) SPARE (1) INCH EMPTY CONDUITS TO AN ACCESSIBLE POINT ABOVE THE CEILING LINE AND CAP FOR FUTURE USE. INSTALLATION A. ALL WIRING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. LIGHTING SWITCH WIRING AND WIRING TO LAST DEVICE OF A 2-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT MAY BE INSTALLED IN 1/2" CONDUIT. B. ALL CONDUIT 2 INCHES AND SMALLER MAY BE ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SPECIFICATION OR OTHERWISE CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. C. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED AS FOLLOWS: 1. CONDUIT SIZES GREATER THAN 2 INCHES. 2. ON VERTICAL RUNS WHERE THE SPACING OF SUPPORTS ARE SPACED GREATER THAN 7 FEET ON CENTER. 3. VERTICAL DROPS TO EQUIPMENT IN OPEN SPACES. 4. EMBEDDED IN SLABS ON GRADE. 5. EXPOSED OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. 6. WHERE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE. 7. IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS BELOW 10'-O" A.F.F. D. PROVIDE RIGID HEAVYWALL STEEL CONDUIT WHERE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, MASONRY, EARTH, OR WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (PVC) OR PVC -COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OR WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS: 1. OUTSIDE THE MAIN BUILDING WALLS. 2. SUBJECT TO SEVERE CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE F. FEEDER CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN FLOOR SLABS. G. CONDUITS RUN IN SLABS OR BELOW SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE ENTIRELY ENCASED IN CONCRETE. IN NO CASE SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED IN FILL BELOW SLABS. PROVIDE ANY CONCRETE REQUIRED TO ENCASE CONDUITS PLACED BELOW SLABS. H. INSTALL UNDERGROUND CONDUITS A MINIMUM OF 30" BELOW FINISHED GRADE, OR BELOW THE FROST LINE I. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION OR ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH SECTIONS OF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, MINIMUM 18 INCHES LONG AND MAXIMUM 36 INCHES LONG. MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 3/4 INCH. IN WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS, LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED. J. IN SUSPENDED CEILING CAVITIES WHERE RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES NEAR FIXTURES FOR EXTENDING BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS TO FIXTURE THROUGH FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/8 INCH MINIMUM SIZE, IN LENGTHS NOT IN EXCESS OF SIX FEET. IN RETURN AIR PLENUM CEILINGS, CHICAGO ELECTRICAL CODE APPROVED FLEXIBLE METAL TUBING SHALL BE USED. K. INSTALL CONDUIT, TUBING, RACEWAY AND CABLE TRAY PRODUCTS AS INDICATED, AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC, THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION'S 'STANDARD OF INSTALLATION", AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT PRODUCTS SERVE THE INTENDED FUNCTION. L, MECHANICALLY FASTEN TOGETHER METAL CONDUITS, ENCLOSURES, AND RACEWAYS FOR CONDUCTORS TO FORM CONTINUOUS ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR. CONNECT TO ELECTRICAL BOXES, FITTINGS AND CABINETS TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY AND FIRM MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY. M. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IF AT ALL POSSIBLE UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL CONDUIT BE PERMITTED TO BE CONCEALED IN THE INSULATION OF INSULATED WALLS OR CEILINGS. WHERE INSULATED WALLS OCCUR, CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. N. WHERE CONDUIT MUST BE RUN EXPOSED, IT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE BUILDING WAILS. HANGERS SHALL BE FABRICATED TYPE CONDUITS SHALL NOT CROSS PIPE SHAFTS, OR VENTILATING DUCT OPENINGS. 0. KEEP CONDUITS A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 6" FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF LOUVERS, HOT WATER PIPES OR OTHER SOURCES OF HEAT. WHENEVER POSSIBLE INSTALL HORIZONTAL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPING. P. SUPPORT RISER CONDUITS AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL WITH CLAMP HANGERS. CONDUITS IN CONCRETE SLABS A. PLACE CONDUITS BETWEEN BOTTOM REINFORCING STEEL AND TOP REINFORCING STEEL B. PLACE CONDUITS EITHER PARALLEL, OR AT 90 DEGREES, TO MAIN REINFORCING STEEL C. SEPARATE CONDUITS BY NOT LESS THAN 3 DIAMETERS OF ADJACENT CONDUITS TO ENSURE PROPER CONCRETE BOND. D. EMBEDDED CONDUIT DIAMETER IS NOT TO EXCEED 1/3 OF SLAB THICKNESS. E. INSTALL CONDUITS AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR RUN THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. AVOID HORIZONTAL OR CROSS RUNS IN BUILDING PARTITIONS OR SIDE WALLS. 18120 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON ELECTRICAL WIRES, CABLES AND CONNECTORS. ACCEPTABLE WIRE MANUFACTURERS A. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: AMERICAN WIRE AND CABLE COMPANY BELDEN WIRE AND CABLE GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION OKONITE COMPANY PIREW CABLE CORPORATION SOUTHWIRE COMPANY ACCEPTABLE CONNECTOR MANUFACTURERS A. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: AMP, INC. BURNDY CORPORATION ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS DIVISION, MIDLAND-ROSS CORP. IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC. 3M COMPANY 0-Z/GEDNEY COMPANY THOMAS AND BETTS CORPORATION WIRE AND CABLE - 600 VOLT A. MINIMUM SIZE WIRE SHALL BE NO. 12 AWG EXCEPT NO. 14 AWG MAY BE USED FOR 120 VOLT CONTROL WIRING. FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING NO. 16 AWG WIRE MAY BE USED. B. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE COPPER CONDUCTOR. C. SIZES #12 AND #10 AWG FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE WIRING SHALL BE 600 VOLT CLASS INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS SOLID COPPER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASrM B-8, CLASS 3. D. SIZES #8 AWG AND LARGER FOR ALL WIRING AND SIZES #14.#12 AND #10 AWG USED FOR POWER AND CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE 600 VOLT CLASS INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTOR STRANDED COPPER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTMB-8, CLASS 3. E FOR 120 VOLT, 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT RUNS EXCEEDING 100'-0" IN LENGTH FROM THE PANELBOARD TO THE CENTER OF THE LOAD, THE ENTIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT RUN SHALL BE #10 AWG OR LARGER. FOR RUNS EXCEEDING 175'-O" TO THE CENTER OF THE LOAD, USE #8 AWG OR LARGER FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT RUN. F. COLOR CODE CONDUCTOR INSULATION FOR #8 AWG OR SMALLER. PROVIDE COLOR MARKING TAPE FOR #6 AWG AND LARGER. MATCH EXISTING COLOR CODES WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE NO COLOR CODE IS PRESENT, THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE UTILIZED. 1. FOR 208/12OV. 3-PHASE CIRCUITS COLORS SHALL PHASE A. BLACK, PHASE B: RED, PHASE C: BLUE, NEUTRAL WHITE, GROUND: GREEN, ISOLATED GROUND: GREEN/YELLOW 2. FOR 480/277V, 3-PHASE CIRCUITS COLORS SHALL BE PHASE A. BROWN, PHASE B: ORANGE, PHASE C: YELLOW. NEUTRAL GRAY, GROUND: GREEN, ISOLATED GROUND: GREEN/YELLOW G. TYPE THWN/THHN: FOR LIGHTING, POWER, CONTROL AND OTHER WIRING IN DRY LOCATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY DEFINED, FOR ALL SIZES UP TO NO. 6, 600 VOLT COPPER, FLAME RETARDANT, HEAT RESISTANT, THERMOPLASTIC INSULATED WITH NYLON JACKET, HEAT, MOISTURE, OIL AND GASOLINE RESISTANT, CODE GRADE, 90 DEGREES CELSIUS RATED. IN WET LOCATIONS RATED 75 DEGREES CELSIUS. H. TYPE THWN/THHN: FOR LIGHTING, POWER AND OTHER WIRING NOT SPECIFICALLY DEFINED, FOR ALL SIZES NO. 6 AND LARGER, 600 VOLT COPPER, FLAME RETARDANT, HEAT RESISTANT, THERMOPLASTIC INSULATED WITH NYLON JACKET, HEAT, MOISTURE, OIL AND GASOLINE RESISTANT, CODE GRADE, 90 DEGREES CELSIUS RATED IN DRY LOCATIONS. IN WET LOCATIONS RATED 75 DEGREES CELSIUS. 1. TYPE XHHW: FOR WIRING IN TEMPERATURE SPACES OF 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT AND BELOW FOR ALL WIRE GAUGE SIZES CROSS INKED POLYETHYLENE HIGH HEAT AND MOISTURE 600 VOLT COPPER RESISTANT UTILIZE ALSO FOR WIRING OF SMOKE EXHAUST AND SMOKE REMOVAL FANS. 90 DEGREES CELSIUS IN DRY LOCATIONS, AND 75 DEGREES CELSIUS IN WET LOCATIONS. J. ALL LUGS FOR FEEDER CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT JOINTS SHALL BE OF THE SOLDERLESS TYPE SUITABLE FOR COPPER WIRE, RATED 75 DEGREES CELSIUS. CONNECTORS A• PROVIDE UL-LISTED FACTORY FABRICATED, METAL CONNECTORS OF SIZES, AMPACITY RATINGS, MATERIALS, TYPES AND CLASSES FOR APPLICATIONS AND FOR SERVICES INDICATED. WHERE NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE PROPER SELECTION AS DETERMINED BY INSTALLER TO COMPLY WITH PROJECT'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, NEC AND NEMA STANDARDS. INSTALLATION A. COORDINATE CABLE AND WIRE INSTALLATION WORK WITH ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION WORK. B. PULL CONDUCTORS TOGETHER WHERE MORE THAN ONE IS BEING INSTALLED IN A RACEWAY. C. USE PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT, WHEN NECESSARY' COMPOUND MUST NOT DETERIORATE CONDUCTOR OR INSULATION. D. DO NOT USE A PULLING MEANS, INCLUDING FISH TAPE, CABLE OR ROPE WHICH CAN DAMAGE THE RACEWAY. E. KEEP CONDUCTOR SPUCES TO A MINIMUM. F. INSTALL SPLICES AND TAPS WHICH HAVE EQUIVALENT -OR -BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION PROPERTIES THAN THE CONDUCTOR. G. USE SPLICE AND TAP CONNECTORS WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CONDUCTOR MATERIAL H. SUPPORT CONDUCTORS IN VERTICAL RACEWAYS USING SUITABLE CABLE SUPPORTS. LOCATE SUPPORTS AT TOP OF VERTICAL RACEWAY AND SO EACH 25'-0"MAXIMUM LENGTH OF CONDUCTOR IN VERTICAL RACEWAY WILL BE COMPLETE WITH SUPPORT. PROVIDE CABLE SUPPORT PULL BOXES AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL CABLE SUPPORTS. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PRIOR TO ENERGIZATION, CHECK CABLE CONDUIT, RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, AND WIRE FOR CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITRY, AND FOR SHORT CIRCUITS. CORRECT MALFUNCTION IF DETECTED. B. SUBSEQUENT TO WIRE AND CABLE HOOKUPS, ENERGIZE CIRCUITRY AND DEMONSTRATE FUNCTIONING IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. MEP / FP Engineer Design Architect EPSTEIN EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 312.454.9100 EE01 ELECTRICAL BOXES SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS. OUTLET BOXES A OUTLET BOXES: PROVIDE GALVANIZED COATED FLAT ROLLED SHEET -STEEL OUTLET WIRING BOXES, OF SHAPES, CUBIC INCH CAPACITIES, AND SIZES INCLUDING BOX DEPTHS AS INDICATED, SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION AT RESPECTIVE LOCATIONS. CONSTRUCT OUTLET BOXES WITH MOUNTING HOLES, AND WITH CABLE AND CONDUIT -SIZE KNOCKOUT OPENINGS IN BOTTOM AND SIDES. PROVIDE BOXES WITH THREADED SCREW HOLES, WITH CORROSION -RESISTANT COVER AND GROUNDING SCREWS FOR FASTENING SURFACE AND DEVICE TYPE BOX COVERS. AND FOR EQUIPMENT TYPE GROUNDING. OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM CEILING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. B. OUTLET BOXES -FLUSH MOUNTED 1. WALL OUTLETS IN MASONRY' SQUARE CORNER, GALVANIZED MASONRY TYPE WITH INTERNALLY MOUNTED EARS OR 4 INCH SQUARE, 2 1/2 INCH DEEP (MINIMUM). WITH RAISED PLASTER RING HAVING SQUARE CORNERS AND INTERNALLY MOUNTED EARS OR MULTI -GANG AS REQUIRED WITH RAISED COVER TO SUIT MASONRY WALL THICKNESS. 2. WALL OUTLETS IN METAL STUD WALLS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 4 INCH SQUARE. 1 1/2 INCH DEEP (MINIMUM) OR 4-11/16 INCH SQUARE. 2-1/8 INCH DEEP (MINIMUM) FOR SINGLE GANG DEVICES, OR MULTI -GANG AS REQUIRED, RAISED PLASTER RING FOR THICKNESS OF PLASTERBOARD AND FINAL FINISH, COMPLETE WITH BRACKET OR CONDUIT SUPPORT STRAP. 3. SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES: 4 INCH SQUARE OR OCTAGON, 2-1/8 INCH DEEP GALVANIZED BOX WITH RAISED PLASTER RING SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE, COMPLETE WITH 3/8 INCH FIXTURE STUD IF REQUIRED. 4. PROVIDE BLANK FLAT COVERS WHERE REQUIRED. C. OUTLET BOXES -SURFACE MOUNTED 1. GENERAL USE: 4 INCH SQUARE WITH RAISED DEVICE COVER. 2. WEATHERPROOF: CAST GALVANIZED BOX WITH THREADED HUBS, TYPE FS OR FD. 3. PROVIDE BLANK FLAT COVERS WHERE REQUIRED, GASKETED FOR WEATHERPROOF USE. D. OUTLET BOX ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE OUTLET BOX ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR EACH INSTALLATION, INCLUDING BOX SUPPORTS, MOUNTING EARS AND BRACKETS, WALLBOARD HANGERS, BOX EXTENSION RINGS, FIXTURE STUDS, CABLE CLAMPS AND METAL STRAPS FOR SUPPORTING BOXES, WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH OUTLET BOXES BEING USED TO FULFILL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR INDIVIDUAL WIRING SITUATIONS. CHOICE OF ACCESSORIES IS INSTALLERS CODE -COMPLIANCE OPTION. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: E. APPLETON ELECTRIC: EMERSON ELECTRIC CO. MIDLAND-ROSS CORPORATION OZ/GEDNEY. GENERAL SIGNAL COMPANY RACO DIVISION: HARVEY HUBBELL, INC. THOMAS & BETTS COMPANY JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABLE SUPPORT BOXES AND WIREWAYS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. COVERS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. SMALL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SIMILAR TO OUTLET BOXES. B. PULL BOXES, CABLE SUPPORT BOXES AND LARGE JUNCTION BOXES FOR INDOOR USE SHALL BE MADE OF CODE GAUGE STEEL COVERS SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS. PAINT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES WITH RUST -INHIBITIVE PAINT. (PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED.) C. FLANGED TYPE BOXES SHALL BE USED WHERE INSTALLED FLUSH IN FINISHED AREAS. D. BOXES LOCATED OUTDOORS SHALL BE CAST METAL OR ALLOY, FITTED WITH SCREW -FASTENED COVERS AND GASKETS, AND WITH STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS SCREWS. E. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: APPLETON ELECTRIC: EMERSON ELECTRIC CO. ARROW -HART DIVISION: GROUSE -HINDS CO. OZ/GEDNEY: GENERAL SIGNAL COMPANY KEYSTONE COLUMBI& INC. SPRING CITY ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURING CO. HOFFMAN WIEGMANN EXECUTION A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL BOXES WITH WIRE/CABLE, WIRING DEVICES, AND RACEWAY INSTALLATION WORK. B. OUTLET BOXES FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM, FIRE ALARM, ETC., AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING SPACE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. C. PROVIDE WEATHERTIGHT OUTLETS FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR MOISTURE. D. PROVIDE KNOCKOUT CLOSURES TO CAP UNUSED KNOCKOUT HOLES WHERE BLANKS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. E. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BOXES IN THOSE LOCATIONS WHICH ENSURE READY ACCESSIBILITY TO ENCLOSED ELECTRICAL WIRING. F. DO NOT INSTALL BOXES BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS. G. POSITION RECESSED OUTLET BOXES ACCURATELY TO ALLOW FOR SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS. UTILIZE PLASTER RINGS TO ALLOW FOR PLASTER AND/OR ORIGINAL THICKNESS AS REQUIRED. CONFIGURATION OF PLASTER RING IS DEPENDENT ON WIRING DEVICE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. H DO NOT USE ROUND BOXES WHERE CONDUIT MUST ENTER BO) THROUGH SIDE OF BOX, WHICH WOULD RESULT IN DIFFICULT AND INSECURE CONNECTIONS WHEN FASTENED WITH A LOCKNUT OR BUSHING ON ROUNDED SURFACES. I. FASTEN ELECTRICAL BOXES FIRMLY AND RIGIDLY TO SUBSTRATES, OR STRUCTURAL SURFACES TO WHICH ATTACHED, OR SOLIDLY EMBED ELECTRICAL BOXES IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY. J. PROPERLY GROUND ELECTRICAL BOXES AND DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION. 11614011 WIRING DEVICES SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS ON ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES. MANUFACTURERS A. CATALOG NUMBERS SPECIFIED HEREIN ARE BASED ON HUBBELL B. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE WIRING DEVICES OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING (FOR EACH TYPE AND RATING OF WIRING DEVICE): ARROW -HART BRYANT ELECTRIC CO. EAGLE ELECTRIC MFG. CO. GENERAL ELECTRIC CO. HUBBELL. INC. LEVITON MFG. 00. PASS AND SEYMOUR, INC. Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 Expires FEB 2 8 2015 ." 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES � PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: DD CHECKED BY: MS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-003 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. FABRICATED WIRING DEVICES A. PROVIDE FACTORY FABRICATED WIRING DEVICES, IN TYPES, COLORS, AND ELECTRICAL RATINGS FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED AND WHICH COMPLY WITH NEMA STANDARDS PUBUCATION NO. WD1. PROVIDE IVORY COLOR DEVICES AND WALL PLATES EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED: COLOR SELECTION TO BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. B. PROVIDE 20 AMPERE DUPLEX SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLES INCORPORATING NYLON THERMOPLASTIC FACE, REINFORCED THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT BASE, ASSURED GROUNDING FEATURES AND A PLATED STEEL MOUNTING STRAP. RECEPTACLES SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA STANDARDS, BE UL LISTED AND MEET NEMA WD1 TESTS. WIRING TERMINATIONS SHALL BE THE CLAMP TERMINAL SCREW 13ACK AND SIDE WIRE TYPE. (HUBBELL 5352 SERIES) C. POWER RECEPTACLES FOR 30 TO 50 AMPERE CIRCUITS SHALL BE PREMIUM SPECIFICATION GRADE, WITH HEAVY GAUGE DOUBLE WIPE CONTACTS. TERMINALS SHALL ACCEPT UP TO #4 AWG CONDUCTOR AND SHALL BE OF THREE POINT PRESSURE CLAMP TYPE DESIGN ON FLUSH MOUNT UNITS AND LAY —IN WIRING DESIGN ON SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES. VERIFY RECEPTACLE RATING AND NEMA CONFIGURATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. D. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION GRADE 'FEED—THRU" TYPE ON A SINGLE CIRCUIT, INSTALLED IN A 2-3/4' DEEP OUTLET BOX WITHOUT ADAPTER, GROUNDING TYPE UL—RATED CLASS A. GROUP 1. RATED 20 AMPERES, 120 VOLT. 60 HZ: WITH SOLID STATE GROUND FAULT SENSING AND SIGNALING, WITH 5 MIUAMPERS GROUND FAULT TRIP LEVEL, NEMA CONFIGURATION 5-20R. (HUBBELL GF5352) E. ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE RATED 20 AMPERES, U.L LISTED 'ISOLATED GROUND' WITH MOUNTING STRAPS FULLY INSULATED FROM THE GROUNDING PATH CREATED THROUGH METAL WALL BOXES. RECEPTACLES SHALL_ BE IDENTIFIED BY ORANGE —COLORED FACE OR OTHER INDUSTRY STANDARD MARKINGS, AND SHWA BE GROUNDED ONLY ONLY THROUGH THEIR GROUNDING TERMINAL SCREWS, WITH NO SELF —GROUNDING FEATURE. (HUBBELL IG5352) F. TOGGLE SWITCHES SHWA BE SPECIFICATION GRADE AC QUIET TYPE, COMPLYING WITH TESTS OF CURRENT FEDERAL SPECIFICATION W—S-896, NEMA WD-1 AND U.L TESTS 20. CIRCUIT CONTROL CONTACTS SHALL BE SILVER —CADMIUM OXIDE; TERMINAL. SCREWS SHALL ACCEPT UP TO SIZE #10 AWG WIRE. CONTROL SHALL BE SINGLE POLE. DOUBLE POLE, THREE—WAY OR FOUR—WAY, STANDARD OR ILLUMINATED ROCKER ON SINGLE —POLE, RATED AT 20 AMPERES, 120/277 VOLTS. (HUBBELL 1221 SERIES) G. COMBINATION DEVICES SHALL BE UL LISTED PREMIUM SPECIFICATION GRADE WITH AC QUIET SWITCHES HAVING SWITCHES SILVER —CADMIUM OXIDE CONTACTS, RECEPTACLES WITH BRONZE DOUBLE —WIPE CONTACTS. AND NEON OR INCANDESCENT PILOT LAMPS. EACH SWITCH ON TWO —SWITCH UNITS SHALL BE RATED 20A. 120/277V AC; SWITCHES ON OTHER COMBINATIONS SHALL BE RATED 15A. 120V AC; RECEPTACLES SHALL BE RATED 20A. 125V, NEON PILOT UGHTS SHALL BE RATED 1/25W, 125V, INCANDESCENT PILOT LAMP HOLDERS (CANDELABRA BASE) SHALL BE RATED 75W, 125V. H. MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCHES SHALL BE SINGLE POLE 3—POSITION SPRING RETURN TO CENTER 'OFF', RATED 20 AMPERES, 120/277 VOLTS AC. (PASS & SEYMOUR 1251 SERIES) WALL PLATES A. PROVIDE WALL PLATES FOR SINGLE AND COMBINATION WIRING DEVICES, OF TYPES, SIZES, AND WITH GANGING AND CUTOUTS AS INDICATED. SELECT PLATES WHICH MATE AND MATCH/WIRING DEVICES TO WHICH ATTACHED. CONSTRUCT WITH METAL SCREWS FOR SECURING PLATES TO DEVICES. SCREW HEAD COLOR SHALL MATCH FINISH OF PLATES. WALL PLATE COLOR SHALL MATCH WIRING DEVICES. MULTI —OUTLET SYSTEM A. SURFACE MOUNTED TWO—PIECE MULTI —OUTLET SYSTEM CONSISTING OF GALVANIZED STEEL BASE AND COVER WITH BAKED ENAMEL IVORY FINISH. B. SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH WALL BOX CONNECTOR AND ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. C. LENGTHS, FITTINGS AND DEVICES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON PAWS AND REQUIRED BY COUNTER AND WALL DIMENSIONS. D. PROVIDE 20A, 120V, 3—POLE SINGLE RECEPTACLES ON 6 INCH CETIT[, , WIRED ON TWO ALTERNATE CIRCUITS WITH 4#12 AWG COPPER CONDUCTORS (2 HOT, 1 NEUTRAL. 1 GROUND) WITH THHN—THWN INSULATION. E. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE WIREMOLD PLUGMOLD V-2400 SERIES. EXECUTION A. INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, APPUCABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC AND NDWS "STANDARD OF INSTALLATION' AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO FULFILL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. B. COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK, INCLUDING PAINTING, ELECTRICAL BOXES AND WIRING WORK, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES WITH OTHER WORK. C. INSTALL WIRING DEVICES ONLY IN ELECTRICAL BOXES WHICH ARE CLEAN; FREE FROM EXCESS BUILDING MATERIALS, DIRT, AND DEBRIS. D. TIGHTEN CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS, INCLUDING SCREWS AND BOLTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBUSHED TORQUE TIGHTENING VALUES FOR WIRING DEVICES. WHERE MANUFACTURER'S TORQUING REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT INDICATED, TIGHTEN CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS TO COMPLY WITH TIGHTENING TORQUES SPECIFIED IN U.L STANDARDS 486A AND 486B. USE PROPERLY SCALED TORQUE INDICATING TOOL E. PROVIDE GROUNDING CONNECTIONS FOR WIRING DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TIGHTEN CONNECTIONS TO COMPLY WITH TIGHTENING TORQUES SPECIFIED IN UL STANDARD 468A TO ASSURE PERMANENT AND EFFECTIVE GROUNDS. F. PRIOR TO ENERGIZING CIRCUITRY, TEST WIRING FOR ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY, FOR SHORT—CIRCUITS. ENSURE PROPER POLARITY OF CONNECTIONS IS MAINTAINED. SUBSEQUENT TO ENERGIZATION, TEST WIRING DEVICES TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. F1616O]l CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES SUBMITTALS A PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES INCLUDING CATALOG CUTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF SUPPORT, ANCHOR, SLEEVE AND SEAL GENERAL A. CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES NECESSARY FOR HOUSING VARIOUS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED AS SHOWN AND AS REQUIRED. THESE SHALL INCLUDE ALL CABINETS NOT SPECIFICALLY SPECIFIED. CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA, U.L. IEC AND ANSI STANDARDS APPUCABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THEIR INSTALLATION. ENCLOSURE TYPES A. TYPE 1 — GENERAL PURPOSE INDOOR: ENCLOSURES ARE INTENDED FOR USE INDOORS, PRIMARILY TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL CONTACT OF PERSONNEL WITH THE ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT, IN AREA WHERE UNUSUAL SERVICE CONDITIONS DO NOT EXIST. B. TYPE 3R — RAINPROOF AND SLEET —(ICE) RESISTANT: ENCLOSURES ARE INTENDED FOR USE OUTDOORS TO PROTECT THE ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT AGAINST RAIN AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF U.L PUBUC•ATION NO. UL 508, APPLYING TO 'RAINPROOF ENCLOSURES'. THEY SHALL HAVE A CONDUIT HUB OR EQUIVALENT PROVISION FOR WATERTIGHT CONNECTION AT THE CONDUIT ENTRANCE WHEN THE CONDUIT ENTERS AT A LEVEL HIGHER THAN THE LOWEST LIVE PART, PROVISION FOR LOCKING AND A PROVISION FOR DRAINAGE. THE PROVISION FOR LOCKING DOES APPLY TO ENCLOSURES FOR PUSHBUTTON STATIONS. C. TYPE 4 — WATERTIGHT AND DUSTTTGHT—INDOOR/OUTDOOR: ENCLOSURES ARE INTENDED FOR USE INDOORS OR OUTDOORS TO PROTECT THE ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT AGAINST SPLASHING WATER, SEEPAGE OF WATER, FALUNG OR HOSE DRIPPED WATER, AND SEVERE EXTERNAL CONDENSATION. D. TYPE 12 — INDUSTRIAL DUSTTIGHT AND DRIPTIGHIT: ENCLOSURES AR INTENDED FOR USE INDOORS TO PROTECT THE ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT AGAINST FIBERS, FLYINGS, LINT, DUST AND DIRT, AND UGHR SPLASHING, SEEPAGE, DRIPPING AND EXTERNAL CONDENSATION OF NONCORROSIVE UQUIDS. ENCLOSURES FOR COMBINATION CONTROLLERS SHALL HAVE HINGED DOORS WHICH SWING HORIZONTALLY AND REQUIRE A TOOL TO OPEN. MANUFACTURERS A. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURES OF CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: CUTLER HAMMER HOFFMAN SQUARE D WIEGMANN EXECUTION A. INSTALL CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS ON SUPPORTING DEVICES INCLUDING CATALOG CUTS, SPECIFICATIONS. AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF SUPPORT, ANCHOR, SLEEVE AND SEAL SUPPORTS A. CLEAVIS HUNGERS: FOR SUPPORTING 2' RIGID METAL CONDUIT; GALVANIZED STEEL; WITH 1/2' DIAMETER HOLE FOR ROUND STEEL. ROD; APPROXIMATELY 54 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. B. RISER CLAMPS: FOR SUPPORTING 5' RIGID METAL CONDUIT; BLACK STEEL; WITH 2 BOLTS AND NUTS, AND 4" EARS; APPROXIMATELY 510 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. C. REDUCING COUPUNGS: STEEL ROD REDUCING COUPUNG, 1/2" X 5/8', BLACK STEEL;; APPROXIMATELY 16 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. D. C—CLAMPS: BLACK MALLEABLE IRON: 1/2' ROD SIZE; APPROXIMATELY 70 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. E. I —BEAM CLAMPS: BLACK STEEL, 1 1/2" X 3/16" STOCK; 3/8' CROSS BOLT, FLANGE WIDTH 2"; APPROXIMATELY 7 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. F. ONE —HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS: FOR SUPPORTING 3/4' RIGID METAL CONDUIT; GALVANIZED STEEL; 3/4' STRAP WIDTH, AND 2 1/8' BETWEEN CENTER OF SCREW HOLES. G. TWO —HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS: FOR SUPPORTING 3/4" RIGID METAL CONDUIT, GALVANIZED STEEL; 3/4' STRAP WIDTH, AND 2 1/8" BETWEEN CENTER OF SCREW HOLES. H. HEXAGON NUTS: FOR 1/2" ROD SIZE; GALVANIZED STEEL; APPROXIMATELY 4 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. I. ROUND STEEL ROD: BLACK STEEL; 1/2" DIAMETER; APPROXIMATELY 67 POUNDS PER 100 FEET. J. OFFSET CONDUIT CLAMPS: FOR SUPPORTING 2" RIGID METAL CONDUIT; BLACK STEEL; APPROXIMATELY 200 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. ANCHORS A. LEAD EXPANSION ANCHORS: 1/2'; APPROXIMATELY 38 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. B. TOGGLE BOLTS: SPRINGHEAD; 3/16" X 4, APPROXIMATELY 5 POUNDS PER 100 UNITS. C. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ANCHORS OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ACKERMAN JOHNSON FASTENING SYSTEMS, INC. ELCEN METAL PRODUCTS COMPANY IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC. RAWPLUG COMPANY, INC. STAR EXPANSION COMPANY U.S. EXPANSION BOLT COMPANY WALL AND FLOOR SEALS A. PROVIDE FACTORY ASSEMBLED WATERTIGHT WALL AND FLOOR SEALS, OF TYPES AND SIZES INDICATED; SUITABLE FOR SEALING AROUND CONDUIT, PIPE, OR TUBING PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE FLOORS AND WALLS. CONSTRUCT SEALS WITH STEEL SLEEVES, MALLEABLE IRON BODY, NEOPRENE SEALING GROMMETS AND RINGS, METAL PRESSURE RINGS, PRESSURE CLAMPS, AND CAP SCREWS. U—CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEMS A. PROVIDE U—CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, 12—GUAGE HOT —DIP GALVANIZED STEEL, OF TYPES AND SIZES INDICATED: CONSTRUCT WITH 9/16' DIAMETER HOLES, 8' O.C. ON TOP SURFACE, WITH STANDARD GREEN FINISH, AND WITH STANDARD FITTINGS WHICH MATE AND MATCH WITH U—CHANNEL B. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE CHANNEL SYSTEMS OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: B—UNE SYSTEMS, INC. MIDLAND—ROSS CORPORATION POWER —STRUT DIVISION: VAN HUFFEL TUBE CORPORATION UNISTRUT DIVISION; GTE PRODUCTS CORPORATION PIPE SLEEVES A. FABRICATE FROM SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE; REMOVE BURRS. B. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPING WHICH PENETRATE FOUNDATION WALLS BELOW GRADE, OR EXTERIOR WALLS. CAULK BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPE WITH NON —TOXIC, UL—CLASSIFIED CAULKING MATERIAL TO ENSURE WATERTIGHT SEAL EXECUTION A. INSTALL HANGERS, ANCHORS, SLEEVES AND SEALS AS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO INSURE SUPPORTING DEVICES COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. B. COORDINATE WITH OTHER ELECTRICAL WORK, INCLUDING RACEWAY AND WIRING WORK, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES WITH OTHER WORK. C. INSTALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, CLAMPS AND ATTACHMENTS TO SUPPORT PIPING PROPERLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. ARRANGE FOR GROUPING OF PARALLEL RUNS OF HORIZONTAL CONDUITS TO BE SUPPORTED TOGETHER ON TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS WHERE POSSIBLE. D. TORQUE SLEEVE NUTS, COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED VALUES. ENSURE THE SEAUNG GROMMETS EXPAND TO FORM WATERTIGHT SEAL E. PROVIDE LATERAL SUPPORT MEMBERS TO PREVENT SWAY MOVEMENT IN ANY DIRECTION FOR PENDANT OR TRAPEZE STYLE HANGERS. 16195 I ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ENGRAVED PLASTIC —LAMINATE NAMEPLATES A. PROVIDE ENGRAVING STOCK MELAMINE PLASTIC LAMINATE, COMPLYING WITH FS L—P-387, IN SIZES AND THICKNESS INDICATED, ENGRAVED WITH ENGRAVER'S STANDARD LETTER STYLE OF SIZES AND WORDING INDICATED, BLACK FACE AND WHITE CORE PILES (LETTER COLOR) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PUNCHED FOR MECHANICAL FASTENING EXCEPT WHERE ADHESIVE MOUNTING IS NECESSARY BECAUSE OF SUBSTRATE. B. THICKNESS: 1/16", FOR UNITS UP TO 20 SQUARE INCHES OR 8' LENGTH; 1/8" FOR LARGER UNITS. C. FASTENERS: SELF —TAPPING STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS, EXCEPT CONTACT —TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE WHERE SCREWS CANNOT OR SHOULD NOT PENETRATE SUBSTRATE. LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. COORDINATE NAMES, ABBREVIATIONS AND OTHER DESIGNATIONS USED IN ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION WORK, WITH CORRESPONDING DESIGNATIONS SHOWN, SPECIFIED OR SCHEDULED. PROVIDE NUMBERS, LETTERING AND WORDING AS INDICATED OR, IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER IDENTIFICATION AND OPERATION/MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 PERTAINING TO MINIMUM SIZES FOR LETTERS AND NUMBERS. EXECUTION A. PROVIDE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS AND NAMEPLATES FOR WIRING AND EACH ITEM OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT, WITH THE SAME INSCRIPTIONS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING OR AS DIRECTED, CLEARLY AND NEATLY APPUED. B. APPLY ENGRAVED PLASTIC LAMINATE NAMEPLATES WITH NON —CORRODING TYPE SCREW FASTENERS OR RIVETS TO ALL MOTOR STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, RELAYS, REMOTE CONTROL PANELS, PUSHBUTTON STATIONS, PANELBOARDS, SWITCHGEAR, TRANSFORMERS, AND OTHER ELECTRICAL APPARATUS. THE NAMEPLATE SHWA IDENTIFY EQUIPMENT NAME AND WHERE IT IS FEED FROM. C. PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY OF CIRCUITS IN UGHTING AND POWER PANELS. D. WHENEVER REASONABLY REQUIRED TO ENSURE SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND GENERAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING PREVENTION OF MISUSE OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES BY UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL, INSTALL SELF—ADHESIVE PLASTIC SIGNS OR SIMILAR EQUIVALENT IDENTIFICATION, INSTRUCTION OR WARNINGS ON SWITCHES, OUTLETS AND OTHER CONTROLS, DEVICES AND COVERS OF ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES. WHERE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS OR EXPLANATIONS ARE NEEDED, PROVIDE PLASTICIZED TAGS WITH CLEARLY WRITTEN MESSAGES ADEQUATE FOR INTENDED PURPOSES. 16440I DISCONNECT SWITCHES SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS ON ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES. DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. PROVIDE ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SWITCHES SHALL BE NEMA TYPE HD (HEAVY DUTY) AND SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED. PROVIDE RATINGS AND MODIFICATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. C. ALL SWITCHES SHALL HAVE: NEMA 1 GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: METAL NAMEPLATES, FRONT COVER MOUNTED, THAT CONTAIN A PERMANENT RECORD ON SWITCH TYPE. CATALOG NUMBER AND HP RATINGS (WITH BOTH STANDARD AND TIME DEWY FUSES): HANDLE WHOSE POSITION IS EASILY RECOGNIZABLE AND PADLOCKABLE IN THE 'OFF' POSITION; VISIBLE BLADES; REINFORCED FUSE CUPS; NONTEASIBLE, POSITIVE, QUICK MAKE —QUICK BREAK MECHANISMS; AND SWITCH ASSEMBLY PLUS OPERATING HANDLE AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE ENCLOSURE AREA, D. ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC., LISTED, HP RATED, MEET FEDERAL SPECIFICATION WS-865C, AND NEMA SPECIFICATIONS KS1-1975. SWITCHES SHALL HAVE DEFEATABLE DOOR INTERLOCKS THAT PREVENT THE DOOR FROM OPENING WHEN THE OPERATING HANDLE IS IN THE 'ON' POSITION. HEAVY DUTY SWITCHES SHALL HAVE UNE TERMINAL SHIELDS. E. SWITCHES SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED FOR AC AND/OR DC AS INDICATED BY THE PLANS. ALL FUSIBLE SWITCHES RATED 100 THRU 600 AMPERES AT 240 VOLTS AND 30 THRU 600 AMPERES AT 600 VOLTS SHALL HAVE A UL USTTED METHOD OF FIELD CONVERSION FROM STANDARD CLASS H FUSE SPACING TO CLASS J FUSE SPACING. THE SWITCH ALSO MUST ACCEPT CLASS R FUSES AND HAVE PROVISIONS FOR FIELD INSTALLATION OF A UL USTED REJECTION FEATURE TO REJECT ALL FUSES EXCEPT CLASS R. THE UL LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF THE SWITCHES SHALL BE 200,000 RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES WHEN CLASS R OR CLASS J FUSES ARE USED WITH THE APPROPRIATE REJECTION SCHEME. 800 AND 1200 AMPERE SWITCHES SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR CLASS L FUSE AND SHALL HAVE A UL LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF 200.000 RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES. F. THE USE OF TOGGLE TYPE MOTOR RATED DISCONNECT SWITCHES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. MANUFACTURERS A. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: CUTLER HAMMER SQUARE D SIEMENS EXECUTION A. INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND PROVIDE SUPPORTS. B. TERMINATE RACEWAYS AND CONDUCTORS FOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES. 16450I GROUNDING MANUFACTURERS A. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OF GROUNDING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: BURNDY CORPORATION CADWELD DIV.; ERICO PRODUCTS, INC. CROUSE—HINDS DIV.; COOPER INDUSTRIES IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC. OZ GEDNEY DIV, GENERAL SIGNAL CORP. THOMAS AND BETTS CORPORATION MATERIALS A. PROVIDE A GROUNDING SYSTEM THAT INCLUDES ALL CONNECTIONS AND TESTING OF GROUND RODS, GROUND CABLES, GROUND BUSSES, CONDUITS, FITTINGS, ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, CADWELD MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. ALL COPPER TO COPPER AND COPPER TO STEEL CONNECTIONS OF J6 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE MADE WITH CADWELD PROCESS EXCEPT AS NOTED IN ITEM C. BELOW. C. PROVIDE BURNDY CORP., TYPE NE, THOMAS do BETTS CO., INC. CATALOG NO. 3951, OR APPROVED EQUAL, GROUND FITTINGS FOR BONDING GROUND CABLE TO ENCASING METAL CONDUIT. 1. BONDING JUMPER: COPPER BRAIDED TAPE, CONSTRUCTED OF 30—GAUGE BARE COPPER WIRES AND PROPERLY SIZED FOR INDICATED APPUCATIONS. 2. FLEXIBLE JUMPER STRAP: FLEXIBLE FLAT CONDUCTOR, 480 STRANDS OF 30—GAUGE BARE COPPER WIRE; 3/4' WIDE, 9 1/2' LONG; 48,250 CM. SELECT BRAID WITH HOLES SIZED FOR 3/8" DIAMETER BOLTS, AND PROTECT BRAID WITH COPPER BOLT HOLE ENDS. D. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL BONDING CONNECTORS, TERMINALS, LUGS AND CLAMPS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS FOR INDICATED APPLICATIONS. E. GROUNDING BUSHINGS SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON, THREADED, WITH INSULATED LINER AND SOLDERLESS LUG. GROUNDING CONNECTIONS A. CADWELD CONNECTIONS TO BE USED OUTDOORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR EXPOSURE TO THE ELEMENTS OR DIRECT BURIAL ELEMENTS OR DIRECT BURIAL WITHOUT DEGRADATION OVER THE UFETIME OF THE GROUNDING SYSTEM. B. CADWELD CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE IN FINISHED BUILDINGS OR CONFINED SPACES SHALL USE THE LOW SMOKE, LOW EMISSION CADWELD EXOLON PROCESS WHICH IS METALLURGICALLY EQUALLY TO THE ABOVE CONNECTION. C• THE INSTALLER IS PROHIBITED FROM USING A MOLD FROM ONE MANUFACTURER'S WELDING MIXTURE. THIS PRACTICE CAN PROVIDE AN UNACCEPTABLE PRODUCT. SYSTEM GROUNDING A. WHERE GROUND CONDUCTORS ARE RUN IN CONDUIT OR OTHER RACEWAY, THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE BONDED AT EACH END. B. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE A THWN/THHN GROUND CONDUCTOR IN THE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WITH THE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. GROUND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE TERMINATED AT EACH END IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. COMMUNICATION GROUNDING A. PROVIDE A NO. 4 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR WITH TYPE THW INSULATION TO GROUND BUS IN EACH TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT ROOM. LEAVE 12' PIGTAIL AT TELEPHONE BOARD. INSTALLATION A. THE SYSTEM GROUND SHALL INCLUDE THE INCOMING SERVICE AND ALL TRANSFORMER NEUTRALS. THE EQUIPMENT GROUND SHALL INCLUDE ALL SWITCHGEAR, TRANSFORMERS, CABLE SHEATHS, CABLE RACKS, CONDUIT SYSTEM, MOTOR FRAMES, AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES. B. ALL GROUND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. C. THE CONDUIT SYSTEM OR SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING SHALL IN NO CASE BE USED FOR ESTABUSHING A TRANSFORMER NEUTRAL GROUNDING ELECTRODE. D. MAKE ALL ELECTRICAL POWER GROUNDING AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES AND FURNISH WIRING, CONDUIT, OUTLET BOXES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR SAME. E. INSTALL GROUND CONDUCTORS CONTINUOUS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS. SPUCES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED EXCEPT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE GROUND CABLES PASS THROUGH FLOOR SLABS, BUILDING WALLS, ETC., AND ARE NOT IN METALUC ENCLOSURES, PROVIDE THE SLEEVES OF APPROVED NONMETALUC MATERIAL F. USE RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AS EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAKE—UP COUPUNGS WRENCH TIGHT. INSTALL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN NONMETALLIC RACEWAYS AND UNDERFLOOR DUCTS. G. INSTALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS IN ALL NONMETALLIC RACEWAYS. H. GROUND INTERIOR UGHTING FIXTURES WITH GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO RIGID METAL RACEWAYS SERVING THEM. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT IN LENGTHS LESS THAN 6'-0" INCHES MAY BE USED AS GROUNDING CONDUCTORS WHEN TERMINATED WITH APPROVED FITTINGS ON CIRCUITS OF 20 AMPERES OR LESS. I. WHERE CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO MOTORS OR EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE STRANDING COPPER CONDUCTOR WITHIN THE CONDUIT, BONDED TO THE EQUIPMENT AND TO THE RIGID METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM. J. AT EACH CONVENIENCE OUTLET, INSTALL A GROUNDING CUP ATTACHED TO THE OUTLET BOX AND LEAVE A SUFFICIENT LENGTH OF J12 WIRE WITH GREEN COLORED INSULATION TO CONNECT TO THE GROUNDING TERMINAL OF THE RECEPTACLE. GROUNDING CUP SHALL BE EQUAL TO STEEL CITY TYPE G. F164-6011 TRANSFORMERS SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING PRODUCT DATA INCLUDING RATED KVA, FREQUENCY, PRIMARY AND SECONDARY VOLTAGES, PERCENT TAPS, POLARITY, IMPEDANCE AND CERTIFICATION OF TRANSFORMER PERFORMANCE EFFICIENCY AT INDICATED LOADS, PERCENTAGE REGULATION AT 10OX AND 80% POWER FACTOR, NO—LOAD AND FULL —LOAD LOSSES IN WATTS, X IMPEDANCE AT 75 DEG. CELSIUS, HOT —SPOT AND AVERAGE TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE 40 DEG. CELSIUS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, SOUND LEVEL IN DECIBELS, AND STANDARD PUBUSHED DATA. IWIn:111IY_I0119:1:1 CUTLER HAMMER SIEMENS, INC. SORGEL ELECTRICAL DIV.; SQUARE D CO. HEAVY —DUN ELECTRIC DIV.; GENERAL SIGNAL CORP. DRY —TYPE TRANSFORMERS (45 KVA OR LESS A. PROVIDE FACTORY —ASSEMBLED, GENERAL PURPOSE, AIR—COOLED, DRY —TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS WHERE SHOWN; OF SIZES, CHARACTERISTICS AND RATED CAPACITIES INDICATED; SINGLE—PHASE; 60—HERTZ, 30 KV BIL, 4.OX IMPEDANCE, WITH 480—VOLTS PRIMARY AND 240/120 VOLTS SECONDARY OR THREE—PHASE: 60—HERTZ, 30 KV BIL, 4.OX IMPEDANCE WITH 480—VOLTS DELTA CONNECTED PRIMARY AND 208/120 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE SECONDARY WYE CONNECTED, WITH GROUNDED NEUTRAL PROVIDE PRIMARY WINDING WITH 2 TAPS; BOTH 5X INCREMENTS BELOW FULL —RATED VOLTAGE FOR DE —ENERGIZED TAP —CHANGING OPERATION. INSULATE WITH CLASS H INSULATION BASED ON 150 DEG. CELSIUS RISE ABOVE 40 DEG. AMBIENT. RATE TRANSFORMER FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION AT RATED KVA. UMIT TRANSFORMER SURFACE TEMPERATURE RISE TO MAXIMUM OF 65 DEG. CELSIUS PROVIDE TERMINAL ENCLOSURE, WITH COVER, TO ACCOMMODATE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY COIL WIRING CONNECTIONS AND ELECTRICAL SUPPLY RACEWAY TERMINAL CONNECTOR. EQUIP TERMINAL LEADS WITH CONNECTORS INSTALLED. LIMIT TERMINAL COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE TO 75 DEG. CELSIUS WHEN TRANSFORMER IS OPERATING CONTINUOUSLY AT RATED LOAD WITH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 40 DEG. CELSIUS PROVIDE WIRING CONNECTORS SUITABLE FOR COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRING. CUSHION —MOUNT TRANSFORMERS WITH EXTERNAL VIBRATION ISOLATION SUPPORTS; SOUND —LEVEL RATINGS NOT TO EXCEED 45 DB AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NEMA STANDARDS. ELECTRICALLY GROUND CORE AND COILS TO TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE METAL GROUNDING STRAP. PROVIDE TRANSFORMERS WITH FULL —ENCLOSED SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURES. APPLY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GRAY INDOOR ENAMEL OVER CLEANED AND PHOSPHATED STEEL ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE TRANSFORMERS SUITABLE FOR WALL MOUNTING. B. TRANSFORMERS SERVING NON—UNEAR LOADS SHALL HAVE A NEUTRAL CAPABLE OF CARRYING 200 PERCENT OF THE UNE CURRENT CONTINUOUSLY. INSTALLATION A. INSTALL TRANSFORMERS AS INDICATED, COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC, NESC, NEMA. ANSI AND IEEE STANDARDS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT PRODUCTS FULFILL REQUIREMENTS. B. COORDINATE TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION WORK WITH ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND WIRE/CABLE WORK, AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER INTERFACE. C. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS, INCLUDING SCREWS AND BOLTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBUSHED TORQUE TIGHTENING VALUES FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTORS. WHERE MANUFACTURER'S TORQUING REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT INDICATED, TIGHTEN CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS TO COMPLY WITH TIGHTENING TORQUES SPECIFIED IN UL STANDARD 486A AND 486B. D. INSTALL WALL MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS ON PREFABRICATED BRACKETS DESIGNED FOR THAT PURPOSE. E. PROVIDE 4 INCH CONCRETE PAD WITH BEVELED EDGE FOR FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS. GROUNDING A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONNECTIONS FOR POWER /DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS AS INDICATED. TIGHTEN CONNECTIONS TO COMPLY WITH TIGHTENING TORQUES SPECIFIED IN UL STANDARD 486A TO ASSURE PERMANENT AND EFFECTIVE GROUNDING. B. TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SHALL BE GROUNDED TO BUILDING STEEL OR GROUND ELECTRODE SYSTEM. TESTING A. RATIO TESTS AT THE RATED VOLTAGE CONNECTION AND AT ALL TAP CONNECTIONS. B. POLARITY AND PHASE —RELATION TESTS ON THE RATED VOLTAGE CONNECTION. C. APPUED POTENTIAL TESTS. D. INDUCED POTENTIAL TESTS. E. NO—LOAD AND EXCITATION CURRENT AT RATED VOLTAGE ON THE RATED VOLTAGE CONNECTION. ON RATINGS ABOVE 500 KVA, THE FOLLOWING TEST IN ITEM 'F' SHALL ALSO BE PERFORMED ON EACH TRANSFORMER. F. RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS OF ALL WINDINGS AT THE RATED VOLTAGE CONNECTION OF EACH UNIT AND AT THE TAP EXTREMES OF THE FIRST UNIT MADE OF A NEW DESIGN. G. PRIOR TO ENERGIZATION OF TRANSFORMERS, CHECK ALL ACCESSIBLE CONNECTIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS. H. PRIOR TO ENERGIZATION, CHECK CIRCUITRY FOR ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY, AND FOR SHORT—CIRCUITS. I. UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERS, ENERGIZE PRIMARY CIRCUITRY AT RATED VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY FROM NORMAL POWER SOURCE, AND TEST TRANSFORMERS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT UMITED TO, AUDIBLE SOUND LEVELS, TO DEMONSTRATE CAPABIUTY AND COMPUANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. WHERE POSSIBLE, CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS AT SITE, THEN RETEST TO DEMONSTRATE COMPUANCE; OTHERWISE, REMOVE AND REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS OR COMPONENTS, AND PROCEED WITH RETESTING. 16470 SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS ON SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS AND ENCLOSURES INCLUDING VOLTAGES. CURRENT RATINGS, INTERRUPTING RATINGS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS. IN ADDITION SUBMIT FULL POWER STUDIES INCLUDING BUT NOT UMITED TO ARC FLASH STUDIES, COORDINATION STUDIES AND SHORT CIRCUIT STUDIES. MANUFACTURERS A. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PANELBOARD PRODUCTS OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING (FOR EACH TYPE AND RATING OF PANELBOARD AND ENCLOSURE): CUTLER HAMMER SIEMENS, INC. SQUARE D COMPANY MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 F7jtIe1\ ers Expires FEB ;� 0 Z015 �• �G`�,� G E N 7520 • STATE OF 0'• , 0 R 4 Q Q �`�k' 1-� r- 109- 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: DD CHECKED BY: MS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-004 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. A. PROVIDE DEAD -FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED, WITH PANELBOARD SWITCHING AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES IN QUANTITIES, RATINGS, TYPES, AND WiTH ARRANGEMENT SHOWN, WiTH ANTi-TURN SOLDERLESS PRESSURE TYPE MAIN LUG CONNECTORS APPROVED FOR USE WiTH COPPER CONDUCTORS. SELECT UNIT WiTH FEEDERS CONNECTING AT TOP OF PANEL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS. EQUIP WITH COPPER BUS BARS WiTH NOT LESS THAN 98X CONDUCTIVITY, AND WiTH FULL-SIZED NEUTRAL BUS. PROVIDE SUITABLE LUGS ON NEUTRAL BUS FOR OUTGOING FEEDERS REQUIRING NEUTRAL CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE FUSIBLE SWITCH OR MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER MAIN AND BRANCH DEVICES AS INDICATED. CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shall HAVE TOGGLE HANDLES THAT INDICATE WHEN TRIPPED. WHERE MULTIPLE -POLE BREAKERS ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE WITH COMMON TRIP SO OVERLOAD ON ONE POLE WILL TRIP ALL POLE SIMULTANEOUSLY. PROVIDE ALL. PANELBOARDS WITH BARE UNINSULATED GROUNDING BARS WiTH TERMINALS, BOLTED TO ENCLOSURES. SELECT ENCLOSURES FABRICATED BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS PANELBOARDS, WHICH MATE AND MATCH PROPERLY WITH PANELBOARDS. LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A. PROVIDE DEAD -FRONT SAFETY TYPE LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED, WiTH SWITCHING AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES IN QUANTITIES, RATINGS, TYPES AND ARRANGEMENTS SHOWN; WITH ANTI -BURN SOLDERLESS PRESSURE TYPE LUG CONNECTORS APPROVED FOR USE WiTH COPPER CONDUCTORS; CONSTRUCT UNIT FOR CONNECTING FEEDERS AT TOP OF PANEL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; EQUIP WITH COPPER BUS BARS, FULL SIZED NEUTRAL BAR, WiTH BOLT -ON TYPE HEAVY DUTY, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK, SINGLE -POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SEQUENCE -PHASED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED WiTH TOGGLE HANDLES THAT INDICATE WHEN TRIPPED. COPPER BUSBARS AND DETAILS SHALL BE 800 AMPERES PER SQUARE INCH SECTION. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A SHORT CIRCUIT RATING GREATER THAN THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AVAILABLE AT THE LINE LUGS. PROVIDE SUITABLE LUGS ON NEUTRAL BUS FOR EACH OUTGOING FEEDER REQUIRED. PROVIDE ALL PANELBOARDS WITH BARE UNINSULATED GROUNDING BARS WITH TERMINALS, BOLTED TO ENCLOSURES. SELECT ENCLOSURES FABRICATED BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS PANELBOARDS, WHICH MATE AND MATCH PROPERLY WITH PANELBOARDS. EACH PANELBOARD COVER AND TRIM SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND BONDERIZED BEFORE PAINTING. PAINTING SHALL. CONSIST OF TWO COATS OF HIGH QUALITY OIL BASE PAINT OF LIGHT GRAY COLOR, BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. ALL PANELBOARDS OF THE SAME TYPE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. THE USE OF PLUG-IN TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IS PROHIBITED. B. PANELBOARDS SERVING NON-UNEAR LOADS SHALL HAVE NEUTRAL BUS RATED AT 20OX OF THE PHASE BUS. C. PROVIDE AN ISOLATED GROUND BUS WHERE INDICATED. PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES A. PROVIDE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL CABINET TYPE ENCLOSURES, IN SIZES AND NEMA TYPES AS INDICATED, CODEGAGE, MINIMUM 16-GAGE THICKNESS. CONSTRUCT WiTH MULTIPLE KNOCKOUTS AND WIRING GUTTERS. PROVIDE FRONTS WITH ADJUSTABLE TRIM CLAMPS, AND DOORS WITH FLUSH LOCKS AND KEYS, ALL PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES KEYED ALIKE, WiTH CONCEALED PIANO DOOR HINGES AND DOOR SWINGS AS INDICATED. DOORS OVER 48" HIGH SHALL HAVE A 3-POINT COMBINATION CATCH AND LOCK WiTH VAULT TYPE HANDLE PROVIDE 6 KEYS TO THE OWNER. EQUIP WiTH INTERIOR CIRCUIT -DIRECTORY FRAME. AND CARD WITH CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING. PROVIDE BAKED GRAY ENAMEL FINISH OVER A RUST INHIBITOR COATING. DESIGN ENCLOSURES FOR RECESSED MOUNTING. B. WHERE DOUBLE TUB PANELBOARDS ARE INDICATED, EACH TUB SHALL CONTAIN THE SAME NUMBER OF BREAKERS OR SPACES. BOX AND TRIM SIZES SHALL BE IDENTICAL C. CONNECT DOUBLE TUB PANELBOARDS WiTH CONDUIT NIPPLES HAVING INSULATED BUSHINGS ON BOTH ENDS. PROVIDE PHASE, NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING SUB -FEED CONDUCTORS OF THE SAME SIZE AS THE FEEDER CONDUCTORS. T Lil � �] y �aa r•� ��i l:i�il� !>111:�y ! 3 A. PROVIDE FACTORY -ASSEMBLED, MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF FRAME SIZES, CHARACTERISTICS, AND RATINGS INCLUDING RMS SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS INDICATED. SELECT BREAKERS WiTH PERMANENT THERMAL AND INSTANTANEOUS MAGNETIC TRIP, AND WITH FAULT -CURRENT UMiTING PROTECTION, AMPERE RATINGS AS INDICATED. CIRCUIT BREAKERS WiTH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER SHALL BE FURNISHED ON CIRCUITS FEEDING RECEPTACLES, OUTLETS, UGHTING FIXTURES AND SINGLE PHASE FIXED EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN WET AREAS, SUCH AS OUTDOOR RECEPTACLES, KITCHEN OUTLETS, HYDROTHERAPUTIC EQUIPMENT. MULTIPLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE ARRANGED IN ORDER BELOW SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN ORDERLY MANNER. CONSTRUCT WiTH OVERCENTER, TRIP -FREE, TOGGLE -TYPE OPERATING MECHANISMS WITH QUICK -MAKE. QUICK -BREAK ACTION AND POSITIVE HANDLE TRIP INDICATION. CONSTRUCT BREAKERS FOR MOUNTING AND OPERATING IN ANY PHYSICAL POSITION, AND OPERATING IN AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 40 DEGREES CELSIUS. PROVIDE BREAKERS WITH MECHANICAL SCREW TYPE REMOVABLE CONNECTOR LUGS, AL/CU, RATED 75 DEGREES CELSIUS. B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS PROTECTING MULTI -MOTOR AND COMBINATION -LOAD HEATING. AR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR THIS APPLICATION AND MARKED "HACR TYPE" IN ACCORDANCE WiTH NEMA STANDARDS. EXISTING SWITCHBOARDS & POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. ADD NEW FUSIBLE SWITCH OR CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICES TO EXISTING SWITCHBOARDS AND POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AS REQUIRED. B. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE THE SAME MANUFACTURER. TYPE AND INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AS THE ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT. C. PROVIDE NEW NAMEPLATES UPON COMPLETION OF ALL WIRING. EXECUTION A. FASTEN PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES FIRMLY TO WALLS AND STRUCTURAL SURFACES, ENSURING THAT THEY ARE PERMANENTLY AND MECHANICALLY ANCHORED. B. FILL OUT PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DIRECTORY CARD UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION WORK FOR ALL NEW PANELS. C. INSERT FUSES, IF ANY, OF RATINGS INDICATED, WITHIN INSTALLED PANELBOARDS. D. FOR EXISTING PANELBOARDS, NUMBER ASSOCIATED WiTH EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET IDENTIFIES THE BRANCH CIRCUIT TO WHICH THE DEVICE SERVED BY THE OUTLET IS TO BE CONNECTED. THE CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED IS FOR REFERENCE AND GUIDANCE TO THIS CONTRACTOR AND IS NOT INTENDED TO UMIT THE PANELBOARD CIRCUITRY ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO BREAKERS AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S DISCRETION, IN ACCORDANCE WiTH CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS. THE ACTUAL CIRCUIT NUMBERS USED SHALL BE INDICATED ON THE CONTRACTORS AS -BUILT' DRAWINGS. THE BALANCING OF ALL LOADS SHALL BE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. GROUNDING A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONNECTIONS FOR PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES AS INDICATED. TIGHTEN CONNECTIONS TO COMPLY WITH TIGHTENING TORQUES IN UL 486A TO ASSURE PERMANENT AND EFFECTIVE GROUNDS. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PRIOR TO ENERGIZATiON OF ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY, CHECK ALL ACCESSIBLE CONNECTIONS TO MANUFACTURER'S TIGHTENING TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS. B• PRIOR TO ENERGIZATION OF PANELBOARDS, CHECK FEEDERS WiTH GROUND RESISTANCE TESTER PHASE -TO -PHASE AND PHASE -TO -GROUND INSULATION RESISTANCE LEVELS TO ENSURE REQUIREMENTS ARE FULFILLED. C. PRIOR TO ENERGIZATION, CHECK PANELBOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL. CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS AND SHORT-CIRCUITS. 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS ON OVER -CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FURNISHED SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES. IN ADDITION, INCLUDE VOLTAGES AND CURRENT RATINGS, INTERRUPTING RATINGS, CURRENT UMITATiON RATINGS, TIME -CURRENT TRIP CHARACTERISTICS CURVES, AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS. FUSES A. CLASS RK5, DUAL ELEMENT, TiME DELAY FUSES: PROVIDE UL CLASS RK5 TIME DELAY FUSES RATED 250 OR 600 VOLTS, 60 HZ. 0 TO 600 AMPERES, WITH 2O0.000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CURRENT RATING FOR PROTECTING PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMER, MOTORS, AND FEEDERS. (BUSSMANN FUSETRON TYPE FRN-R 25OV, OR FRS-R 60OV) B CLASS T REDUCED DIMENSION FUSES: PROVIDE UL CLASS T FAST ACTING FUSES RATED 250 OR 600 VOLT, 60 HZ, UP TO 600 AMPERES, WITH 2O0,000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CURRENT RATING FOR PROTECTION OF PHYSICALLY SMALL DEVICES WITH NO HEAVY UNRUSH CURRENTS. (BUSSMANN T-TRON TYPE JJS) C. IN-UNE FUSES: PROVIDE UL LISTED IN-UNE FAST ACTING FUSES RATED 300 VOLTS, 60 HZ UP TO 15 AMPERES COMPLETE WiTH FUSEHOLDER FOR FLUORESCENT BALLAST PROTECTION. 1. FUSEHOLDER SHALL BE BUSSMANN TYPE HLR. 2. FUSE SHALL BE BUSSMANN TYPE GLR. D. MOTOR STARTER CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS SHALL BE FUSED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. PROVIDE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS HAVING THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS AND AND MODIFICATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL HAVE NEMA 1 GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, METAL NAMEPLATES, FRONT COVER MOUNTED, THAT CONTAIN A PERMANENT RECORD OF CATALOG NUMBER AND MAXIMUM RATING, AND HANDLES THAT ARE PADLOCKABLE IN THE 'OFF' POSITION. B• ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL PROVIDE INVERSE TIME DELAY AND INSTANTANEOUS PROTECTION FOR EACH POLE OF BREAKER. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS MUST BE COMPLETELY ENCLOSED IN A MOLDED CASE. AUTOMATIC OPERATION OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE OBTAINED BY MEANS OF THERMAL AND/OR MAGNETIC DEVICES LOCATED IN EACH POLE OF THE BREAKER. THE THERMAL DEVICE SHILL PROVIDE TIME DELAY TRIPPING ON OVERLOADS, AND THE MAGNETIC DEVICE SHALL PROVIDE INSTANTANEOUS TRIPPING ON SHORT CIRCUITS. THE INSTANTANEOUS MAGNETIC TRIP SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE AND ACCESSIBLE FROM THE FRONT OF THE BREAKER ON FRAME SIZES ABOVE 100 AMPERES. NON-INTERCHANGABLE TRIP BREAKERS SHALL HAVE THE TRIP UNIT SEALED TO PREVENT TAMPERING. AMPERE RATINGS Stall BE CLEARLY VISIBLE. CONTACTS SHALL BE OF NON -MOLDED SILVER ALLOY. ARC EXTINCTION MUST BE ACCOMPUSHED BY MEANS OF ARC CHUTES. C. THE BREAKERS SHALL BE OPERATED BY A TOGGLE TYPE HANDLE AND SHALL HAVE A QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK OVER -CENTER SWITCHING MECHANISM THAT IS MECHANICAL TRIP FREE SO THAT THE CONTACTS CAN NOT BE HELD CLOSED AGAINST SHORT CIRCUITS AND ABNORMAL CURRENTS. TRIPPING DUE TO OVERLOAD OR SHORT CIRCUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED BY THE HANDLE AUTOMATICALLY ASSUMING A POSITION MIDWAY BETWEEN THE MANUAL "ON' AND 'OFF' POSITIONS. ALL LATCH SURFACES SHALL BE GROUND AND POLISHED. ALL POLES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED SO THEY GIVE, CLOSE AND TRIP SIMULTANEOUSLY. D. THE MINIMUM INTERRUPTING RATINGS OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE AT LEAST EQUAL. TO THE AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT AT THE LINE TERMINALS. CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS, MODIFICATIONS, ETC. SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. E. WHERE FRAME SIZE SHALL BE 100 AMPERES OR LESS, MINIMUM CONTINUOUS AMP RATING WiTH UL LISTED INTERRUPTING CAPACITY IN RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES AT THE FOLLOWING VOLTAGES SHALL BE: 10,000 AMPS 240 VOLTS 14,000 AMPS 480 VOLTS THESE BREAKERS SHALL HAVE FIXED TRIP UNITS FURNISHED WITH BREAKERS BREAKERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY CUTLER HAMMER, SIEMENS OR SQUARE D. F. WHERE FRAME SIZE SHALL BE 250 AMPERES OR LESS MINIMUM CONTINUOUS AMP RATING WITH UL LISTED INTERRUPTING CAPACITY IN RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES AT THE FOLLOWING VOLTAGES SHALL BE: 240 VOLTS 25,000 AMPS 480 VOLTS 22,000 AMPS THESE BREAKERS SHALL HAVE INTERCHANGEABLE TRIP UNITS FURNISHED WiTH BREAKER. BREAKERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY CUTLER HAMMER, SIEMENS OR SQUARE D. G. WHERE FRAME SIZE SHALL BE ABOVE 250 AMPERES, MINIMUM CONTINUOUS AMP RATING WiTH UL LISTED INTERRUPTING CAPACITY IN RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES AT THE FOLLOWING VOLTAGES SHALL BE: 240 VOLTS 42,000 AMPS 480 VOLTS 30,000 AMPS THESE BREAKERS SHALL HAVE INTERCHANGEABLE, ADJUSTABLE RATING TRIP PLUGS FURNISHED WITH BREAKER. BREAKERS SHALL BE CUTLER HAMMER "SELTRONIC" OR SIEMENS "SENSITRIP" OR SQUARE D. 16500I LIGHTING SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT UST OF MANUFACTURERS FOR UGHTiNG FIXTURES, LAMPS AND LUMINARIES ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WiTH LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ONLY. B. SUBMIT CUTS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND PHOTOMETRIC DATA FOR EACH FIXTURE TYPE. PHOTOMETRIC DATA SHALL BE BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS, SUCH AS ETL, ITL, ERL, AND UKE REPORTS. TESTING PROCEDURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WiTH APPLICABLE IES STANDARDS. LIGHTING FIXTURES A. ALL INTERIOR, EXTERIOR AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS. B. FIXTURES SHALL BEAR UL LABEL AND SHALL BE WIRED AND INSTALLED IN FULL COMPLIANCE WiTH APPLICABLE CODES. C. THE OMISSION OF A TYPE IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHALL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY OF FURNISHING ALL REQUIRED FIXTURES OF PROPER TYPE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. D. FIXTURES SHALL BE RECESSED, SURFACE, OR PENDANT TYPE, AS SPECIFIED IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE, AND SHALL INCLUDE SOCKETS, DIFFUSERS, CEIUNG CANOPIES AND STEMS, HICKEYS, AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY ACCESSORIES. E. RECESSED MOUNTED UGHTiNG FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A JUNCTION BOX WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. F. INCANDESCENT AND HID LAMP HOLDERS SHALL BE MADE OF PORCELAIN HOUSING AND COPPER SCREW SHELLS, RATED AT NO LESS THAN 660 WATTS, 250 VOLTS. LAMP HOLDERS SHALL BE FIRMLY HELD IN PLACE SO AS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND TO PREVENT SOCKET TURNING DURING LAMP REPLACEMENT. PLASTIC LAMP HOLDERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. G. ENAMELED FINISHES SHALL BE ELECTROSTATICALLY APPLIED AND BAKED. FINISH OF FIXTURES SHALL BE UNIFORM IN QUALITY AND APPEARANCE. DURABLE, AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. H. LABELS AND INSCRIPTIONS IN FIXTURES SHALL BE LOCATED IN UNOBTRUSIVE PLACES SO THAT THEY ARE NOT VISIBLE TO OCCUPANTS IN THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION. I. SPECIAL AND/OR CUSTOM UGHTiNG FIXTURES, WIRING, LAMPS, BALLASTS. AND OTHER ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. J. PLASTER FRAMES. ANGLES, AND CHANNELS FOR RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION WHERE REQUIRED. PLASTER FRAMES SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY CONSTRUCTED FOR THE APPLICATION BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE RELATED LIGHTING FIXTURE. K. RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT AND INCANDESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. L. LAY -IN RECESSED FIXTURES IN GRID -TYPE CEIUNG SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WiTH LOCAL CODES. VERIFY ADEQUATE SUPPORT OF CEIUNG GRID TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SECURE UGHTING FIXTURE TO GRID BY MECHANICAL. MEANS SUCH AS SCREWS, BOLTS OR APPROVED CUPS. M. PENDANT OR SURFACE -MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WiTH REQUIRED MOUNTING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING HICKEYS, STUD EXTENSIONS, BALL AUGNERS, CANOPIES AND STEMS. MOUNTING STEMS OF PENDENT FIXTURES SHALL BE OF THE CORRECT LENGTH TO UNIFORMLY MAINTAIN THE FIXTURE HEIGHTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. VARIATION IN MOUNTING INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/4". THEIGHT SHALL NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/2" FROM THE FLOOR MOUNTING HEIGHT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. N. UNDERCABINET LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE NEAREST 120V RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT AND CONTROLLED BY AN INTEGRAL ROCKER SWITCH. MULTIPLE ADJACENT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ONE INTEGRAL ROCKER SWITCH. 0. ANY LAMPS, BALLASTS, REFLECTORS, LENS, DIFFUSERS, SIDE PANELS OR OTHER PARTS DAMAGED PRIOR TO THE FiNAL INSPECTION SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO D(PENSE TO THE OWNER. P. AT TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION, ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FULLY LAMPED, AND SHALL BE COMPLETE WiTH REQUIRED LENSES OR COMPONENTS NECESSARY. BALLASTS A. PROVIDE BALLASTS CONFORMING TO UL AND ANSI STANDARDS USTING AND DISPLAYING LABELS OR SYMBOLS OF LISTING BY UL. AND OF CERTIFICATIONS BY THE CBM, AS TESTED BY THE ETL DESIGN, FABRICATE AND ASSEMBLE COMPONENT PARTS OF BALLASTS IN ACCORDANCE WiTH THE LATEST CODE REQUIREMENTS. MARK BALLASTS "CLASS P" INDICATING APPROVED INTEGRAL BALLAST PROTECTION. THIS BALLAST PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A BUILT-IN SELF -RESETTING THERMALLY ACTUATED DEVICE THAT SHALL REMOVE THE BALLAST FROM LINE WHEN EXCESSIVE BALLAST TEMPERATURE IS REACHED. B. PROVIDE BALLASTS HAVING THE LOWEST SOUND RATING AVAILABLE FOR THE LAMPS SPECIFIED AND CLEARLY SHOWING THEIR RESPECTIVE SOUND RATINGS. REPLACE BALLASTS FOUND BY ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER TO BE UNDULY NOISY, WITHOUT CHARGE, PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. C. PROVIDE IDENTICAL BALLASTS WITHIN EACH FIXTURE TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D. BALLASTS FOR FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SUPPLY CIRCUITS TO WHICH THEY ARE TO BE CONNECTED AND WHICH ARE SUITABLE FOR OPERATING THE SPECIFIED LAMPS. PROVIDE BALLASTS WHICH ARE ELECTRONIC, HIGH POWER FACTOR, SUPER LOW TEMPERATURE RISE, LOW HARMONIC DISTORTION, HIGH -FREQUENCY (ABOVE 20KHZ) FULL OUTPUT TYPE, FOR T-8 OR T-12 RAPID START 1-,2-,3- OR 4-LAMP COMBINATIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE FIXTURE DESCRIBED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. PROVIDE BI-LEVEL SWITCHING OR DIMMING BALLASTS AS REQUIRED. E. COMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WiTH 4-PIN HIGH POWER FACTOR ELECTRONIC BALLASTS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. BALLASTS SHUT HAVE INTERNAL CIRCUITRY TO DETECT END OF LAMP LIFE AND SHUT DOWN BALLAST. PROVIDE DIMMING BLASTS WHERE REQUIRED. F. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LIGHTING FIXTURE BALLASTS SHALL BE HIGH POWER FACTOR AUTO -TRANSFORMER TYPE G. BALLASTS SHALL HAVE A (2) YEAR WARRANTY FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION. H. APPROVED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE TRIAD, MAGNETEK, EBT, OSRAM/SYLVANIA OR ADVANCE. I. PROVIDE ALL FLUORESCENT AND COMPACT FLUORESCENT BALLASTS WiTH REQUIRED OVERLOAD PROTECTION. FUSE HOLDER AND FUSE SHALL BE BUSSMANN HLR/GLR. LAMPS A. PROVIDE ELECTRIC LAMPS AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING LAMPS FOR FIXTURE FURNISHED BY OTHERS. B. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SET OF NEW LAMPS IN EACH FiXTURE AS SPECIFIED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, ON DRAWINGS, AND AS DESCRIBED BELOW. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, LEAVE FIXTURES AND LIGHTING EQUIPMENT COMPLETELY LAMPED AND IN PROPER OPERATING CONDITION. C. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE LAMPS AS FOLLOWS: 1) FOR UNEAR FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, PROVIDE ENERGY SAVING 32 WATT T8 OR 34 WATT T12, "RAPID START" LAMPS, WHICH DELVER AT LEAST 2900 INITIAL LUMENS FOR STRAIGHT LAMPS, WITH 35W KELVIN COLOR, AS INDICATED ON THE UGH71NG FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2) FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, PROVIDE ENERGY SAVING LAMPS OF THE WATTAGE INDICATED ON THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE WITH 35W KELVIN COLOR TEMPERATURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3) FOR INCANDESCENT FIXTURES, PROVIDE 130V LAMPS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4) FOR OTHER FIXTURES, PROVIDE LAMPS AS SPECIFIED, OR IF NOT SPECIFIED, PROVIDE AS REQUIRED BY THE UGHnNG FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. IF SPECIFICATION IS NOT COMPLETE, CONTACT ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION. 5) ALL LAMPS OF THE SAME CHARACTERISTICS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. D. APPROVED LAMP MANUFACTURERS SHALL. BE GENERAL ELECTRIC, PHILIPS. OSRAM/SYLVANIA, OR VENTURE. EXIT, STAIRWAY AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNS A. PROVIDE SIGNS IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. B. COLOR AND SIZE OF LETTERS, ARROWS AND FACEPLATE BACKGROUND SHALL COMPLY WiTH APPLICABLE CODES. AIR HANDUNG UGHTiNG FIXTURES A. CONSTRUCT AIR HANDUNG TYPE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN A MANNER WHICH WILL PERFECTLY ACCOMMODATE THE SECURE AND AIRTIGHT ATTACHMENT OF ALL AIR HANDUNG COMPONENTS THERETO. THE AIR TERMINAL AND UGHTING FIXTURE MANUFACTURERS SHALL COORDINATE FIT, PERFORMANCE, AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. FIXTURES OF THE SAME TYPE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO PRESENT THE SAME APPEARANCE IN THE CEIUNG, WHETHER ACTIVE OR INACTIVE. B. A QUANTITY OF AIR HANDLING TYPE FIXTURES ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE VENTILATING SYSTEM INITIALLY. SUCH FIXTURES ARE DESIGNED INACTIVE, BUT SHALL HAVE THE CAPABIUTY OF SUBSEQUENT ACTIVATION AND SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION WITH REMOVABLE, AIRTIGHT BLANKING PLATES ARE REMOVED AND APPROPRIATE AIR TERMINALS ARE INSTALLED. INSTALLATION A. INSTALL UGHTiNG FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES. B. PENDANT TYPE FIXTURES SHALL BE HUNG AT HEIGHTS AS REQUIRED AND SPECIFIED. C. FIXTURE LOCATIONS SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN. THE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SHALL BE THE SECOND POINT OF REFERENCE. ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION REGARDING FIXTURE LOCATION MAY BE NOTED ON THE UGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. D. PROVIDE ALL LAMPS REQUIRED, INCLUDING REPLACEMENTS FOR BURNED OUT LAMPS, UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMPLETED WORK. NO LIGHTING FIXTURE OR SIGN WILL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT LAMPS. E. IF PERMANENT UGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE USED IN UEU OF TEMPORARY LIGHTING DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. THIS SHALL BE DONE ONLY AS PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER, WHO MAY REQUIRE THE NEW LAMPS BE INSTALLED AND FIXTURES CLEANED AT THE 11ME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER OCCUPANCY. F. OPEN DOWNUGHT REFLECTORS AND PARABOLIC LOUVERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PLACE AFTER THE PROJECT BECOMES DUST FREE. INSTALLER SHALL WEAR GLOVES TO PRECLUDE SMUDGING THE REFLECTOR SURFACE AND LOUVERS. G. PROTECTION: PROTECT INSTALLED FIXTURES FROM DAMAGE DURING REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. A. AFTER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND INSPECTION, FUNCTIONAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE PRESENCE OF OWNER. THE TESTS SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT THE FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PROPERLY AND FUNCTION AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. AIMING AND FOCUSING A. INSTALL ALL ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM UNIFORM COVERAGE. SPECIAL AREA LIGHTING A. ANGULAR ADJUSTMENT AND FINAL PLACEMENT OF UGHTING FIXTURES FOR DESIGNATED SPECIAL AREA LIGHTING SHALL BE A FIELD CONDITION AND DETERMINED AT SITE. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WiTH ARCHITECT TO ESTABLISH A TIME AND DATE FOR TRIAL LAYOUT OF UGHTING FIXTURES. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL BE PRESENT AT TRIAL LAYOUTS TO FINALIZE FIXTURE PLACEMENT. F16-70011 SYSTEMS SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL SYSTEMS. B. SUBMIT WIRING DIAGRAMS WHERE REQUIRED. TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM A. PROVIDE AN EMPTY TELEPHONE/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED. B. WALL OUTLETS SHALL CONSIST OF A FLUSH MOUNTED, MINIMUM 4 INCH SQUARE, 2-1/8 INCH DEEP OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING. C. STUB CONDUIT FROM OUTLET BOX INTO ACCESSIBLE CORRIDOR CEIUNG SPACE. CONDUIT SIZES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, OR MINIMUM 3/4 INCH. D. WALL OUTLETS FOR MODULAR FURNITURE FEEDS SHALL CONSIST OF A FLUSH MOUNTED 4 11/16 INCH SQUARE, 2 1/8 INCH DEEP OUTLET BOX WiTH TWO -GANG PLASTER RING AND 1 1/4 INCH CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG SPACE. E. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS ON BOTH ENDS OF CONDUITS. F. PROVIDE 4'x8'x3/4" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD PANTED TWO COATS OF GRAY INTERIOR ENAMEL ON ALL SIDES IN TELEPHONE CLOSETS AND WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR THE SECURITY SYSTEM OUTLETS. CONDUITS SHALL BE TERMINATED IN THE ASSOCIATED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CLOSET. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4 INCH. B. CARD READER OUTLETS SHALL CONSIST OF A FLUSH MOUNTED, MINIMUM 4 INCH SQUARE, 2 1/2 INCH DEEP OUTLET BOX WITH A TWO -GANG PLASTER RING. JACKS AND WALL PLATES WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. C. PROVIDE A CONDUIT CONNECTION TO DOOR FRAMES FOR ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES AND TO SENSORS WHERE SHOWN. PROVIDE OUTLET BOX FOR SENSOR, FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING. PROVIDE 120V CIRCUIT FROM NEAREST UNSWITCHED RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS ON BOTH ENDS OF CONDUITS. A. RELOCATE EXISTING DEVICES AND PROVIDE NEW DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DEVICES SHALL MATCH EXISTING SYSTEM DEVICES. B. CONSULT WiTH MANUFACTURER AND INSTALUNG CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. C. REPROGRAM EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELS AND PROVIDE NEW MODULES AND DEVICES AS REQUIRED. D. EXTEND EXISTING WIRING AND CONDUIT AND PROVIDE NEW WIRING AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. E. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. ALL WIRE SHALL BE #14 AWG SOLID COPPER CONDUCTOR WITH N.E.C. TYPE "THHN' 600 VOLT INSULATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. COLOR CODE WIRING TO MATCH THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. F. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, MINIMUM SIZE 3/4". G. UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, PROVIDE A COMPLETE TEST OF THE SYSTEM TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 nfestIe Waters Expires FEB 2 8 Z015 `ears, I_ ."Et. s75, STATE OF ; _ C Ir 0 P . �,. 4 3 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 NO. 08.16.2013 DATE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: DD CHECKED BY: MS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-005 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 Waters NORTH STAi'�_: OF k 4 3 2 1 NO. 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS CD REVIEW PACKAGE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: DD CHECKED BY: MS ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND PARTIAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM E-01 0 C XXXX A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. KEYNOTES: ® KEYNOTES: P-ML 1. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW PANELS SHOWN ON� 1. PROVIDE 20A SINGLE POLE MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER MEZZANINE. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND INSTALL i°� % f FOR ELECTRICAL WATER HEATER. NEW PANELS IN A MANNER THAT IS IN ACCORDANCE RP L WITH CURRENT NEC CLEARANCE AND SPACING 1 i r 2. PROVIDE 20A SINGLE POLE MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EXISTING H ! FOR DOMESTIC CIRCULATION PUMP. AND NEW EQUIPMENT. ' P-ML I / 3. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE 2. ROOF TOP UNIT LOCATED ON ROOF. COORDINATE WITH r 217 _ %� CEILING FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING FOR CARD READER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. REFER TO SHEET f FROM EXISTING SECURITY PANEL. CONTRACTOR TO E-010 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION. PROVIDE WEATHER r COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD. WIRING AND DEVICES PROOF GFl RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO UNIT. REFER TO TYPICAL CID ; ' LXIS-, G r/ BY OTHERS. PANEL SCHEDULE RP-ML FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND 1 LA. ' RCC % SIZE. 4. PROVIDE POWER TO JUNCTION BOX FOR NEW 21 DISHWASHER 3. EXHAUST FAN LOCATED ON ROOF. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION, REFER TO SHEET -� 6 3 5. EXISTING STROBES. E-010 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION. PROVIDE WEATHER - Q-1 = - 3 CR PROOF SINGLE POLE MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER BY Q-1 Q-1 - _— - 6. PROVIDE NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICE AND CONNECT TO THE UNIT. CR CR ON POOF EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL CONTRACTOR 6 H 22 E SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF PANEL IN FIELD AND VERIFY �i EXPANDABILITY OF PANEL PROVIDE PANEL AS NEEDED. EF P 3 Q-1 Q-1 3 1 CR r i MICRO LA 22 6 7. PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED I TO ABOVE CEILING FOR DATA WIRING AND DEVICES BY 218: '9 24 OTHERS. EQ-9 7 i � _ 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND MATCH EXISTING 29 18 EQUIPMENT OUTLET TYPE. � � r/r ! 7 22 5 r r' ° r GENERAL NOTES: O I 18 III 1. REFER TO SHEET E-010 FOR EQUIPMENT AND PANEL , / SCHEDULES. a EQ-2 T 1 J 4 2. CONNECT EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHOWN TO PANELS GF DESIGNATED ON PLANS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ZVI V LYTiUAL r� 3. ALL POWER IS FED FROM PANEL RP-ML UNLESS NOTED EQ-1 2 LAB 7 OTHERWISE. j 219 EQ 4 EQ-4 CR° EQ-4 'Al 'E i j/ # RTU �0 % / GF17 1 it ✓ 2 NORTH r � ,✓` /' �! NORTH 4 ELECTRICAL MEZZANINE POWER PLAN 2 ELECTRICAL FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = V-0' SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0' GENERAL NOTES: KEYNOTES: �. 1. R - 1 � ,� ,' / �' , ;,s' 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL WATER DEVICE SCHEDULES. L21 - /r i / HEATER AND ASSOCIATED DEVICES ON MEZZANINE. / rr f f C? i ' r'/ ,/// ,/� COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2. ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE FED FROM PANEL PP-ML I R M r, ' ! INFORMATION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO SHEET E-010 XIST G FOR PANEL SCHEDULE AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION. / 21 I 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING OF GE FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES AND ASSOCIATED DEVICES 3. EMERGENCY WALL PACKS SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF i /, /ill WITHIN AREA. 217 N. SWITCH OR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OF THE LOCAL AREA / CIRCUIT. 3. ALL UNUSED EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRES AND WIRES AND CONDUITS ABANDONED IN THE REMODELED AREA XIS G 4. PROVIDE LOCKABLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR EXIT SIGNS. 1 r r SHALL BE REMOVED TO SOURCE. ALSO REMOVE LAN GG r CONDUIT AND WIRES TO BE DEMOLISHED DUE TO THE 21 5. ALL OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE WIRED AS 1 ( REMODELING. VACANCY SENSORS WITH MANUAL 'ON' AND AUTOMATIC ' 'OFF'. WALL SENSORS SHALL ACT AS OVERRIDE DEVICES. r 4. ALL EQUIPMENT, RECEPTACLE AND LIGHTING THAT IS DISCONNECTED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT THE r ,'✓ / SOURCE ANDHAVE THE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER 3a 3a �_._ r/ ff S / / LABELED AS 'SPARE', UNLESS THE EXISTING BREAKER IS tvtl RO LAB ' �* DESIGNED FOOTCANDLE RANGE: 50-80FC ��� % f / FEEDING OTHER EQUIPMENT NOT BEING REMOVED. 21 1 a 1 a la 5. EXISTING STROBES TO REMAIN. ADJUST IN FIELD AS 1b _° _ ' % REQUIRED PER NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION. 13a F 3a r`� % � f 6. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN EF-IX TO REMAIN. COORDINATE a EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 3b 3 % IT - La a to GENERAL NOTES: o 3b 3 \ / 1. EVES 1a a TO SHEET E-002 FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION M 1 5� A AIYTICf L 6 219 I 1 1b lb 1b 1b' 1b I ST G 0P I / NORTH / / / I NORTH Expir 3 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN FS 2 zo15 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0' AL 1 8" =1'-0' SHFp''�, MEP / FP Engineer Design Architect Nestle Waters North America TM _ EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 Waters •sue -- :�� 08 STATE OF • o.�F� °... t ,ASS ........ �G q�14�19 J,sM.111 ` 4 3 2 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 09.03.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 NO. 08.16.2013 DATE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES � P S T E I N Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: DD SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" DRAWN BY: DD CHECKED BY: MS DEMOLITION, POWER, AND REFLECTED CEILING LIGHTING PLANS E-101 ©X)= A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYMBOL LIST /_20x10 DOUBLE LINE TO SINGLE LINE AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VENT 20x10 - 5 TRANSITION (FIRST NUMBER IS AL ACOUSTICAL LINING SIDE SHOWN) CHECK VALVE CHANGE OF ELEVATION, RISE ® ® SUPPLY AIR DUCT SECTION - R (R) OR DROP (D) - ARROW GATE VALVE ROUND AND RECTANGULAR I R (FIRST NUMBER IS TOP) SHOWS THE DIRECTION OF 10110 -/ �20x10 THE RISE OR DROP GLOBE VALVE RETURN AIR OR EXHAUST AIR QMAV MANUAL AIR VENT AXD ACCESS DOOR (BOTTOM AND 0 DUCT SECTION - ROUND AND AXD SIDE OF DUCT SHOWN) RECTANGULAR AXD AXD I � I PLUG VALVE, GAS COCK 90 DEGREE SQUARE ELBOW UP PRESSURE GAUGE D (SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS CAPPED DUCT SHOWN) (FOR FUTURE CONNECTION} PRESSURE GAUGE WITH STOP VALVE 90 DEGREE SQUARE ELBOW DOWN PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS r— SHOWN) FLEXIBLE CONNECTION ® PUMP 15x10 /--12xlO STRAINER LONG RADIUS ELBOW R (R=W AS PER SMACNA} ��--�� INCREASER/REDUCER (PLAN VIEW) W 1 �20x10 �Ox10 4 THERMOMETER I SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER OR R 7I THREE WAY VALVE - ELECTRICALLY OPERATED —�� RECTANGULAR ELBOW WITH 5r—� REGISTER (SQUARE NECK TURNING VANES (AS PER SMACNA) (LEI y SHOWN) I I 16 BALL VALVE VD VD r� r—� RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR I r BUTTERFLY VALVE VOLUME DAMPER (MANUAL) �� DIFFUSER OR REGISTER (SQUARE NECK SHOWN) I I BAROMETRIC DAMPER TS I I X VD TEE BRANCH TAKE -OFF WITH 1�A SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER OR �.�� TEMPERATURE SENSOR J JJ SQUARE ELBOWS, TURNING VANES ® 4 REGISTER (ROUND NECK AND VOLUME DAMPERS SHOWN)Cr_4 T I I VD DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR VD jC7 FLOW SWITCH I I VD TEE BRANCH TAKE -OFF WITH RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS, AND 5--, `' DIFFUSER OR REGISTER 4 DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLUME DAMPERS L--y ICI (ROUND NECK SHOWN) VD VD I I ® FLOW CONTROL VALVE(BLEED-OFF) yPRESSURE SENSOR (DISCHARGE) LINEAR DIFFUSER WITH BRANCH TAKE -OFF WITH VD FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO Y FLOW SENSOR LONG RADIUS ELBOW, AND VD MAIN WITH VOLUME DAMPER VD VD VOLUME DAMPER C_ ELBOW/RISER DOWN ELBOW/RISER UP — -B A I VD VD BRANCH TAKE -OFF WITH BOOT SIDEWALL RETURN OR AND VOLUME DAMPER; r 'T—r r EXHAUST AIR REGISTER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION I (A = 1/2 B, AS PER SMACNA) OR GRILLE A FLOW DIRECTION ARROW S y T MOTORIZED DAMPER R —� CHANGE OF ELEVATION; RISE (R) AND NINETY DEGREE ELBOW R OR DROP (D) - ARROW SHOWS SMOKE DETECTOR DIRECTION OF THE RISE OR DROP 5--� I PIPE -BLIND FLANGE CONNECTION 12"0 � 12.0 FD DAMPER WITH SLEEVE PIPE -CAP RECTANGULAR TO ROUND (FIRE DAMPER SHOWN) TRANSITION (SHOWN WITH FD TYPICAL FOR SMOKE, PIPE -FLANGE CONNECTION 12x10 TYPICAL DIMENSIONS) BACKDRAFT, ETC. 12x10 Cy Cp � PIPE INCLINED DOWN +�o�{� 90 DEGREE �'Q 90 DEGREE EF `v' ROUND ELBOW ROUND 1 ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN, 4� � PIPE INCLINED UP UP (SUPPLY ELBOW DOWN UP AND RETURN (SUPPLY AND AS SHOWN ON ROOF PLAN CT__� AIR SHOWN) RETURN AIR PIPE UNION ttt--------���� SHOWN) THERMOSTAT OR PITCH �— TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SD 45 DEGREE BRANCH L HUMIDISTAT OR SMOKE DETECTOR (ROUND DUCT) TO FP OR VAV HUMIDITY SENSOR AND CT� TEE ASSOCIATED HVAC UNIT /TO BUILDING SECURITY SYSTEM S E) TEE - POINTING DOWN EQUIPMENT CONICAL TEE (ROUND DUCT FLOOR BRANCH FROM ROUND DUCT—'� TEE -POINTING UP OR RECTANGULAR DUCT MAIN) VIBRATION ISOLATOR ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT a MOTORIZED DAMPER FLOOR MOUNTED HANGING MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VENT AL ACOUSTIC LINING ACU AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AF ANTIFREEZE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT Al ANALOG INPUT ALUM ALUMINUM AMB AMBIENT ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AS AIR SEPARATOR AXD ACCESS DOOR AXP ACCESS PANEL BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER BDS BIRDSCREEN BHP BREAK HORSEPOWER BI BACKWARD INCLINED BMS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BO BLANK -OFF BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT BOG BOTTOM OF GRILLE BOL BOTTOM OF LOUVER BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE BOR BOTTOM OF REGISTER BIRD BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR CC CENTER TO CENTER CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CONC CONCRETE CONN CONNECTION CD CONDENSATE DRAIN CORR CORRIDOR CU FT CUBIC FEET CU IN CUBIC INCHES CWR CONDENSING WATER RETURN CWS CONDENSING WATER SUPPLY DB DRY BULB dB DECIBEL DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DEG OR DEGREES DIET DETAIL DG DOOR GRILLE DI DIGITAL INPUT DIA OR 0 DIAMETER DISC DISCHARGE/DISCONNECT DL DOOR LOUVER DN. DOWN DO DIGITAL OUTPUT DP DEPTH DR DRAIN LINE DV DRAIN VALVE DWG DRAWING EA EXHAUST AIR EACH EACH EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ECWS EVAPORATIVE COOLER WATER SUPPLY EF EXHAUST FAN EFF EFFICIENCY ELEV ELEVATION EQUIP EQUIPMENT ERF EXHAUST/RETURN FAN ES END SWITCH ERH ELECTRIC REHEAT ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXH EXHAUST EXIST EXISTING EXP EXPANSION LINE F FAHRENHEIT FA FACE AREA FC FORWARD -CURED FD FIRE DAMPER FD FLOOR DRAIN FL FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLEX FLEXIBLE FOB FLAT ON BOTTOM FOT FLAT ON TOP FPM FEET PER MINUTE FPS FEET PER SECOND FS FLOW SWITCH FT FOOT OR FEET FV FACE VELOCITY GAL GALLON GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR G NATURAL GAS GPH GALLONS PER HOUR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE GV GAS VENT H HUMIDIFIER HD HEAD HEPA HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE AIR HOA HANDS -OFF -AUTO HP HORSEPOWER HR HOUR HT HEIGHT HTG HEATING HZ HERTZ ID INSIDE DIAMETER IN INCH INCL INCLUDE KW KILOWATT KWH KILOWATT-HOURS LAN LOCAL AREA NETWORK LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LBS POUNDS LG LENGTH LIN FT LINEAR FEET LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE M MOTORIZED DAMPER MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE MATL MATERIAL MAV MANUAL AIR VENT MAX MAXIMUM MBH THOUSAND BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPICITY MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MD MOTORIZED DAMPER MECH. MECHANICAL MED MEDIUM MH MANHOLE MIN. MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MU MAKE-UP Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 ABBREVIATION LIST MV MOTORIZED VALVE MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER NAT NATURAL NC NORMALLY CLOSED NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NF NON -FUSIBLE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NORMALLY OPEN NO. NUMBER NOM NOMINAL NTS NOT TO SCALE N/A NOT APPLICABLE OA OUTSIDE AIR OAI OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OFM ORIFICE FLOW METER P PUMP PB PANEL BOARD PBD PARALLEL BLADE DAMPER PD PRESSURE DROP PH PHASE PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRV PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PS PRESSURE SENSOR PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - ABSOLUTE PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - GAUGE RA RETURN AIR RCP REMOTE CONTROL PANEL REQ REQUIRE REV REVISION RPC ROOM PRESSURE CONTROLLER RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS RO RELIEF OPENING IRS REFRIGERANT SUCTION RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RV RELIEF VENT SA SUPPLY AIR SHT SHEET SMD SMOKE DAMPER SIP STATIC PRESSURE SPEC SPECIFICATION SQ FT SQUARE FOOT OR FEET SST SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE ST SOUND TRAP (ATTENUATOR) STAT STATIC T THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TA TRANSFER AIR TC TEMPERATURE CONTROL TCV TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE TD TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE OR DROP TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TEMP TEMPERATURE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR TYP TYPICAL UCD UNDERCUT DOOR UH UNIT HEATER UV UTILITY VENT W/ WITH V VENT VD VOLUME DAMPER WB WET BULB WG WATER GAUGE WI WIDTH WO WASTE OIL W/O WITHOUT WT WEIGHT XP EXPLOSION PROOF DIFFUSER AND REGISTER DESIGNATION 120-S, 2-W A 6"0, TYP.2 CFM, BLOW DIRECTIONS QUANTITY NECK SIZE TYPE THESE LISTS OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ARE GENERAL. NOT ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 0 F;We tId ers 10 � 4 3 2 1 NO. 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS CD REVIEW PACKAGE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES 5iPSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/4" =1I-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK MECHANICAL LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS M-1 00 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc All rob reserved. RTU TO EXISTING SUPPLY TO EXIS G RETU NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS CONCEPTUAL AND IS NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF ACTUAL - SYST (VIF) 7 17 -Z-...z . . .......... ............ . . . .... ..... . ..... . ...... rr 1 SYSTEM (VIF _.__. CONFIGURATION AND DOES NOT SHOW ALL REQUIRED SYSTEM COMPONENTS & r EXHAUST EXISTING SUPPLY /' %r' STING DIF SERS/G LES TOR AIN. EQUIPMENT. ALL NEW EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED PER =� MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ACTUAL LAYOUT & CONFIGURATION CONDENSE TO REMAIN. ERFORM STING & BALANCING OFILE SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADESD SYSTEM �\ TO DET MINE AIR F OW OF AL XISTING COMPONENTS & EQUIPMENT. ALL NEW EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AND �� A INTAKE SUPP DIFFUSE AND RET N GRILL INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ACTUAL LAYOUT & �� CONTROL ETURN/EXHAUS SE NG AHU- RIOR ANY EMOLITIO OR CONFIGURATION SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES. --- \��\ > T FAN W/ VFD - __� __ - N WORK I PERFOR ��� NTHALPY - - NOT � • RECOVERY EXISTING SUPPLY TO 480 CFM R1 „ " REMAIN. VERIFY IN FIELD __ PROVIDE LOW LEAKAGE MOTORIZED; x16 ti WHEEL SECTION 16 I i ` ROVIDE CESS DO FOR -- OR SIZE AND LOCATION. I DAMPER INTERLOCKED WIT _...__....._......._ _._.... _...... __ ..__... \` • F 2 480 C I EACH FLOW M SURING -- �` . MODIFY AS NECESSARY L I EXISTING . UPPLY FAN FA ILITATE NEW - ~- -_._ -_ _ _- _ - _ S- r ...._._. _............ .......... .._....._ y \ .--.�W/VFD - -TO CNSTALATIO _ J ;( RE7 \ _ _ _ � _ _... - - - � � TAT -- -- EXHAUST FAN W/ ECM M . • i 2. P OVIDE HV SUPPLY UCT / ..SUPPLY........... VARIABLE SPEED REI�IIOTEDiAt___...............................................----...._..__.....__......._..._.._....... _._.......__ x�._.• is --�� AND PLE INSULA N W/ AND ADJU 486 x16 _- 1-1/2 W PIPED FI RGLASS. 8 X1.. FLANGED RECTANGULAR , "0 CFM R1 rrir - `�, DAMPER WITH FAST ACTINGELECTRIC :* ` 36"X40" AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST P ID M U F ACTUATOR. MODEL TSI-320 OR EQUAL; - _ HOOD WJ VARIABLE FLOW 3. R EA I MO 1 •. = r ', CONTROL & TIMER (ADJ) FOR - ICROLA i T REE DUC IAMETER OF .... ......... .__.. •TATICPIIrESSURE...SENSOR................ ........ _.. AUTOMATIC SHUT-DOW x 18" 12" TRAIGHT UCT BEF E ----- PROVIDE LOW EF INLET 0 AV TER L. r rd 6F THE - i DAMPERIN WITH THE- -- — -- '�--tAfA'ROM-RTU____.__.- __. __........_._....... _ ..- ; -_. I- 34 CF EX : ------ -- --- ---- TU 1 RECONTROL_._.. - " ..r _...__- M S1 - ► .... 12 a ._.. NEW ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST-F ____ __ _ __ _-,� „ . --._ -- _ _ � `. �5 12"a 1 _PANEL LOCATEHIN ON R • LAB SPACE OOF --- --- --- - - -- -- ----.--:�; •� ► PROVIDE E 10 BYPASS i-...._.. "'11 �,�••• O N W 12X.2 VAV 2 Q -BETWEEN EXISTING SUPPLY I „ „ - v-__-y• - - - - �G HD I x12 I I I I 12 x12 ---- ._ AND RETURN DUCTWORK.VDI I .. i - ----- •` - VAV--1-� -"; - FIELD VERIFY EXISTING DUCT -. SIZES AND LOCATIONS. RE- I ___._____. _ _ _ • ___._ �_� __ _ rr r' �`` • • -- TATIC PRESSURE BALANCE AIRFLOW TO EQUAL ! x -, • Y.r' RH -� --SENSOR. FIELD AIRFLOW OF THE SUM OF ALL HD I ( - =�- COIL•%_f \`' -- ----LOCAT€D-2/3rd C}�,' ' EXISTING DIFFUSERS TO BE - - 2 VD _THE WAY.FROM,`RTU REMOVED SUCH THAT AIRFLOW I_. _. .._ .__.________ " - ` -'' '-- TO REMAINING DIFFUSERS EXISTING I 1 •,- ,,., _. r; • `;, ` , U-1 REM O CONTR PANEL. .! c!¢%'`" . - • \; ... _ REMAIN UNCHANGED i I VAV VD QC L/qB SER INT FACE WI UCH �`. �K?LUME ••- - <;'_ `v ? SCREE RAPHIC DISPLAY/ r •. DAMPE '��, �QC' \; ;=� = HEMICAL FUME HOOD i I I 12"o ' x i SHAL E ORION 0 TROLS/ i _...__................_...................... y i •••�` ++ \ SWITCH INTERLOCK `�° OE 2-10 SYST MANAGERTS 11 . • - �QG -_ - WITH DAMPERS O 480eCFM i i ! EQUAL T 48" A . •`� ` _` %-- 12" VAV // / i S2 � i � I i • - ;,;r' MICROLAB PRESSURE 1 € TRANSDUCER " AFF. FIELD ICROLAB PRESSURE / ...................._.............._...._.........(- - = ' ;; << T SDUCER 96" AFF. FIELD I i EX @ 1r @ ( ! ( LOC E WITH MANUFACTU R S TSI MODEL RPC-30 ROOM PRESSURE LOCATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S V r i U @ MEZZANINE R OMMEND ION __._.._ ......................................_.._... _.._._.._..._'._� CONTROLLER/THERMOSTAT W/TEMPERATURE BECDM TIO _ �- �, FM _-,.._`._..................__.._............ \ -- -- C 12„o S1 i I E LO LEAWE &RELATIVE HUMIDITY SENSORS 345 C� ROVID W M PRE URE CONT LER / T I MOTORtZED DAMP NTERL KED TEMPERATURE ND RELAT ` E ------------- '` �' . - REENHECK VERI GREEN MANUAL FAN SPEED �) ! , ( } HE E G EXH FAN HU ITY SENSOR H WIT XIST AU CONTROL OR SIMILAR. PROVIDE USER ADJUSTABLE , I I` - -� _,._.. _,_. _____." ...._.._......................._... Y.. _ --- r " TIMER FOR AUTOMATIC FAN SHUT -DOWN -- i LAB THR6UGH-THE ALL TYP -- ---- ,, -- __y; .~E ____ _ _ __ ____ _L _M -I DIFFERENTIAL PRES RE SENS MOUNTED @ 96" A FIELD _� -- �_� ` E LOCE WITH M UFACTU R'S MECHANICAL ISOMETRIC PLAN 12'° - - -- �� R OMMEND ION SCALE: 1/4' =1'-0' 12"o I ` E ' x CONN CT NEW 1 0 FUME j 1 co TESTING & BALANCING OF 9"o 14"x14• N HOO EXHAUST UCT TO I E TING EX U ST DUCT IELD / CHEMICAL FUME HOOD SHALL BE ! VAV ? RIFY SIZ AND LOC ON / PERFORMED PER STANDARDS OF € "m I / NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL 2 71 3 f BALANCING BUREAU OR SIMILARLY r I I 10"o _ I I ( NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED x - , _ co 345 CFM O -- __ ! /14 PERFORMANCE TESTING STANDARD c� 10„ a S1.. --- -- R1 ! _ z 26"x14" 5(15 16"M 1 I RE -CONNECT NEW __. - _-_ -- I_ _ � EXHAUST DUCT TO € - ��-_-_l 515 (�FM ! RELOCATED FUME HOOD,-_ .._._........_._.... -...._ R1 16"x 6" —l!_A! i ( I / III! - — — — — — — — -- — ——� __ —_ __ — ._~ __ -- E — — I II I DISCONENCT EXISTING DUCT AND � ---.---- .--..-- .--.-.---.-.___. _ __ _ NOTE: DUCT ROUTING IS � _ y � _„ EXISTING DUCT TO CAP AT TAKE -OFF _ __ -- DIAGRAMMATIC. CONTRACTOR TO DAM R FOR 2- RATE VERIFY STING CONDITIONS AND REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY 111 I ( ! t 11 - - /� MODIFI( DUICTWORK AS REQUIRED W W/ ACCESS DOOR. SIZE AND LOCATIO ! ! \ EI / TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT ASS MBL FI11 DD WALL I 'F RE RAT 1 �_ I i I EMOVE EXISTING Ddb_ _ _ DIFFUSERS. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION TYP)1 / 1 b MT8 G AHU-2 TO REMAIN. 1 - - - FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND - - _ _ - - J �( �(I I f� OF CUR ESIGN G ELINES: ONTRAC�R TO PRO E j �1 It=- - !CONFIGURATION. RELOCATE i i= l� y i r PREFAB ATED RO CURBS B LM CURB OR EQUA AS 11 / // APPRO D BY AR ITECT. N CURBSTO BE COMP IBLE AS NECESSARY TO / - i WIT PECIFIEDA TU AND E STING R SYSTEM CURBS ACCOMODATE NEW WORK i - / O CCOMMO TE ROOF/SLOPE SO AT RTU I EVEL. DISCONENCT OVIDE INTEGRAL CR KET FOR OF DRAT GE ON HI / I EXISTING DUCT 1 I I { / / �a'� SIDE OF OPENINGS. CURBS TO DESIGNE AND AND CAP DUCT I 1 I I f I I / f = ANCHORED USING/THE PROVI ONS OFT 2010 FLO `DA -� _ _ I I /' i ,- BUIL G CODE,�fiIITH AN ULTIMATE DE N WIND LOCITY / ��`'� X % I OF 40MPH. INSTALL CURBS PER FACTURE I I (l I 1 INST iL DUCTWORK AS I F�DCOMMEN ATIONS A ELL ASS ACNA MA AL' Ills I--jl —I—----- / 111 I 1 I I III - - y 1 ` ' 1 I § HIGH AS POSSIBLE GUIDELIN . DO NOT OID ANY (STING R F WAR TES..' GHT TO STRUCTURA I / DUE TO STALLAT N OF NEW OOF PEN RATION. : 1 I II EXISTING AHU-1 TO BE I y I if JOIST fN THIS AR 1 IN REMOVED. FIELD CONFIRM I N SPACES OTHER I / i SUPP UP 26"x1 I II I THAT O S C S O I � i / T SITION TO / l / I III THAN LAB SPACE IS BEING I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I I ! " I 111 I 1 III SERVED BY THIS UNIT F 1 1 I 1 j } % S PPLY OPE NG AT III i -I T - / %�� /UNIT ON R F I M - - I I I / / / I r� I = _� -�` IELD (�OORDINA RISER LOCATIONS WITH / L-------—� L--_J I I ' I /" ST CTURAL. R ONNEC , TEST AN616AKE I i ERATIONA ANY EQU MENT, DUCtS AND - - - - —,LW �I - - - _ _ �__����--- - �� I % r IPES, CO�ROL DEV ES COND,WTS a - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i / CABLES,/AND WIRINGTEMPORARILY F-- 71 _ I /' j i I I I DISC NECTED FACILIT NEW WO K I C7 1 � I ISCO ENCT PORTIO F 0 1/ ij I i I I ` � I I q ISTI F E HOOD � 1/ R IDE EXH ST DUCT I W " " I I i ENSION INIMUM 1 j EMOVE EXISTIN 11 I (° E1XHA UP TO NEW/ RETURN 26 x14 % I i T FROM IT DIFFUSERS. FIELD F _ _ I M I l_ � R � CiONN� ION IN CEILING T SIT ON Tl(> I II I VERIFY LOCATIONTYP) `1 1 �IL� 1 SPACE EE NE ORK P RETU OPENING/ T I r------�_- 111 I I �l r� 1 UNIT ON OOF i RTU ' i' Ilr----- -----/--------- ST E, IG -F� I / I 1 I ------ ------------- / FACTORY' �� -•--- -------\----J- - - - � INSTALLED i ONROCF 111 I - � - - - ! ^A AND WIRED F--------- / " / I H I 1 I 115 V T GFC I i PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 24 TO 36" ON ALL REFER TO SHEET M-104 I I / L----- -_J /SIDES OF UNIT EXCEPT FOR THE FOR DEMOLITION NOTES F 1 I I F - - F - - 1 i /' % / CONTROL PANEL SIDE, WHICH SHOULD - - -I' - - - - - -I - j - U ° NORTH / �'� j / HAVE AT LEAST 48" CLEARANCE NORTH MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 2 MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0' SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' ee Bpi, MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 n e tIe� waters 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK/VD SCALE: 1 /4r' =1'-0r' DRAWN BY: VD CHECKED BY: YW tee,®��•�`v r-N��•® ,',✓ • MECHANICAL NEW WORK 74241 *� *= & DEMOLITION PLAN - ,4 o ®P �;�� �s�; ..... .. M-1 01 @XXXX A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved ,t_sj •I � PACKAGED COOLING W/HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SCHEDULE COOLING SECTION ENERGY RECOVERY SECTION (ENTHALPY RECOVERY WHEEL, ERW) FILTERS SUPPLY FAN EXHAUST FAN HEATING ELECTRICAL DX COIL DATA REFRIGERATION FLOW SUMMER WINTER SUP EXH UNIT MAX ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS REMARKS TOTAL TOTAL PYSCHROMETRIC DATA APP. HEAT TOTAL LEAVING SENS TOTAL SUPPLY SIDE EXH SIDE SUPPLY SIDE EXH MERV MERV OA DESIGN CRITERIA LVG AIR ENTAIR LVG AIR ENTAIR ENT AIR ENT NO. AIR ESP AIR ESP SENS TOTAL COOL. CAP. REFRIG EER PUMP CAP. TEMP MIN CAP. CAP. SENS UNIT AND MODELS FLOW BHP DRIVE FLOW BHP DRIVE CAP. CAP. SUP CAP. FLA VOLT MCA IN H2O IN H2O CAP. W/ ERW FLOW DB WB DB WB TYPE W/ CAP. W/ ERW DB EXH MBH MBH DB WB DB WB DB WB DB DB DB WEIGHT RATING RATING CFM CFM MBH MBH MBH TONS MBH CFM DEG F DEG F DEG F 1 DEG F ERW MBH MBH DEG F MAX MAX DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG Fj DEG F DEG FI DEG F LBS AAON RN-013-3-0-E609-000 NOTES #1 RTU-1 2000 1.0 1.17 VFD 1700 0.5 0.86 VFD 76.54 139.84 11.7 177.35 2000 92.4 77.4 49.94 49.74 R-410A 13.7 105.6 132.2 78.5 2000 970 13.15 37.51 92.4 77.4 86.46 73.08 75 62 23.64 38 30 70 2,437 13 7 31 460 34 ADDISON TRSA SIZE 160 THROUGH #21 NOTE: SCHEDULE VALUES ARE BASED ON AAON RN-013 UNIT MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH WITH THE 2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. THESE CODES SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS MINIMUM PROVIDING HIGHER GRADES OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WHERE REQUIRED. THE BASE CODES FOR THE 2010 EDITION OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE INCLUDE: THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2009 EDITION THE INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 2009 EDITION THE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE 2009 EDITION THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2008 EDITION INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2009 EDITION ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1-2004/2007 THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2009 EDITION 2. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE DIAGRAMMATICALLY THE EXTENT, GENERAL CHARACTER AND LOCATION OF WORK INCLUDED. WORK INDICATED, BUT HAVING MINOR DETAILS OMITTED, SHALL BE PROVIDED INCLUDING THESE DETAILS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. 3. ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, APPROVALS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORK SHALL BE SHALL BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR THE WORK, COMPLETE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. 5. PROVIDE ALL TESTS AS REQUIRED BY THE 2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL, ENERGY CONSERVATION & PLUMBING CODES. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY AND INCLUDE ALL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION OF INDICATED MECHANICAL HVAC SYSTEMS. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE ANY MINOR INTERFERENCES, INCLUDING CONDUIT, HANGERS, ETC., AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 9. PROVIDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF BUILDING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK. 10. ANY CUTTING AND PATCHING THRU RATED WALLS SHALL BE DONE AND COMPLETED AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH U.L. 11. PROVIDE ALL HOLES AND SLEEVES FOR INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL WORK. 12. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, PARTITIONS, WALLS AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT PRESSURE CONTROLLER 48 INCHES A.F.F. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS. 15. COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL, ROOF PENETRATIONS, CURB LOCATIONS, ETC. WITH ARCHITECTURAL TRADE. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND GUIDES. SUBMIT PROPOSED METHODS OF ANCHORING AND GUIDING TO STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING STEEL, ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 18. PROVIDE SPRING TYPE VIBRATION ISOLATORS FOR ALL SUSPENDED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 19. PROVIDE SHEAVES CHANGES AS REQUIRED TO MEET FINAL TEST AND BALANCE CONDITIONS AND OPERATE SYSTEMS IN A QUIET AND EFFICIENT MANNER. 20. VOLTAGE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT IS TO BE VERIFIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 21. PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE LOCATED OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/PANELS. PROVIDE REQUIRED CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CLEARANCE. 22. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT. WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 23. VENTILATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALANCED BY AN APPROVED METHOD. SUCH BALANCING SHALL VERIFY THAT THE BALANCED SYSTEM IS CAPABLE SUPPLYING THE AIRFLOW RATES REQUIRED BY 2010 FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE, SECTION 403. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE BALANCE TEST REPORT PRIOR TO FINAL MECHANICAL INSPECTION. 24. ALL PIPING AND DUCTS IN FINISHED ROOMS OR SPACES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FURRED CHASES OR SUSPENDED CEILING. 25. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SHEET METAL. 1ST FIGURE OF DUCT SIZE INDICATES DIMENSION OF FACE SHOWN. 26. ACCESS PANELS IN SUSPENDED CEILING. ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL VALVES, TRAPS, DAMPERS, CLEANOUTS, CONTROLS, ETC., AND SHALL BE FURNISHED BY EACH TRADE INSTALLING VALVES, DAMPERS ETC. AND INSTALLED UNDER ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 27. CEILING DIFFUSER SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS ARE NECK SIZES. 28. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. 29. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE 5'-0" MAXIMUM. 30. CONSTRUCTION OF ALL DUCTS MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE. DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL NOT FLAME, GLOW, SMOLDER, OR SMOKE WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C411 AND SECTION 604.3 OF THE MECHANICAL CODE. FLEXIBLE DUCTS AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181 AND BE LABELED WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS BEING LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF 5 FEET. DUCTS MUST BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2O09 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE. RIGID DUCTS MUST BE SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10 FEET. ALL AIR FILTERS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AND MEET THE APPLICABLE STANDARD REFERENCE IN THE MECHANICAL CODE. 31. SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEM PIPING MUST MEET THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SPACING PROVISIONS IN THE RESPECTIVE MECHANICAL. 32. ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OPENINGS ARE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET FROM PLUMBING VENTS OR EXHAUST FAN DISCHARGE. 33. BALANCING DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR EACH BRANCH AND DIFFUSER TAKEOFF. 47. ALL RETURN SHALL BE DUCTED RETURN. CEILING CAVITY IS NOT USED AS PLENUM CHAMBER. 48. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 49. ALL GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CEILING IN WHICH THEY ARE INSTALLED. 50. PROVIDE PRESSURE CONTROLLER WITH THERMOSTAT AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY SENSOR. LOCATION OF CONTROLLER SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE TYPE. 51. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECTS/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE UPDATED AND REPRODUCIBLE OF EACH SUBMITTED OWNER FOR RECORD. 52. REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE INSULATED. PROVIDE 1'0 PVC DRAIN LINE FROM COOLING COIL TO NEAREST ROOF DRAIN OR GUTTER. 53. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEETMETAL AND SHALL BE AS PER SMACNA STANDARDS. ALL CONCEALED SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED. 54. ALL EXHAUST DISCHARGE POINTS SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0" AWAY FROM ANY FREASH AIR INTAKES OR WINDOWS. 55. ALL REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE COPPER AND JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED. 56. NOISE LEVELS AT LOT LINES SHALL NOT EXCEED 55 DB. 57. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXPERIENCED WELL TRAINED WORKERS COMPETENT TO COMPLETE THE WORK AS SPECIFIED AND WITHIN SCHEDULED TIME PERIOD. 1. VARIABLE CAPACITY COMPRESSORS FOR UNLOADING DOWN TO 10% OF NOMINAL CIRCUIT TONNAGE. 2. AIR SOURCE HEAT PUMP CONFIGURATION 3. ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL WITH WHEEL ROTATION DETECTION. 4. FACTORY WIRED CONVENIENCE OUTLET AND DISCONNECT. OUTLET TO REMAIN ACTIVE WHEN DISCONNECT IS OFF. 5. REMOTE START/STOP TERMINALS. 6. SUPPLY FAN WITH VFD AND PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTOR. 7. EXHAUST FAN WITH VFD AND PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTOR. 8. 2' MERV 8 PRE -FILTER AND 4" MERV 13 FINAL FILTER. 9. MODULATING HOT GAS REHEAT FOR HUMIDITY CONTROL TO 70F (ADJ.) DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE. 10. HEAD PRESSURE CONTROLLED VFD-DRNEN CONDENSER FANS. 11. NON -FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 12. FACTORY MOUNTED RETURN AIR AND SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DETECTORS. 13. PHASE AND BROWNOUT PROTECTION DEVICE. 14. REMOTE SAFETY SHUTDOWN TERMINALS FOR LIFE SAFETY. 15. MAKEUP AIR HEAT PUMP UNIT CONTROLLER. 16. HOT GAS RE -HEAT COIL 17. FACTORY PROVIDED CONTROLS - WITH BACNET COMMUNICATION INTERFACE 18. 14" ROOF CURB 19. PIPING VESTIBULE 20. PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS - SUPPLY AND RETURN 21. REMOTE CONTROL PANEL SUMMARY EXHAUST SCHEDULE SPACE INFORMATION CODE REQUIRED EXHAUST DESIGN CRITERIA PLAN REQUIREMENTS EXHAUST EXHAUST RATE EXHAUST EXHAUST EXHAUST EXHAUST SPACE AREA RATE (WC/UR/SH) FLOW RATE FLOW FLOW EXHAUST & MAKE MEETS NUMBER SPACE NAME SPACE OCCUPANCY [SF] [CFM/SF] [CFM] [CFM] [CFM/SF] [CFM] [CFM] UP AIR SYSTEM CODE YES MAIN LEVEL 249 MICROLAB LABORATORIES 313 SF 1 0 CFM 313 CFM 1.33 416 CFM 960 CFM RTU-1 Yes 250 QC LAB LABORATORIES 775 SF 1 0 CFM 775 CFM 1.33 1031 CFM 1031 CFM RTU-1 Yes EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TYPE MARK MARK SERVICE LOCATION FAN TYPE CFM ESP ELECTRICAL DATA WEIGHT BASIS OF DESIGN REMARKS MOTOR HP I VOLTAGE I PHASE EF 1 AUTOCLAVE HOOD ROOF MTD UPBLAST 500 CFM 0.6 1/6 120 V 1 132 GREENHECK NOTE 1, 2 CENTRIFUGAL CUE-090-VG EF EX CHEMICAL FUME HOOD MEZZANINE INLINE 800 CFM - - 120 V N/A EXISTING TO EXISTING, VERIFY IN FIELD FOR CAPACITY, INLET SIZE AND REMAIN CONFIGUARATION. 1. PROVIDE W/ ECM MOTOR & MANUAL MOTOR SPEED CONTROL WITH AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF TIMER. ECM MOTOR SHALL HAVE "0-10V CONTROL INPUTS" FOR COORDINATION WITH CONTROL CONTRACTOR. 2. APPROVED EQUAL MANUFACTURERS: CARNES, PENN VENTILATION SCHEDULE SPACE IDENTIFICATION CODE OA REQUIREMENTS CODE REQUIRED OA PLAN REQUIREMENTS AREA PEOPLE OUTDOOR OUTDOOR BREATHING ZONE AIR ZONE ZONE AIR RATE, AIR RATE, ZONE ZONE OUTDOOR DISTRIB. OUTDOOR ACTUAL PRIMARY ZONE PRIMARY AREA, Az Ra Rp DENSITY POPULATION, AIR FLOW, EFFECTIVENESS, AIR FLOW, SUPPLY, AIR FLOW, AIR FRACTION, SYSTEM ZONE ZONE OCCUPANCY [SF] [CFM/SF] [CFM/PRS] PPL / 1 K SF PZ Vbz Ez VOz Vdzd VpZ Zp TAG MICROLAB LABORATORY 313 SF 1 0.18 1 10 1 6.3 1 1.97 76 CFM 0.8 95 CFM 1040 CFM 1040 CFM 0.09 RTU-1 QC LAB LABORATORY 775 SF 1 0.18 1 10 1 5.14 1 3.99 179 CFM 0.8 224 CFM 960 CFM 960 CFM 0.23 RTU-1 DIFFUSERS & GRILLES TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES BASIS OF DESIGN REMAKRS R1 AEROBLADE RETURN GRILLE 45 DEG DEFLECTION ALUMINUM TITUS 3F NOTE 1, 2 S1 24 INCH SQUARE PLAQUE CEILING SUPPLY ALUMINUM TITUS OMNI NOTE 1, 2 S2 24x48 INCH HIGH VOLUME, LOW VELICITY, 1-WAY PATTERN RADIAL AIR DIFFUSION ALUMINUM TITUS TRITEC NOTE 1, 2 1. SEE DRAWINGS FOR INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSER NECK SIZES 2. APPROVED EQUAL MANUFACTURERS: PRICE, NAILOR RETURN AIR FLOW CONTROL DAMPERS SYSTEM SIZE TYPE CONTROL TORQUE 0 - 900 TIME WATTS REMARKS RETURN I SEE PLAN OPOSED BLADE MOTORIZED 30 IN -LB 1.5 SEC 25 10 -10 VDC SIGNAL TO PRESSURE CONTROLLER PROVIDED WITH TSI FAST ACTING ELECTRIC ACTUATOR TERMINAL UNITS - SINGLE DUCT SCHEDULE TYPE MARK MARK SERVES AIR FLOW RATE CAPACITY DESIGN HTG COIL AIR FLOW ELECTRIC DATA CONTROL TYPE BASIS OF DESIGN REMARKS VOLTAGE REHEAT CAPACITY VAV 1 MICROLAB 1040 CFM 1040 CFM 277 V 6500 W SCR NAILOR D30HQE VAV 2 QC LAB 960 CFM 960 CFM 277 V 6500 W SCR NAILOR D30HQE AMBIENT NOISE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS: AMBIENT NOISE FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED NOISE CRITERIA CURVE (NC) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS OFFICE AND CONFERENCE ROOMS - NC35 AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST HOOD MARK TYPE WIDTH [IN] LENGTH [IN] EXHAUST [CFM] VELOCITY [FPM] COLLAR SIZE SP [W.C.] WEIGHT [LBS] MFD & MODEL REMARKS HD-1 I TYPE II 1 36 1 40 1 500 1 500 1 12"X12" 1 0.04 1 100 1 GREENHECK GD2 I W/ SINGLE CONDENSATE BAFFLE AND END SKIRTS MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 [r/WoNr�e-s:t1ders � ®O s 74241 OF o • ��A �ejlfa9�.beaaa�� �� 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES GiPSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteingbbal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK MECHANICAL NOTES & SCHEDULES M-1 02 2 .te A. Epstein and Sons IMem flDnal, Inc. Ail rWb reserved. EXHAUST AIR OUTSIDE AIR INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY (VAV - COOLING/HUMIDIFICATION AHU) EQUIPMENT MOUNTED PANELS 0 BINARY INPUT 0 BINARY OUTPUT 0 ANALOG INPUT Ao ANALOG OUTPUT EQUIPMENT: SOUTH: AHU-1 NORTH: AHU-2 OCUPANCY SCHEDULE: OCCUPIED: 7AM - 6PM M-F (ADJ) UNOCCUPIED: OTHERWISE +HOLIDAYS POINT ID POINT DESCRIPTION 1 SUPPLY FAN STATUS X 2 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN STATUS X 3 EXHAUST DAMPER STATUS X 4 SUPPLY AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY X 5 FILTER STATUS X 6 SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DETECTOR X 7 RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR X 8 RETURN/EXHAUST AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY X 9 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN VFD CONTROL POINT ADJ X 10 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN START/STOP X 11 RELIEF EXHAUST DAMPER OPEN/CLOSE X 12 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN STATUS X 13 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN VFD FAULT X 14 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN START/STOP X 15 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN VFD CONTROL POINT ADJ X 16 LIQUID LINE SELENOID VALVE STATUS X 17 LIQUID LINE SELENOID VALVE OPEN/CLOSE X 18 HOT GAS SELENOID VALVE STATUS X 19 HOT GAS SELENOID VALVE OPEN/CLOSE X 20 SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY X 21 OUTSIDE AIR DRY BULB X 22 OUTSIDE AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITY X 23 RETURN/EXHAUST AIR DRY BULB X 24 ERW LEAVING SUPPLY AIR DRY BULB X 25 SUPPLY AIR DRY BULB X 26 SUPPLY DUCT STATIC PRESSURE X 27 ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL START/STOP X 28 ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL STATUS X 29 ERW ENTERING EXHAUST AIR DRY BULB X 30 ERW LEAVING EXHAUST AIR DRY BULB X 31 OA DAMPER STATUS X 32 DIGITAL SCROLL START/STOP X 33 DIGITAL SCROLL MODULATE X 34 DIGITAL SCROLL STATUS X 35 REVERSING VALVE HEAT/COOL STATUS X 36 REVERSING VALVE HEAT/COOL CHANGEOVER X 37 RETURN DUCT STATIC PRESSURE X 38 SPACE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE X 39 OA DAMPER OPEN/CLOSE X Grand total: 39 30 29 0[—,3] 15 8 23 00 11 T T 2❑ 10 F7] RH T VFD SD 17 ES RETURN/ EXHAUST AIR [28] [3] 27 21 22 24 a Ag O O O T RH T 12 14 H L VFD SUPPLY AIR C9�■C7o GENERAL NOTES: CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING AND INSTALLATION FOR REMOTE MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES. ALL SETPOINTS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE. PID CONTROL LOOPS SHALL HAVE PROGRAMMABLE PROPORTIONAL, INTEGRAL AND DERIVATIVE COEFFICIENTS. THE AIR VALVE WILL MODULATE USING A PID CONTROL LOOP. THE ELECTRIC REHEAT CONTROLLER WILL MODULATE USING A SEPARATE PID CONTROL LOOP. PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNIT: SINGLE ZONE, DX COOLING W/ HEAT PUMP, HOT GAS RE -HEAT AND LIQUID SUB COOLING, VARIABLE VOLUME, ECONOMIZER, ROOF MOUNTED AIR HANDLING UNIT. SYSTEM MODES INCLUDE COOLING, DEHUMIDIFICATION, ECONOMIZER AND HEAT PUMP MODE. SCHEDULE FOR OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED CONDITIONS IS AVAILABLE. INCLUDE OPTIMUM START AND SUPPLY TEMPERATURE RESET. ECONOMIZER MODE: IF OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN 45°F, ENTHALPY WHEEL TURNS OFF. DEHUMIDIFICATION MODES: LIQUID SUB -COOLING FOR COOLING AND DEHUMIDIFICATION AND HOT GAS REHEAT FOR LOW DEMAND LOAD AND DEHUMIDIFICATION. EACH CIRCUIT CAN OPERATE IN EACH OF THE THREE MODES INDEPENDENTLY. ZONE THERMORSTATS IN CONJUNCTION WITH BOTH RETURN AIR RH SENSOR AND REPORTED RH FROM ZONE PRESSURE CONTROLLER, WHICHEVER HIS HIGHER, DETERMINE THE MODE OF OPERATION. RTU OPERATES AT 100% OUTSIDE AIR. IF OUTDOOR ENTHALPY SENSOR IS LESS THAN 20.0 BTU/LB (ADJUSTABLE), THE UNIT SHALL GO INTO ECONOMIZER MODE. RTU SUPPLY FAN WITH VFD VARIES AIRFLOW IN UNOCCUPIED MODE. SUPPLY FAN OPERATES AT COSTANT FLOW DURING OCCUPIED MODE. THE RTU EXHAUST FAN WITH VFD MODULATE RETURN/EXHAUST AIR FLOW TO MAINTAIN A DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SET POINT LOCATED TWO-THIRDS OF THE WAY UPSTREAM IN THE MAIN RETURN TRUNK. SUPPLY TEMPERATURE RESET SHALL UTILIZE TRIM AND RESPOND LOGIC WITHIN THE RANGE 55 to 70OF TO MINIMIZE THE AMOUNT OF ZONE RE -HEAT WHEN OPERATING IN COOLING MODE. THE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RESETS NO MORE FREQUENT THAN AT 5 MIN INTERVAL. WHEN BOTH ZONES CALL FOR HEATING, THE RTU REFRIGERATION SYSTEM OPERATES IN HEAT PUMP MODE WITH THE AIR SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SET AS NECESSARY TO MINIMIZE THE AMOUNT OF ZONE RE -HEAT. ENTHALPY RECOVERY WHEEL (ERW) OPERATES AT CONSTANT SPEED AND TURNS OFF WHEN RTU ENTERS ECONOMIZER MODE AND ERW SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 48 OF (ADJ) TO AVOID TOO HIGH ERW SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE INCREASE RESULTING IN UNECESSARY MECHANICAL COOLING. ERW ALSO TURNS OFF IF THE RTU EXHAUST FAN SHUTS DOWN. A DIGITAL SCROLL COMPRESSOR MODULATES SYSTEM CAPACITY TO MEET SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL STOP THE FAN WHEN ALARMED. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE SWITCH SHALL STOP THE FAN WHEN ALARMED. 38 20 SPACE SENSOR LOCATED RH SENSORS AS FOLLOWS: RETURN DUCT SPACE (MICROLAB ROOM & QC LAB ROOM) UTILIZE VAV BOX DATA FOR SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RESET RETURN AIR 25 O a T RH SD LIJI.AIC JIAI Il. PROBE 2/3 DOWN DUCT RUN. INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY (VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL BOX) EQUIPMENT MOUNTED PANELS 0 BINARY INPUT 0 BINARY OUTPUT 0 ANALOG INPUT Ao ANALOG OUTPUT POINT ID POINT DESCRIPTION 1 PRIMARY AIR FLOW STATION X 2 ROOM TEMPERATURE X 3 USER TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT X 4 ROOM PRESSURE X 5 RELATIVE HUMIDITY X 6 OCCUPANCY OVERRIDE SWITCH X 7 PRIMARY AIR DAMPER MODULATE X 8 ELECTRIC REHEAT MODULATE (SCR) X 9 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE X 10 RETURN AIR FLOW STATION X 11 RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE X 12 RETURN AIR DAMPER MODULATE X Grand total: 12 SUPPLY AIR FROM RTU A7 TO RTU ZONE PRESSURE CONTROLLER, TSI RPC30, WITH PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSORS AND TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (ADJ.) AND OCCUPANCY OVERRIDE /a . 11 Aio SUPPLY AIR RETURN AIR GENERAL NOTES: CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING AND INSTALLATION FOR REMOTE MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES. ALL SETPOINTS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE. PID CONTROL LOOPS SHALL HAVE PROGRAMMABLE PROPORTIONAL, INTEGRAL AND DERIVATIVE COEFFICIENTS. THE AIR VALVE WILL MODULATE USING A PID CONTROL LOOP. THE ELECTRIC REHEAT CONTROLLER WILL MODULATE USING A SEPARATE PID CONTROL LOOP. OCCUPIED: THERMOSTAT SETPOINT: 70 OF HEATING AND 75' COOLING. VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL BOX WITH ELECTRIC REHEAT THE SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT DELIVERS A CONSTANT AIRFLOW TO THE SPACE DURING OCCUPIED MODE TO MEET SPACE LOAD AND ACHIEVE A MINIMUM OF 10 AIR CHANGES, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. THE VAV TERMINAL ELECTRIC REHEAT COILS ARE UNDER CONTROL OF THE ZONE'S PRESSURE CONTROLLER PROVIDED WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR (THERMOSTAT). HEATING: ON A DECREASE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW HEATING SETPOINT (ADJUSTABLE), ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL WITH SCR MODULATES TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. THE ZONE REHEAT COILS ARE MONITORED AND THE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE IS INCREASED UNTIL THE REHEAT COIL OF THE ZONE WITH LEAST HEATING LOAD MODULATES OFF WHILE MAINTAINING SPACE TEMPERATURE SET POINT. REHEAT FOR OTHER ZONE ALSO MODULATE ACCORDINGLY TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. COOLING: ON AN INCREASE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ABOVE COOLING SETPOINT (ADJUSTABLE) THE RTU SYSTEM SHALL BE SIGNALED TO ADJUST THE COOLING AIR SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. ZONE REHEAT SHOULD BE OFF. A TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEADBAND OF +/- 5°F (ADJ) SHALL BE SET TO ELIMINATE EXCESSIVE CYCLING OF HEATING AND COOLING. RETURN AIR DAMPER: THE AIRFLOW DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEN SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN (AIR BALANCE) IS DETERMINED BY THE PRESSURE CONTROLLER. FAST ACTUATING DAMPERS MODULATE DAMPER POSITION TO VARY RETURN AIR AND MAINTAIN PRESSURE SETPOINTS OF +0.01" W.C. POSITIVE PRESSURE FOR QA LAB RELATIVE TO THE WAREHOUSE AND +0.02" W.C. POSITIVE PRESSURE FOR MICROLAB RELATIVE TO THE WAREHOUSE. UPON MANUAL ACTIVATION OF CHEMICAL FUME EXHAUST HOOD (W/ BYPASS), THE MOTORIZED DAMPER OPENS AND EXISTING EXHAUST FAN ACTIVATES TO OPERATE AT FUME HOOD'S MAXIMUM COSTANT FLOW. UPON MANUAL ACTIVATION OF AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST HOOD, THE MOTORIZED DAMPER OPENS AND THE EXHAUST FAN WITH ECM ACTIVATES AND OPERATES AT USER ADJUSTABLE AIRFLOW UP TO 500 CFM. AN ADJUSTABLE TIMER AUTOMATICALLY SHUTS DOWN THE FAN AND CLOSES THE MOTORIZED EXHAUST DAMPER. UPON ACTIVATION OF LAB EQUIPMENT EXHAUST, THE RETURN AIR DAMPER IS CAPABLE TO MODULATE DOWN TO LOW FLOW AND WILL CLOSE SHUT AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SPACE PRESSURIZATION. WHEN OCCUPANCY OVERRIDE SWITCH IS ENERGIZED, THE TERMINAL BOX CONTROL SHALL CHANGE TO OCCUPIED MODE FOR 2HRS (ADJUSTABLE). THERMOSTAT SETBACK SETPOINT: 65 OF HEATING AND 780 COOLING. ZONE TERMINAL SUPPLY BOX: SUPPLY AIRFLOW TO THE SPACE IS MODULATED FROM ITS MINIMUM AIRFLOW TO MEET TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. MINIMUM AIR FLOW IS EQUIVALENT TO 5 AIR CHANGES AS FOLLOWS: MICROLAB = 215 CFM QA LAB = 520 CFM THE ZONE REHEAT MODULATES TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. RTU SUPPLY WILL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT TWO-THIRDS FROM RTU DOWNSTREAM IN THE MAIN SUPPLY TRUNK. ZONE RETURN DAMPER: DAMPER MODULATES TO TRACK THE SUPPLY AIR TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED AIR BALANCE UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE PRESSURE CONTROLLER AND MAINTAIN ROOM PRESSURIZATION. PRESSURE SETPOINTS ARE +0.01" W.C. POSITIVE PRESSURE FOR QA LAB RELATIVE TO THE WAREHOUSE AND + 0.02" W.C. POSITIVE PRESSURE FOR MICROLAB RELATIVE TO THE WAREHOUSE. RTU EXHAUST FANS WILL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT TWO-THIRDS FROM RTU UPSTREAM IN THE MAIN RETURN TRUNK. RELATIVE HUMIDITY WILL BE MONITORED AND RTU WILL BE SIGNALED TO ENTER DEHUMIDIFICATION MODE WHEN EITHER PRESSURE CONTROLLER WITH RH SENSOR IN THE SPACE OR RH SENSOR IN THE RETURN DUCT REPORT ABOVE 55% RH. UPON ACTIVATION OF LAB EQUIPMENT EXHAUST, THE SYSTEM SWITCHES TO OCCUPIED MODE. INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY (LAB EQUIPMENT EXHAUST) EQUIPMENT MOUNTED PANELS [:fl0o BINARY INPUT BINARY OUTPUT O ANALOG INPUT Ao ANALOG OUTPUT POINT ID POINT DESCRIPTION 1 AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST FAN DAMPER OPEN/CLOSE X 2 AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST FAN DAMPER STATUS X 3 AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST FAN STATUS X 4 AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST FAN START/STOP X 5 AUTOCLAVE EXH FAN ECM MOTOR CTRL ADJ X 6 FUME HOOD EXH. FAN DAMPER OPEN/CLOSE X 7 FUME HOOD EXHAUST FAN DAMPER STATUS X 8 FUME HOOD EXHAUST FAN STATUS X 9 FUME HOOD EXHAUST FAN START/STOP X 10 ROOM TEMPERATURE X 11 USER TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT X Grand total: 11 0 n EHXUAST AIR EF E EX S [7] MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 FROM CHEMICAL EHXUAST AIR FUME HOOD Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 GENERAL NOTES: CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING AND INSTALLATION FOR REMOTE MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES. AUTOCLAVE EXHAUST FAN: AUTOCLAVE EHXUAST FAN IS EQUIPPED WITH VARIABLE SPEED ECM MOTOR, AND SHALL BE FACTORY PRE-PROGRAMMED FOR AIRFLOW UP TO 500 CFM AND SOFT START AND SOFT STOP CAPABILITY. UPON MANUAL ACTIVATION, THE INTERLOCKED LOW LEAKAGE EXHAUST DAMPER OPENS BEFORE ECM FAN MOTOR STARTS. FAN MOTOR GRADUALLY RAMPS UP (SOFT START) AT A CONSTANT RATE OF 80 RPM UP TO USER ADJUSTABLE SPEED SETTING. EXHAUST FAN OPERATES FOR THE DURATION OF TIME INTERVAL SET AT THE TIMER (ADJUSTABLE) AND RAMPS DOWN (SOFT STOP) AT A CONSTANT RATE OF 80 RPM BEFORE SHUTTING OFF. EXHAUST DAMPER CLOSES TIGHT SHUT. CHEMICAL FUME HOOD EXHAUST FAN: UPON MANUAL ACTIVATION, THE INTERLOCKED LOW LEAKAGE EXHAUST DAMPER OPENS BEFORE FAN MOTOR STARTS. FAN MOTOR CONTINUOUSLY OPERATES UNTIL MANUALLY SHUT DOWN. EXHAUST DAMPER CLOSES SHUT TIGHT. WALL MOUNTED GREENHECK VAR[ -GREEN REMOTE DIAL CONTROL WITH SEPARATE DIGITAL ADJUSTABLE TIMER. ALTERNATE: WALL MOUNTED COMPATIBLE 0-10V SIGNAL MOTOR SPEED CONTROL WITH INTEGRATED TIMER AND ODIGITAL DISPLAY AND WITH ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. FROM ADJ MOTOR 10 AUTOCLAVE SPEED EXHAUST HOOD TIMER (ADJ) 11 ES Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrtiills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 Festld Waters C. � A 1 F! .4� m 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN 5i Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK MECHANICAL CONTROLS M-103 2.44% A. Epstein and Sons inWrarional, Inc. All rights reserved. Modulating Modulating Bypass Valve ,� Reheat valve Digital Compressor 00 0 y 0 v 4 0 0 a = 10 0 Iz 00 Varlspeed Controller Condenser Fan e (N.C.) o — _ Subcoolin t) 8 0 Solenoid o` 01 '50 (N,O.) w o d 0� I cn ¢F1 Filter Drier 4 Lj Strainer Reheat Solenoid strictor Check Valve TX Valve Sightglass Accumulator MODULATING REHEAT PLUS SUBCOOLING WITH DIGITAL SCROLL COMPRESSOR AA )WALE. N.T.S. MECHANICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. BIDDERS ARE TO VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE WORK. THE SUBMISSION OF A BID WILL BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUTNERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORSEEN HAD AN EXAMINATION BEEN MADE, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. LOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, AND PIPE ROUTES MAY DEVIATE SLIGHTLY FROM WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, EXACT SIZES OF EXISTING DUCT AND PIPING, ETC. BEFORE DEMOLITION WORK IS BEGUN. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN PLANS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK. 3. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR ITEMS IN THEIR SCOPE OF WORK WHICH WOULD REQUIRE ELECTRICAL WORK (DISCONNECTION/RECONNECTION, ETC.) AND ARE NOT INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIXING EXISTING DEFICIENCIES, BUT THESE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE OWNER'S ATTENTION AND RECORDED PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. FAILURE TO DO THIS WILL MAKE THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO REMEDY ALL DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE AIR FLOW READINGS ON EACH EXHAUST FAN INLET, DIFFUSER/GRILLE, AND AIR HANDLING UNIT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WORK. RECORD AND SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 6. REMOVE THE INDICATED HVAC ITEMS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. THIS INCLUDES ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, HANGERS, STRAPS AND RELATED MATERIAL. AS DIRECTED FROM OWNER, THIS MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE OR TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. 7. CAP AND SEAL AIR TIGHT ALL POINTS AT WHICH DUCTWORK IS REMOVED FROM DUCTWORK THAT WILL REMAIN. RE -INSULATE REMAINING DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ANY AND ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR THIS SCOPE OF WORK, RESTORING ALL SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION TO MATCH SURROUNDING FINISHES. PATCH AND REINFORCE OPENINGS IN WALLS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE WALL AND FLOORS WHERE DEVICES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. ALTERATIONS TO ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBER, EITHER STEEL OR CONCRETE, SHALL REQUIRED THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE OWNER. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AND INDICATE ROUTING OF NEW DUCTWORK BEFORE FABRICATION BEGINS AS RISES AND DROPS MAY BE NECESSARY DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 10. WHERE EQUIPMENT, DUCTS AND PIPES, CONTROL DEVICES, CONDUITS, CABLES, AND WIRING ARE DISCONNECTED FOR THE REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF EQUIPMENT OR BECAUSE OF BUILDING ALTERATIONS, THEY SHALL BE RECONNECTED, TESTED, AND MADE OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO HANDOVER. 11. WITH OWNER'S APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SUPPORTING FACILITIES NO LONGER NEEDED OR MADE OBSOLETE BY THE NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FURNISHED UNDER THIS SCOPE OF WORK. SUCH REMOVAL INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, EXPOSED CONDUIT RUNS AND WIRING BACK TO SOURCE AND SUPPORT BRACKETS AND ATTACHMENTS, FRAMES AND BASES, EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWITCHES, AND CONTROLS. REMOVAL OF PIPING SHALL INCLUDE ASSOCIATED VALVES. 12. WHERE EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN TO BE REMOVED, IT SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETE WITH ASSOCIATED PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING, CONDUITS AND WIRING, PNEMATIC AIR TUBING, ELECTRICAL DEVICES, ETC., BACK TO THE POINT WHERE THESE CONNECT TO THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. CAP AND TERMINATE PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND POWER SUPPLIES IN LEAK -TIGHT, SAFE MANNER AT THESE POINTS. 13. BEFORE REMOVING ANY EXISTING WORK ISOLATE IT FROM OPERATING SYSTEMS BY CLOSING SHUT-OFF VALVES OR CAPPING. OBSERVE EFFECT ON ADJACENT AREAS AND FACILITY OPERATIONS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER, IF NECESSARY, SCHEDULE THE WORK IN LIAISON WITH THE BUILDING ENGINEER TO SUIT FACILITY OPERATIONS. 14. EXISTING WALLS, FLOORS, PIPING, DUCTS, ETC., IN THE AREA OF WORK SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE; CEILINGS REMOVED FOR ACCESS SHALL BE REPLACED TO MATCH SURROUNDING, COMPLETE WITH TEES, UNSCRATCHED, CONTINUOUS IN A NEAT MANNER. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE THE LABELS OF ANY EXISTING VALVES TO BE REPLACED AND RECORD THEM ON THE DRAWINGS AND KEEP FOR INSTALLATION ON NEW VALVES. PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION, MARK-UP A COPY OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WITH EXISTING VALVE TAG DATA. THIS COPY SHALL BE KEPT ON SITE AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND HANDED OVER TO OWNER AT HANDOVER. 16. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTES, ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN OR SPECIFIED TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PROJECT SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGULATION OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BY OWNER TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE REMOVED AND STORED, UNDAMGED, BY THE CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. ANY DAMAGE CAUSED SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE CONTRACT. 17. VACCUM AND KEEP CLEAN ALL AREAS ON THE BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION. WORK SHALL BE DONE WITHOUT CAUSING UNREASONABLE DUST AND NOISE NUISANCE IN ADJACENT OCCUPIED SPACES. MAIN DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCT TO TROFFER OR DIFFUSER SHEET METAL AS REQUIRED 5 \CIRCULAR BRANCH CONNECTION �1 O SCALE. N.T.S. tio DRAIN PAN DRAIN PAN CONNECTION (38.1mm FPT) NIPPLE TEE CLEANOUT PLUG + NIPPLE DROP - SEE NOTE — PITCH UNION NIPPLE 'Y'+25.4mm=LEG DISCHARGE MUST BE BELOW LEVEL OF DRAIN PAN. RETURN BEND Y= DISCHARGE PRESSURE OF FAN (POSITIVE INTERNAL S.P.) NOTE APPLICABLE TO BLOW-THRU COIL ARRANGEMENTS 25.4mm MIN. DROP REQUIRED, USE OF STANDARD FITTINGS SHOWN EXCEEDS THIS MINIMUM. GALVANIZED SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING 6 CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP FOR COIL DRAIN PAN BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR SPONGE COMPRESSIBLE FILLER BY HVAC CONTRACTOR TOP/CURB ELEVANOIT= LEVEL LINED TAPERED PRE-FAB CURB WITH 40mm RIGID INSULATION, BY HVAC CONTRACTOR. (SEE HVAC DETAIL) CURB HEIGHT VARIES (SITS ON DECK & PITCHES WITH o ROOF. TOP/CURB TO BE LEVEL) 18 GA. GALV. STEEL LINER & 20mm0 TYP. ROOF CONSTRUCTION BURGLER BARS AT 200mm O.C. BOTH WAYS FOR OPENINGS 300mmx300mm OR LARGER BY HVAC CONTRACTOR STEEL ANGLE FRAME - SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. ATTACH DECK TO ANGLE CURB TO SIT ON METAL DECK (TYPICAL 4 SIDES) / 2 \ROOF CURB EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL -� AIR FLOW 4 TYPICAL BRANCH DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL -1 O SCALE. N.T.S. SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR DUCT AIR FLOW FLEX MASTER, SPIN -IN COLLAR WITH EXTRACTOR. FITTING OR APPROVED EQUAL. BALANCING DAMPER SEAL WITH MASTIC AND DUCT TAPE ROUND RIGID OR FLEXIBLE DUCT AS SHOWN ON PLAN ri� TYPICAL ROUND TAKE -OFF DETAIL 10 �SCALE: N.T.S. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BY HVAC CONTRACTOR 0 M _104N SCALE. N.T.S. ROOF CURB DESIGN GUIDELINES: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS BY LM CURBS OR EQUAL, AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. NEW CURBS TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH SPECIFIED RTU AND EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM. CURBS TO ACCOMMODATE ROOF SLOPE SO THAT RTU IS LEVEL. PROVIDE INTEGRAL CRICKET FOR ROOF DRAINAGE ON HIGH SIDE OF OPENINGS. CURBS TO BE DESIGNED AND ANCHORED USING THE PROVISIONS OF THE 2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, WITH AN ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND VELOCITY OF 140MPH. INSTALL CURBS PER MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS AS WELL AS SMACNA MANUAL GUIDELINES. DO NOT VOID ANY EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES DUE TO INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOF PENETRATION. SCALE: N.T.S. FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECT EXTEND DUCT UP TO FAN FAN CONTROL ROOF CUJRB�i RELAY/STARTER ROOF POWER FEEDER CONTROL R MOTORIZED DAMPER FEEDER FRAME OPENING AS REQ'D FOR FAN EXHAUST DUCT. SEE INSTALLATION. AVOID CUTTING PLANS FOR SIZE. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 7 EXHAUST FAN DETAIL L10 SCALE N.T.S. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 FULL RADIUS WHERE POSSIBLE (R = W) W F__R UCT CONSTRUCTION LS FOR CONNECTIONS 20 DEGREES MAXIMUM ON DIVERGING FLOW 30 DEGREES MAXIMUM <_ ON CONVERGING FLOW AIR FLOW AIR FLOW IF W1 DOES NOT EQUAL W2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS MUST BE MADE IN VANE SHAPE OR ANGLE OF ENTRY AND EXIT THIS APPLIES TO ALL TYPES OF VANES. STANDARD RADIUS ELBOW R=W SPIN IN BELLMOUTH FITTING WITH VOLUME DAMPER. TYPICAL FOR TAKE OFF TO DIFFUSERS (r T r� W1 rr I`-- W2 STRAIGHT TAP CLINCH LOCK SET SCREW SUB BRANCH R=3/4W A X D1 AIR o R=A+3/4W FLOW x MAIN BRANCH SUB BRANCH FLEXIBLE DUCT 45 DEGREE CLINCH COLLAR - SPLITTERS ARE NOT USED AT THIS TYPE OF ENTRY i� r( r( ACCESS DOOR )ME DAMPER 45 DEGRE r9' CONSTRUCTION DETAILS zjo SCNE N.T.S. MANUAL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER (OMIT ON VAV TERMINALS). INSULATED FLEX DUCT -FULL SIZE, MAX. LENGTH 5'-0" 2 U_ o VOLUME DAMPER (TYPICAL) FLAT ON BOTTOM AIR FLOW 200 MAXIMUM VERTICAL RETURN DUCT = 1/4 W, 100mm MIN. ENTRY G A I l.iV RI V CRJ ROUND DUCT LAY -IN DIFFUSER OR LOUVER FACE, W/ ROUND, SQUARE, OR RECTANGULAR NECK AS CALLED LAY -IN CEILING TILE FOR, THROW AS CALLED FOR, INSULATED OVER IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES AND NON RETURN AIR CEILINGS. MAIN DUCT TO DIFFUSER CONNECTION Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 N.T.S. Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 estle Waters CORNER FILLER PIECE OR USE GASKET HINGE OR R MAIN BRANC SPUTTER MAY BE USED INSULATED DUCT -FULL SIZE AS CALLED FOR 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09-03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: LK SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" DRAWN BY: JK CHECKED BY: LK MECHANICAL DETAILS M-1 04 A. Epstein and Sons Intematbnal, Inc. All rights reserved. MtN / rN tng/neer EPSTEIN VOSIgn Arcni'tect EPSTEIN Nestle waters NOrtn Amenca Nestle Waters North America 600 West Fulton 600 West Fulton 4330 20th Street Chicago, IL 60661 Chicago, IL 60661 Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 312.454.9100 312.454.9100 972.462.3663 r I e tle 9 Waters •3 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: VD SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD PLUMBING LEGEND AND NOTES P-001- A. Epstein and Sons Imam tonal, Inc. AY lights reserved. .L- PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, DRAWINGS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. DESCRIPTION: PLUMBING INSULATION IS INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE WORK NECESSARY AND INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. SCHEDULES: REQUIRED TYPES AND APPLICATIONS OF MECHANICAL INSULATION INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, MATERIALS AND APPLICATION LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE - SCHEDULES, AT END OF THIS SECTION. D. RELATED WORK: 1. SLEEVES. 2. FIRESTOPPING. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: ONE OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED FOR RESPECTIVE PRODUCT IN PART 2 OF THIS SECTION. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DETAILING, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXTENT, TYPE AND QUALITY REQUIRED FOR WORK AND SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. C. FLAME AND SMOKE RATINGS: 1. PROVIDE FOR ALL INDOOR INSTALLATIONS COMPOSITE MECHANICAL INSULATION (JACKETS, COVERINGS, SEALERS, MASTICS AND ADHESIVES) WITH FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 OR LESS, WHEN EVALUATED MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E84 (NFPA 255). 2. EXCEPTION: OUTDOOR MECHANICAL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 75 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 150. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF INSULATION. SUBMIT SCHEDULE SHOWING PRODUCT NUMBER OF MANUFACTURER, K-VALUE, THICKNESS, JACKET AND FURNISHED ACCESSORIES FOR EACH MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIRING INSULATION. B. MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT MAINTENANCE DATA AND REPLACEMENT MATERIAL LISTS FOR EACH TYPE OF MECHANICAL INSULATION. INCLUDE DATA AND PRODUCT DATA IN MAINTENANCE MANUAL. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. DELIVER INSULATION, COVERINGS, CEMENTS, ADHESIVES AND COATINGS TO SITE IN CONTAINERS WITH MANUFACTURER STAMP OR LABEL, AFFIXED SHOWING FIRE HAZARD INDEXES OF PRODUCTS. B. PROTECT INSULATION AGAINST DIRT, WATER, AND CHEMICAL AND MECHANICAL DAMAGE. DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED OR WET INSULATION; REMOVE FROM PROJECT SITE. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS FIBER A. MATERIAL: INORGANIC GLASS FIBERS, BONDED WITH A THERMOSETTING RESIN. B. JACKET: FACTORY APPLIED FSK REINFORCED FOIL AND PAPER (FOIL -SCRIM KRAFT) OR AP (ALL-PURPOSE WHITE KRAFT BONDED TO ALUMINUM FOIL, REINFORCED WITH FIBER GLASS YARN) WITH A MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION RATING OF 0.02 PERMS MAXIMUM. 2.02 PIPE SADDLES A. PIPE SADDLES SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER INSULATED PIPING AT ALL SUPPORTS OR HANGERS AND BE ATTACHED BY BANDS TO THE INSULATION. B. SADDLES SHALL BE CONTOURED TO MATCH THE CURVATURE OF THE INSULATION AND PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR NOT LESS THAN THE LOWER 120 DEGREES OF THE PIPE INSULATION CIRCUMFERENCE. C. SADDLES SHALL BE MADE OF GALVANIZED STEEL AND CONSTRUCTED TO CONFORM TO FOLLOWING: PIPE SIZE (NPS-INCHES) GAGE LENGTH (INCHES) 3 AND UNDER 18 8 4 TO 6 16 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. SURFACE PREPARATION: CLEAN, DRY AND REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIALS SUCH AS RUST, SCALE AND DIRT. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. GENERAL: INSTALL WORK MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AS INDICATED BY FINAL REVIEWED SUBMITTALS FOR WORK, AND MEETING INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF MANUFACTURERS. CONSULT WITH MANUFACTURER FOR CONDITION NOT COVERED BY PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. B. REFER TO SCHEDULES AT END OF THIS SECTION FOR MATERIALS, FORMS, JACKETS AND THICKNESSES REQUIRED FOR EACH MECHANICAL SYSTEM. C. SELECT ACCESSORIES COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE FOR SERVICE. SELECT ACCESSORIES THAT DO NOT CORRODE, SOFTEN, OR OTHERWISE ATTACK INSULATION OR JACKET IN EITHER WET OR DRY STATE. D. INSTALL VAPOR BARRIERS ON INSULATED PIPES AND EQUIPMENT HAVING SURFACE OPERATING TEMPERATURES BELOW 60 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. E. APPLY INSULATION MATERIAL, ACCESSORIES AND FINISHES ACCORDING TO PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER. F. INSTALL INSULATION WITH SMOOTH, STRAIGHT AND EVEN SURFACES. G. SEAL JOINTS AND SEAMS TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER ON INSULATION REQUIRING A VAPOR BARRIER. H. SEAL PENETRATIONS FOR HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND OTHER PROJECTIONS IN INSULATION REQUIRING A VAPOR BARRIER. I. SEAL ENDS: EXCEPT FOR FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, TAPER ENDS AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE AND SEAL WITH LAGGING ADHESIVE. CUT ENDS OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION SQUARE AND SEAL WITH ADHESIVE. J. APPLY ADHESIVES AND COATINGS AT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATE. K. MAINTAIN INSULATION MATERIALS DRY DURING APPLICATION AND FINISHING. L. INSTALL INSULATION IN FIRST CLASS, NEAT, WORKMANLIKE MANNER. UNSATISFACTORY INSTALLATIONS WILL BE REJECTED AND SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. M. VERIFY THAT TESTS AND INSPECTIONS OF WORK TO BE INSULATED HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND TESTED, IF REQUIRED, BEFORE APPLICATION OF COVERING OR INSULATION. N. PROVIDE NECESSARY TARPAULINS, COVERING AND MEASURES REQUIRED TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT AND PREMISES AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILAGE WHEN APPLYING INSULATION. 0. PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS TO BE INSULATED SHALL BE DRY AND THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF ANY FOREIGN MATTER BEFORE INSULATION IS APPLIED. P. DO NOT COVER NAMEPLATES, STAMPING AND OTHER IDENTIFICATION PLATES ON EQUIPMENT. Q. SHUTOFF VALVES IN INSULATED LINES SHALL BE COMPLETELY COVERED, EXCEPT STEMS SHALL PROTRUDE. R. WHERE INSULATION IS TERMINATED OR NOT APPLIED OVER CERTAIN PORTIONS OF VARIOUS VALVES AND STRAINERS, AS STATED ABOVE, EXPOSED EDGE OF INSULATION AT OPENING AND ITEM BEING INSULATED SHALL BE THOROUGHLY AND COMPLETELY SEALED WITH A SUITABLE SEALING COMPOUND. S. INSTALL PIPE COVERING CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH FLOOR AND WALL SLEEVES, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. WHERE INSULATED LINES PENETRATE WALLS INTO AREAS THAT ALLOW REDUCED INSULATION THICKNESS OR NO INSULATION, HEAVIER MATERIALS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET BEFORE A CHANGE IN THICKNESS IS MADE. T. USE OF STAPLES FOR ANY PURPOSE IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED, AND NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR SERVICE TEMPERATURES BELOW 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. U. NO WHEAT PASTE, MOLD OR BACTERIA BREEDING, OR SUSTAINING, ORGANIC MATERIALS SHALL BE USED. V. PROVIDE NECESSARY EXPANSION OR CONTRACTION JOINTS IN INSULATION AND JACKETING TO ALLOW FOR DIMENSION CHANGES WHEN PIPE AND EQUIPMENT ARE PLACED IN SERVICE. 3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE INSULATION A. GENERAL: 1. TIGHTLY BUTT LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS. BOND WITH ADHESIVE. 2. STAGGER JOINTS ON DOUBLE LAYERS OF INSULATION. 3. APPLY INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY OVER FITTINGS, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FOR CHILLED WATER OR REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS, THERE WILL BE NO EXCEPTIONS. 4. APPLY INSULATION WITH A MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS. 5. PROVIDE PIPE SADDLES UNDER ALL INSULATED PIPING AT SUPPORTS AND PIPE HANGERS. 6. APPLY INSULATION WITH INTEGRAL JACKETS AS FOLLOWS: a. PULL JACKET TIGHT AND SMOOTH. b. COVER CIRCUMFERENTIAL JOINTS WITH BUTT STRIPS, AT LEAST 3 INCHES WIDE, AND OF SAME MATERIAL AS INSULATION JACKET. SECURE WITH ADHESIVE AND OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES ALONG BOTH EDGES OF BUTT STRIP AND SPACE 4 INCHES ON CENTER. c. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS: 1) GENERAL: OVERLAP SEAMS AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES. APPLY INSULATION WITH LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AT BOTTOM OF PIPE. CLEAN AND DRY SURFACE TO RECEIVE SELF-SEALING LAP. STAPLE LAPS WITH OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES ALONG EDGE AT 4 INCHES ON CENTER. 2) EXCEPTION: DO NOT STAPLE LONGITUDINAL LAPS ON INSULATION APPLIED TO PIPING SYSTEMS WITH SURFACE TEMPERATURES AT OR BELOW 35 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. d. VAPOR BARRIER COATINGS: WHERE VAPOR BARRIERS ARE INDICATED, APPLY ON SEAMS AND JOINTS, OVER STAPLES, AND AT ENDS BUTT TO FLANGES, UNIONS, VALVES AND FITTINGS. e. AT JACKET PENETRATIONS FOR THERMOMETERS AND PRESSURE GAGES, FILL AND SEAL VOIDS WITH VAPOR BARRIER COATING. f. REPAIR DAMAGED INSULATION JACKETS, EXCEPT METAL JACKETS, BY APPLYING JACKET MATERIAL AROUND DAMAGED JACKET. ADHERE, STAPLE, AND SEAL. EXTEND PATCH AT LEAST 2 INCHES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS BEYOND DAMAGED INSULATION JACKET AND AROUND ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE OF PIPE. 7. ROOF PENETRATIONS: APPLY INSULATION FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS TO A POINT EVEN WITH TOP OF ROOF FLASHING. SEAL WITH VAPOR BARRIER COATING. APPLY INSULATION FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS BUTTED TIGHTLY TO INTERIOR INSULATION ENDS. EXTEND METAL JACKET FOR EXTERIOR INSULATION OUTSIDE ROOF FLASHING AT LEAST 2 INCHES BELOW TOP OF ROOF FLASHING. SEAL METAL JACKET TO ROOF FLASHING BARRIER COATING. 8. INDOOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS PENETRATIONS: APPLY INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH WALLS AND PARTITIONS. 9. FLOOR PENETRATIONS: TERMINATE INSULATION UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR ASSEMBLY AND AT FLOOR SUPPORT AT TOP OF FLOOR. HOWEVER, FOR CHILLED WATER PIPING APPLICATIONS, INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS. 10. FLANGES, FITTINGS AND VALVES - INDOOR EXPOSED AND CONCEALED: COAT PIPE INSULATION ENDS WITH VAPOR BARRIER COATING. APPLY PREMOLDED, PRECUT, OR FIELD FABRICATED SEGMENTS OF INSULATION AROUND FLANGES, UNIONS, VALVES AND FITTINGS. MAKE JOINTS TIGHT. BOND WITH ADHESIVE. a. USE SAME MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION. b.OVERLAP NESTING INSULATION BY 2 INCHES OR ONE PIPE DIAMETER, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. c. APPLY MATERIALS WITH ADHESIVE, FILL VOIDS WITH MINERAL FIBER INSULATING CEMENT. SECURE WITH WIRE OR TAPE. d.INSULATE ELBOWS AND TEES SMALLER THAN 3 INCHES PIPE SIZE WITH PREMOLDED INSULATION. e.INSULATE ELBOWS AND TEES 3 INCHES AND LARGER WITH PREMOLDED INSULATION OR INSULATION MATERIAL SEGMENTS. USE AT LEAST 3 SEGMENTS FOR EACH ELBOW. 13. HANGERS AND ANCHORS: a. GENERAL: APPLY INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH HANGERS AND AROUND ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS. INSTALL SADDLES, SHIELDS AND INSERTS. FOR COLD SURFACE PIPING, EXTEND INSULATION ON ANCHOR LEGS A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES AND TAPER AND SEAL INSULATION ENDS. b.INSERTS AND SHIELDS: COVER HANGER INSERTS AND SHIELDS WITH JACKET MATERIAL MATCHING ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 B. GLASS FIBER INSULATION: 1. BOND INSULATION TO PIPE WITH LAGGING ADHESIVE. 2. SEAL EXPOSED ENDS WITH LAGGING ADHESIVE. 3. SEAL SEAMS AND JOINTS WITH VAPOR BARRIER COMPOUND. 4. INSTALL INSULATION ONLY WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS BETWEEN 40 AND 110 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. 5. MAKE ALL CUTS AND FABRICATIONS BEFORE REMOVING PROTECTIVE STRIP FROM LONGITUDINAL SEAM ADHESIVE LAP. DO NOT LEAVE ADHESIVE STRIP EXPOSED TO AIR, DIRT OR MOISTURE. SEAL ADHESIVE PRESSURE SEALING LAP IMMEDIATELY AFTER REMOVING PROTECTIVE STRIP. USE NYLON SEALING TOOL WITH HEAVY PRESSURE TO ASSURE POSITIVE AND CONTINUOUS SEAL. 6. END JOINTS SHALL BE SIMILARLY SEALED WITH FACTORY FURNISHED BUTT STRIP WITH INTEGRAL PRESSURE SEALING ADHESIVE. BUTT STRIP MATERIAL SHALL BE SAME AS ALL SERVICE JACKET. 7. PROVIDE PVC FITTING COVERS AT VALVES, FITTINGS AND FLANGES WITH FOLLOWING: a. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE, MOLDED, PREFORMED ONE PIECE MOLDED PVC FITTING COVERS AND JACKET OF SAME THICKNESS AS PIPE INSULATION. b.ON HOT PIPING, SECURE JACKET WITH STAINLESS STEEL TACK FASTENERS INSERTED INTO JACKET THROAT OVERLAP SEAM. c. ON COLD PIPING, PRIOR TO INSTALLING JACKET, BRUSH VAPOR BARRIER MASTIC ON ADJOINING INSULATION ENDS AND OVERLAPPING EDGES OF JACKET AND THROAT SEAM. d.ON LINES OPERATING BELOW 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT FITTING COVERS SHALL BE ADEQUATELY VAPOR SEALED. e.FLAMMABILITY OF FITTING COVERS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THAT OF ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION. 3.05 APPLICATIONS - PLUMBING A. GENERAL: MATERIALS AND THICKNESSES ARE SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULES AT END OF THIS PART. B. EXCEPTIONS: PLUMBING ITEMS NOT INSULATED: DO NOT APPLY INSULATION TO FOLLOWING SYSTEMS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: 1. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS FOR PIPES. 2. VIBRATION CONTROL DEVICES. 3. TESTING LABORATORY LABELS AND STAMPS. 4. NAMEPLATES AND DATA PLATES. 5. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. 6. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS. 7. SANITARY DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING. 8. BELOW GRADE PIPING. 9. CHROME PLATED PIPES AND FITTINGS, EXCEPT FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR THE DISABLED. 10. PIPING SPECIALTIES INCLUDING AIR CHAMBERS, UNIONS, STRAINERS, CHECK VALVES, PLUG VALVES AND FLOW REGULATORS. C. INDOOR PIPING SYSTEMS: INSULATE FOLLOWING PIPING SYSTEMS: 1. DOMESTIC COLD WATER. 2. DOMESTIC HOT WATER. 3. RECIRCULATED HOT WATER. 4. SANITARY DRAINS FOR FIXTURES ACCESSIBLE TO THE DISABLED. D. INDOOR CONCEALED PIPING SYSTEMS: INSULATE FOLLOWING PIPING SYSTEMS: 1. DOMESTIC COLD WATER. 2. DOMESTIC HOT WATER. 3. RECIRCULATED HOT WATER. 3.06 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE - PLUMBING A. INDOOR DOMESTIC COLD WATER, STORM WATER AND COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES, ALL SIZES: 1/2 INCH THICK GLASS FIBER WITH ASJ JACKET. B. INDOOR DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND RECIRCULATED HOT WATER: PIPE SIZES THICKNESS (NPSHNCHES MATERIAL INCHES JACKET 1/2 TO 1-1/2 GLASS FIBER 1/2 ASJ 2 TO 4 GLASS FIBER 1/2 ASJ C. INDOOR SANITARY DRAINS, TRAPS AND HOT WATER SUPPLIES EXPOSED AT FIXTURES FOR DISABLED PEOPLE: PROVIDE PREFABRICATED INSULATION ASSEMBLIES MEETING ADA REQUIREMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. END OF SECTION Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 4 4 S AT OF01 4 09.18.2013 3 09.11.2013 2 09.03.2013 1 08.16.2013 MOM 97A1: ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS CD REVIEW PACKAGE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES � PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: VD SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P-002 NORTH AMERICA 2.ti- A. Epstaln and Sons Inhumbonal, Inc. All dghts reserved. UNDERGROUND PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, DRAWINGS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. DESCRIPTION: UNDERGROUND PLUMBING SYSTEMS ARE INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND INCLUDE WORK NECESSARY AND INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. INCLUDED: UNDERGROUND PLUMBING SYSTEMS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM WITH SERVICE FROM 5 FEET OUTSIDE BUILDING TO INSIDE THE BUILDING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. SANITARY DRAIN SYSTEM INSIDE BUILDING AND EXTENDING TO A POINT 5 FEET OUTSIDE BUILDING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. OPEN HUB DRAINS. 4. CLEANOUTS. 5. SLEEVES. D. RELATED WORK: 1. ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING. 2. PLUMBING FIXTURES. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. CODES AND STANDARDS: MEET REQUIREMENTS OF FOLLOWING, EXCEPT TO EXTENT OF MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND OF CODES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 1. FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE, CURRENT EDITION WITH REVISIONS. 2. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, CURRENT EDITION WITH REVISIONS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH WATER AND SEWER REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, WHICH REQUIRE PRODUCTS USED FOR DRAINAGE AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS BE SELECTED FROM LISTS SPECIFIED IN REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, AND WHICH COMPLY WITH CERTAIN PUBLISHED STANDARDS OR CODES, AND THAT PRODUCTS BE USED AS INTENDED. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, PRODUCTION, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TYPE AND QUALITY REQUIRED FOR WORK. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, ENGINEERING, DETAILING, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TYPE AND QUALITY REQUIRED FOR WORK. INSTALLER SHALL MAINTAIN AND HAVE MAINTAINED A SERVICE CENTER WITH PARTS INVENTORY AND MANUFACTURER TRAINED PERSONNEL FOR 5 YEARS MINIMUM. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA, STANDARD DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER FOR EACH PRODUCT. INCLUDE PUBLISHED DATA, CERTIFIED CONFORMANCE REPORT OF CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT OF MANUFACTURER SUBSTANTIATING EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT ACCURATELY SCALED DIMENSIONED SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING RELATIONSHIPS TO ASSOCIATED PIPING AND STRUCTURES FOR EACH PIPING SYSTEM, FITTINGS AND DRAINS SHOWING PIPE SIZES, LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES OF HORIZONTAL RUNS, FITTINGS, ACCESSORIES AND CONNECTIONS. C. RECORD DOCUMENTS: SUBMIT RECORD DRAWINGS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS OF UNDERGROUND PLUMBING PIPING. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. RETAIN FACTORY APPLIED PLASTIC END CAPS ON EACH LENGTH OF PIPE AND TUBE. MAINTAIN END CAPS THROUGH SHIPPING AND HANDLING TO PREVENT PIPE END DAMAGE AND ELIMINATE DIRT AND MOISTURE FROM ENTERING INSIDE OF PIPE AND TUBE. B. WHERE POSSIBLE, STORE PIPE AND TUBE INSIDE AND PROTECT FROM WEATHER. WHEN NECESSARY TO STORE PIPE AND TUBE OUTSIDE, ELEVATE ABOVE GROUND AND ENCLOSE WITH DURABLE, WATERPROOF WRAPPING. 1.06 WARRANTY A. GENERAL: WARRANTY WORK MEETING PROVISIONS OF CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, EXCEPT WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE. B. FURNISH MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE - 3 INCHES AND LARGER: 1. PIPE: MECHANICAL JOINT DUCTILE IRON COATED WITH 8 MIL POLYETHYLENE MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A21.11, ANSI A21.50 AND ANSI A21.51 WITH CEMENT LINING MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A21.4 OF CLASS REQUIRED BY CODE AND DEPTH OF BURY. 2. FITTINGS: MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A21.10 AND ANSI A21.11. B. DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE - 2-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER: 1. PIPE: COPPER TUBING, SEAMLESS TYPE K, EITHER HARD DRAWN STRAIGHT LENGTHS OR SOFT ANNEALED COILS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM B88 AND ANSI H23.1. 2. FITTINGS: a. SOLDERED OR BRAZED, WROUGHT COPPER MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI B16.22. b. CAST BRONZE MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI B16.18, 200 PSI. CAST BRONZE FLARED FITTINGS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI B16.26. 3. JOINTS: LEAD FREE SOLDER. C. DRAINS -SANITARY: 1. PIPE: CAST IRON, SERVICE WEIGHT, BELL AND SPIGOT, SINGLE HUB, ASPHALT COATED, WITH NEOPRENE RUBBER GASKETS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A74, CS-188 AND WW-P-401 C. 1.1. JOINTS: RESILIENT NEOPRENE RUBBER COMPRESSION GASKET MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTA C425. 2. CORROSION RESISTANT, NON-FLAMMABLE SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND DRAINAG FITTINGS JOINED WITH SOLVENTS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D2665 AND ASTM D2855. PVC NOT ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM APPLICATIONS. 3. M PIPE: TYPE L HARD TEMPER, COPPER TUBING IN STRAIGHT LENGTHS, MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF AS B88, 3.1. FITTINGS: SLEEVE TYPE WITH SOLDER COMPLETELY FILLING JOINTS BY CAPILLARY ACTION. CAST BRASS FILINGS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B16.18. WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS SHALL HAVE WALL THICKNESS AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE TUBE AND CONFORM TO ANSI B16.22. D. VENT 1. PIPE: TYPE L HARD TEMPER, COPPER TUBING IN STRAIGHT LENGTHS, MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTA B88. 1.1. FITTINGS: SLEEVE TYPE WITH SOLDER COMPLETELY FILLING JOINTS BY CAPILLARY ACTION. CAST BRASS FILINGS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B16.18. WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS SHALL HAVE WALL THICKNESS AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE TUBE AND CONFORM TO ANSI B16.22. 2. CORROSION RESISTANT, NON-FLAMMABLE SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND DRAINAG FITTINGS JOINED WITH SOLVENTS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D2665 AND ASTM D2855. PVC NOT ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM APPLICATIONS. 2.02 FLOOR DRAINS (FD) A. GENERAL: DRAINS SHALL HAVE DEEP SEAL P-TRAPS, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. DRAINS SHALL HAVE THREADED, COMPRESSION JOINT OUTLET OR CAULK OUTLET. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. JAY R. SMITH MFG. CO. 2. JOSAM COMPANY. 3. WADE. 4. ZURN. C. FINISHED AREAS: 1. GENERAL: CAST IRON BODY WITH FLASHING COLLAR, ADJUSTABLE NICKEL BRONZE ROUND TOP. 2.03 OPEN HUB DRAINS (OHD) A. PROVIDE WITH DEEP SEAL P-TRAPS AND GRATING SET INSIDE HUB. 2.04 CLEANOUTS A. ALL PARTS OF PLUMBING DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FOR RODDING. B. CLEANOUT EXTENSIONS SHALL CONSIST OF A CAST IRON Y BRANCH AND 1/8 BEND IN DRAIN LINE WITH A CAST IRON SOIL PIPE EXTENSION TERMINATING IN CAST IRON COUNTERSUNK CLEANOUT PLUG AND TOP SET FLUSH WITH FLOOR. C. UNDERGROUND DRAIN LINE CLEANOUTS IN LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: 1. 4 INCHES IN DIAMETER OR LESS: CLEANOUTS SAME SIZE AS PIPES SERVED AND NOT MORE THAN 50 FEE' APART. 2. 5 INCHES THRU 8 INCHES IN DIAMETER: 6 INCH CLEANOUTS AND NOT MORE THAN 100 FEET APART. 3. 10 INCHES AND LARGER: 8 INCH CLEANOUTS AND NOT MORE THAN 100 FEET APART. D. FINISHED AREAS: 1. GENERAL: LABELED SANITARY OR STORM AS APPLICABLE, CAST IRON CLEANOUT BODY, BRONZE COUNTERSUNK CLOSURE PLUG, ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE COVER. 2. TILED FLOORS: TILED FLOORS SHALL BE SIMILAR AS GENERAL, EXCEPT WITH SQUARE TOP. E. CLEANOUTS IN WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FLOORS SHALL HAVE A FLASHING FLANGE WITH FLASHING CLAMP. F. CLEANOUTS IN BATTERY ROOMS SHALL HAVE AN ACID RESISTANT EPDXY COATED BODY AND COVER. G. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. JAY R. SMITH MFG. CO. 2. JOSAM COMPANY. 3. WADE. 4. ZURN. 2.05 SLEEVES A. GENERAL: PIPES PASSING THROUGH FOUNDATION WALLS OR FLOORS SHALL BE SLEEVED MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 07835 - SLEEVES AND SEALS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITF• REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE 01 WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 3.02 PROTECTION A. PROTECT UNDERGROUND PLUMBING WORK TO AVOID CLOGGING WITH MATERIALS AND DEBRIS AND TO PREVE DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND OTHER WORK. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 3.03 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: INSTALL WORK MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AS INDICATED BY FINAL REVIEWED SUBMITTALS FOR WORK, AND MEETING INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS. B. RUNS: LOCATE PIPING RUNS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED, VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY PITCHED TO DRAIN AND AVOID DIAGONAL RUNS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ORIENT HORIZONTAL RUNS PARALLEL WITH WALLS AND COLUMN LINES. LOCATE RUNS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, DIAGRAMS, DETAILS AND NOTATIONS OR, IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, RUN PIPING IN SHORTEST ROUTE WITH A MINIMUM OF JOINTS AND COUPLINGS. C. PIPING SYSTEM JOINTS: PROVIDE JOINT TYPE REQUIRED FOR EACH PIPING SYSTEM. 1. INSTALL PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES WHICH ACHIEVE PERMANENT LEAK PROOF PIPING SYSTEMS, CAPABLE OF PERFORMING WITHOUT PIPING FAILURE. 2. COPPER TUBE: SOLDER COPPER TUBE AND FITTING JOINTS. CUT TUBE ENDS SQUARELY, REAM TO FULL INSIDE DIAMETER, AND CLEAN OUTSIDE OF TUBE ENDS AND INSIDE OF FITTINGS. APPLY SOLDER FLUX TO JOINT AREAS OF BOTH TUBES AND FITTINGS. INSERT TUBE FULL DEPTH INTO FITTING, AND SOLDER IN A MANNER TO DRAW SOLDER FULL DEPTH AND CIRCUMFERENCE OF JOINT. WIPE EXCESS SOLDER FROM JOINT BEFORE IT HARDENS. 3. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: a. EXCAVATION: WHERE TRENCHES ARE EXCAVATED SUCH THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH FORMS THE BED FOR THE PIPE, SOLID AND CONTINUOUS LOAD -BEARING SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN JOINTS. PIPES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED ON BLOCKS TO GRADE. IN INSTANCES WHERE THE MATERIALS MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE THAN THOSE PRESCRIBED BY CODE, THE MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT. 1) OVEREXCAVATION: WHERE TRENCHES ARE EXCAVATED BELOW THE INSTALLATION LEVEL OF THE PIPE SUCH THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH DOES NOT FORM THE BED FOT THE PIPE, THE TRENCH SHALL BE BACKFILLED TO THE INSTALLATION LEVEL OF THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE WITH SAND OR FINE GRAVEL PLACED IN LAYERS OF 6 INCHES MAXIMUM DEPTH AND SUCH BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED AFTER EACH PLACEMENT. b. BACKFILLING: BACKFILL SHALL BE FREE FROM DISCARDED CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL AND DEBRIS. LOOSE EARTH FREE FROM ROCKS, BROKEN CONCRETE, AND FROZEN CHUNKS SHALL BE PLACED IN THE TRENCH IN 6 INCH LAYERS AND TAMPED IN PLACE UNTIL THE CROWN OF THE PIPE IS COVERED BY 12 INCHES OF TAMPED EARTH. THE BACKFILL UNDER AND BESIDE THE PIPE SHALL BE COMPACTED FOR PIPE SUPPORT. BACKFILL SHALL BE BROUGHT UP EVENLY ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PIPE SO THAT THE PIPE REMAINS ALIGNED. IN INSTANCES WHERE THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE MATERIALS ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE THAN THOSE PRESCRIBED BY THE CODE, THE MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT. 3.04 PIPING TESTS A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT FOR TESTING, INCLUDING PUMP AND GAUGES. TEST PIPING SYSTEM BEFORE BACKFILLING IS INSTALLED WHEREVER FEASIBLE. TEST EACH NATURAL SECTION OF EACH PIPING SYSTEM INDEPENDENTLY. FILL EACH SECTION WITH WATER AND PRESSURIZE FOR INDICATED PRESSURE AND TIME. B. INSPECT EACH SYSTEM FOR COMPLETION OF JOINTS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORY ITEMS C. OBSERVE EACH TEST SECTION FOR LEAKAGE AT END OF TEST PERIOD. TEST FAILS IF LEAKAGE IS OBSERVED OR IF PRESSURE DROP EXCEEDS 5 PERCENT OF TEST PRESSURE. D. REPAIRING: REPAIR PIPING SYSTEMS SECTIONS WHICH FAIL THE PIPING PRESSURE TEST, BY DISASSEMBLY AND REINSTALLATION, USING NEW MATERIAL TO EXTENT REQUIRED TO OVERCOME LEAKAGE. DO NOT USE CHEMICALS, STOP LEAK COMPOUNDS, MASTIC, OR OTHER TEMPORARY REPAIR METHODS. DRAIN TEST WATER FROM PIPING SYSTEMS AFTER TESTING AND REPAIR WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED. 3.05 CLEANING A. FLUSH OUT PIPING SYSTEMS WITH CLEAN WATER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH REQUIRED DISINFECTION TESTS. END OF SECTION Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 :retleers NORTH AMERICA 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: VD SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P-003 2 LY •/ If, A. Epstein and Sons International, Ina All rights reserved. ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, DRAWINGS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. DESCRIPTION: ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING SYSTEMS ARE INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE WORK NECESSARY AND INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. INCLUDED: ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING SYSTEMS INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM. 2. SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM. 3. DRAINS AND CLEANOUTS. D. RELATED WORK: 1. PLUMBING INSULATION. 2. UNDERGROUND PLUMBING. 3. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH LOCAL WATER AND SEWER DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS WHICH REQUIRE THAT PRODUCTS USED FOR DRAINAGE AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS BE SELECTED FROM LISTS SPECIFIED IN CODE, WHICH COMPLY WITH CERTAIN PUBLISHED STANDARDS OR CODES, AND THAT PRODUCTS BE USED AS INTENDED. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE 5 YEAR MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, PRODUCTION, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF TYPE WORK REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, PRODUCTION, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF TYPE WORK REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. D. WELDING QUALIFICATIONS: 1. QUALITY WELDING PROCEDURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI B31.1 FOR SHOP AND PROJECT SITE WELDING OF PIPING WORK. 2. CERTIFY WELDING OF PIPING WORK USING THE STANDARD PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS WITH WELDERS TESTED UNDER SUPERVISION OF THE NATIONAL CERTIFIED PIPE WELDING BUREAU. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA, STANDARD DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER FOR EACH PRODUCT. INCLUDE PUBLISHED DATA, CERTIFIED CONFORMANCE REPORT OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT OF MANUFACTURER SUBSTANTIATING EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND HAS BEEN TESTED WITH ADJACENT PRODUCT IDENTICAL TO PRODUCTS TO BE USED IN THE WORK AND IS INTENDED FOR APPLICATION. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EACH PIPING SYSTEM, FITTINGS AND DRAINS SHOWING PIPE SIZES, LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES OF HORIZONTAL RUNS, FITTINGS, ACCESSORIES AND CONNECTIONS. C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: PROVIDE MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH VALVE, WITH LOCATION, SECTION OF SYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED AND CONDITION OF VALVE (NO OR NC). D. RECORD DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOWING LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS OF ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING PIPING. 1.04 WARRANTY A. GENERAL: WARRANTY WORK MEETING PROVISIONS OF CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, EXCEPT WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE. B. WARRANTY SYSTEMS SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. FURNISH MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ABOVEGROUND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. PIPING 2% INCH AND SMALLER: 1. PIPE: TYPE L HARD TEMPER, COPPER TUBING IN STRAIGHT LENGTHS, MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM B88. 2. FITTINGS: SLEEVE TYPE WITH SOLDER COMPLETELY FILLING JOINTS BY CAPILLARY ACTION. CAST BRASS FILINGS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B16.18. WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS SHALL HAVE WALL THICKNESS AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE TUBE AND CONFORM TO ANSI B16.22. B. VALVES: 1. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND APPROPRIATE FOR INTENDED SERVICE. 2. BALL VALVES: a. SIZE 2 INCH AND SMALLER: 150 TO 600 WOG RATING, 2 PIECE BRONZE BODY, CHROME PLATED BALL WITH LARGE PORT OPENING, SOLDER OR THREADED ENDS, BLOW OUT PROOF STEM WITH EXTENSION FOR INSULATED PIPING, RTFE SEATS. 4. CHECK VALVES: a. 150 TO 300 WOG RATING, BRONZE BODY, THREADED BONNET, REPLACEABLE TEFLON DISC. b. SIZES 4 INCH AND LARGER: 125 TO 200 WOG RATING, IRON BODY, BOLTED BONNET, FLANGED ENDS, BRONZE TRIM, REPLACEABLE DISC AND SEAT. 5. SILENT CHECK VALVES: a. 125 TO 200 WOG RATING, CENTER GUIDED WAFER TYPE, IRON BODY, BRONZE DISC, STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, SCREWED 1/2 TO 2 INCH AND FLANGED 2-1/2 INCH AND LARGER. 9. SAFETY RELIEF VALVES: a. BRONZE BODY, DIAPHRAGM OPERATED, 125 PSI MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, 250 F MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE, ASME LABELED FOR RELIEVING PRESSURE AS FLUID SHOULD NOT DISCHARGE INTO THE SPRING CHAMBER. C. ACCESSORIES 1. THERMOMETERS: a. MERCURY RED READING SEPARABLE WELL TYPE WITH ADJUSTABLE ANGLE SCALE WITH CLEAR PLASTIC WINDOW FOR EASY READING FROM FLOOR. RANGE SHALL HAVE OPERATING TEMPERATURE NEAR MIDDLE OF SCALE. SCALE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 7 INCHES LONG, AND CASE SHALL BE CAST METAL. b. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1) H. 0. TRERICE CO. 2) MOELLER INSTRUMENT COMPANY, INC. 3) WEKSLER-GAUGES. 3. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS (SHOCK ABSORBERS): a. AT EACH LOCATION OF A QUICK OPENING VALVE OR SOLENOID VALVE THAT CAN GENERATE A WATER HAMMER SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FLUSH VALVE TOILETS COLD WATER MAIN, EMERGENCY SHOWERS, WASHING EQUIPMENT, DISHWASHING OR EQUIPMENT WASHING, LAUNDRY MACHINES, AND LIKE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE ONLY A GAS SUPPRESSION TYPE SHOCK ABSORBER WITH SEALED AIR CHAMBERS OF SIZE AND CAPACITY AS RECOMMENDED BY PDI STANDARDS AND WARRANTED BY MANUFACTURER. b. WATER HAMMER ARRESTER SHALL CONSIST OF A COPPER BODY WITH AN ACETAL PISTON, BUNA NITRILE O-RINGS AND LEAD FREE SOLDER. THE DEVICE SHALL BE PRE -CHARGED AND SEALED AT THE FACTORY. c. AIR CHAMBER FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF SUPPLY PIPE AND 12 INCHES LONG. AIR CHAMBERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS. d. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1) JAY R. SMITH MFG. CO. 2) JOSAM COMPANY. 3) PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS. 4) WADE 5) ZURN. 4. VACUUM BREAKERS: a. PROVIDE VACUUM BREAKERS ON PLUMBING FIXTURES AND WATER USING DEVICES WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AND STATE PLUMBING AND HEALTH CODES AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL PLUMBING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT OR AS SPECIFIED. b. EXPOSED VACUUM BREAKERS AND PIPING SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. c. INSTALL IN AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR OBSERVATION, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS AND IN SUCH MANNER AS APPROVED BY THE LOCAL PLUMBING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT. 2.02 SANITARY, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM A. SYSTEM PIPING SHALL BE: 1. CAST IRON, SERVICE WEIGHT, BELL AND SPIGOT OR THREADED, (IPS) MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A74. 2. CAST IRON, SERVICE WEIGHT, NO HUB CONFORMING TO CISPI 301, WITH CLAMP -ALL OR HUSKEY COUPLINGS. COUPLINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL WITH 305 STAINLESS STEEL WORM DRIVE SCREWS. THE GASKET MATERIAL SHALL BE NEOPRENE AND CONFORM TO ASTM C-564. THE COUPLING ASSEMBLY SHALL BE TORQUED TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR THE RATED 15 PSIG SYSTEM PRESSURE LIMITATION. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT TO BE USED IN HORIZONTAL PUMPED PRESSURE APPLICATIONS. 3. CORROSION RESISTANT, SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE. PVC NOT ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM APPLICATIONS. PVC NOT TO BE USED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM APPLICATIONS. a. PIPE AND FITTINGS JOINED WITH SOLVENTS, MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D2466 AND ASTM D2855. 2.03 CLEANOUTS A. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND LOCAL AMMENDMENTS. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. J. R. SMITH. 2. JOSAM 3. WADE 4. ZURN. C. PIPE SPACE CLEANOUTS SHALL TERMINATE IN A BRASS RAISED HEAD CLEANOUT PLUG BEHIND THE WALL SURFACE WITH A 12 GAGE STAINLESS STEEL PLATE ON THE WALL HELD IN PLACE WITH A COUNTERSUNK SCREW, J. R. SMITH MODEL 4420 WITH MODEL 4725. D. FINISHED FLOORS: LABELED SANITARY OR STORM AS APPLICABLE, CAST IRON CLEANOUT BODY, BRONZE COUNTERSUNK CLOSURE PLUG, ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE COVER. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 3.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A. STORE PIPE AND TUBE INSIDE AND PROTECTED FROM WEATHER. PROTECT FLANGES AND FITTINGS FROM MOISTURE AND DIRT BY INSIDE STORAGE AND ENCLOSURE, OR BY PACKAGING WITH DURABLE, WATERPROOF WRAPPING. WHERE NECESSARY TO STORE OUTSIDE, ELEVATE WELL ABOVE GRADE AND ENCLOSE WITH DURABLE, WATERPROOF WRAPPING. B. MAINTAIN END CAPS THROUGH SHIPPING, STORAGE AND HANDLING TO PREVENT PIPE END DAMAGE AND ELIMINATE DIRT AND MOISTURE FROM INSIDE OF PIPE AND TUBE. C. PROTECT PIPING WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, TO AVOID CLOGGING WITH CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND DEBRIS AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. D. CLEAN EXTERIOR SURFACES OF INSTALLED PIPING SYSTEMS OF SUPERFLUOUS MATERIALS. FLUSH OUT PIPING SYSTEMS WITH CLEAN WATER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH REQUIRED TESTS. INSPECT EACH RUN OF EACH SYSTEMS FOR COMPLETION OF JOINTS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORY ITEMS. 3.03 PIPING ARRANGEMENT AND ALIGNMENT A. PIPING SHALL BE ARRANGED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND MEET REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 01314 - SPECIAL COORDINATION. WHERE SPECIAL CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED, REARRANGEMENT AND REALIGNMENT OF PIPING SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. B. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A UNIFORM MANNER, PARALLEL TO WALL OR CEILINGS. HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE RUN AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALLS AND L NOT RUN DIAGONALLY ACROSS ROOM OR OTHER PIPING. WHEREVER POSSIBLE PIPING SHALL BE ARRANGED TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM HEADROOM. C. WHERE INTERFERENCE OCCURS WITH ANOTHER TRADE WHOSE WORK IS MORE DIFFICULT TO ROUTE, REROUTE PIPES AS REQUIRED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE. D. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ALIGNMENT, SLOPE AND EXPANSION. E. PIPING SHALL BE GROUPED WHEREVER PRACTICAL AND BE INSTALLED UNIFORMLY IN STRAIGHT PARALLEL LINES IN EITHER VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL POSITIONS. PIPING SHALL RUN PARALLEL WITH OTHER TRADES PIPING AND WHEREVER PRACTICAL ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON COMMON GROUP HANGERS. PROVIDE GROUP HANGERS TO SUPPORT PIPING AND PIPING WHEN MULTIPLE TRADES ARE INVOLVED. F. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION: EXAMINE FINAL COORDINATED PIPING LAYOUT AND INSTALL ANCHORS AND EXPANSION GUIDES AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR POINTS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY PROTECT SYSTEM FOR CONFIRMATION STRUCTURE CAN ACCOMMODATE THRUST LOADS AT POINTS OF ANCHORAGE. 1. PROVIDE STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK REQUIRED FOR CONTROLLED EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM, WHICH MAY UTILIZE A COMBINATION OF LOOPS, PIPE OFFSETS, SWING JOINTS AND EXPANSION JOINTS. 2. AT ANCHOR POINTS RIGIDLY ATTACH PIPING SYSTEM TO BUILDING STRUCTURE, AND PROVIDE PIPE GUIDES SO THAT MOVEMENT TAKES PLACE ALONG AXIS OF PIPE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTING STEEL. 3. STRESSES ON PIPE LINES SHALL BE GUIDED AND PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT PIPE LINES SHALL NOT CREEP, SAG OR BUCKLE. ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEREVER NECESSARY TO PREVENT ANY MISALIGNMENT OF PIPING. H. REDUCTIONS IN SIZE OF HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE MADE WITH ECCENTRIC FITTINGS. IN VERTICAL RISERS, CONCENTRIC REDUCERS MAY BE USED. BUSHINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. I. MINIMUM PITCH OF PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. HOT AND COLD DOMESTIC WATER SHALL PITCH UP 1 INCH IN 40 FEET IN DIRECTION OF FLOW WITH AIR VENTS AT ALL HIGH POINTS AND DRAIN VALVES AT ALL LOW POINTS TO ALLOW FOR COMPLETE DRAINING OF THE SYSTEM. 2. ALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF SANITARY, WASTE AND STORM PIPES SHALL BE PITCHED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE NO INDICATION IS GIVEN, THE PITCH SHALL BE 1/8 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPE LARGER THAN 3 INCHES, AND 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPE 3 INCHES AND SMALLER. 3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPING A. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING: 1. VALVED OUTLETS: PROVIDE VALVED OUTLETS FOR EXTENSION BY OTHER TRADES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. BRANCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SHUT-OFF VALVES. 3. PROVIDE UNIONS OR FLANGES AT EACH VALVE TO PERMIT DISMANTLING OF LINE PIPING AND REMOVAL OF FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT. 4. ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT SPACES: DO NOT RUN ANY PIPING THROUGH TRANSFORMER VAULTS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE/ DATA OR ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT SPACES AND ENCLOSURES. B. DRAINAGE PIPING: 1. HORIZONTAL RUNS OF SOIL, WASTE AND STORM PIPES SHALL BE PITCHED AS REQUIRED. WHERE NO NOTATION IS GIVEN, THE PITCH SHALL BE 1/8 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPE LARGER THAN 3 INCHES, AND 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPE 3 INCHES AND SMALLER. 2. CLEANOUTS: INSTALL CLEANOUT PLUGS AT EACH 90 DEGREE CHANGE IN DIRECTION IN SUSPENDED HORIZONTAL PIPING. COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODE SHALL BE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS WITH REGARD TO CLEANOUTS. INSTALL FLOOR AND WALL CLEANOUTS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANES WHERE PENETRATING SUCH FLOORS. a. ALL PARTS OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE FOR RODDING. b. PROVIDE CLEANOUT TEES WITH BRASS PLUGS AT THE BASE OF ALL DOWNSPOUTS AND SOIL AND WASTE STACKS. 3.05 PIPE JOINTS A. THREADED JOINTS: THREAD PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI B2.1, CUT THREADS FULL AND CLEAN USING SHARP DIES. REAM THREADED ENDS TO REMOVE BURRS AND RESTORE FULL INSIDE DIAMETER. APPLY PIPE JOINT COMPOUND, OR PIPE JOINT TAPE (TEFLON) WHERE RECOMMENDED BY PIPE/FITTING MANUFACTURER, ON MALE THREADS AT EACH JOINT AND TIGHTEN JOINT TO LEAVE NOT MORE THAN 3 THREADS EXPOSED. B. SOLDERED JOINTS: 1. COPPER PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE MADE UP WITH LEAD FREE SOLDER. 2. FITTINGS AND PIPE SHALL BE CLEANED TO FULL DEPTH OF FITTING USING MEDIUM SAND CLOTH OR STEEL WOOL AND A SUITABLE FLUX CLEANING FLUID. 3. SWEATING SHALL BE DONE USING TORCH FLAME. JOINTS SHALL BE WIPED CLEAN OF FLUX WHEN COMPLETED. 4. WHERE COPPER PIPE OR FITTINGS ARE CONNECTED TO ANY FERROUS PIPE OR FITTINGS OR WHERE THERE IS ANY CONTACT BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS, A DIELECTRIC UNION OR COUPLING SHALL BE INSTALLED. C. HUBLESS CAST IRON JOINTS: 1. COUPLINGS SHALL BE 24 GAGE, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL WITH HI -TORQUE CLAMPS TIGHTENED TO 100-125 INCH POUNDS TORQUE. COUPLINGS SHALL HAVE NEOPRENE GASKETS AND INTERLOCK WITH THE HOUSING ASSEMBLY TO MAKE A SLIP -FREE JOINT. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: a. CLAMP -ALL. b. HUSKEY. D. CAST IRON BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS: 1. RUBBER GASKET, SLIP TYPE JOINT MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C564. 3.06 FLASHINGS A. GENERAL: COORDINATE FLASHING FOR VENT PIPES PASSING THROUGH ROOF, ROOF DRAINS WITH ROOFING MEMBRANE SYSTEM AND FLOOR DRAINS WITH WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE. IF SHEET LEAD IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE 4 POUND SHEET LEAD. B. VENT PIPES: FLASHING SHALL EXTEND 12 INCHES MINIMUM FROM VENT PIPES AND BE EXTENDED UP 3 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE INCREASER AND TURNED DOWN ON THE INSIDE. 3.07 SLEEVES A. M WHERE PIPES PASS THROUGH PARTITIONS IN FINISHED ROOMS EXPOSED TO VIEW, INSTALL NICKEL PLATED METAL ESCUTCHEON PLATES, SPLIT TYPE WITH HEAVY SPRING SECURING PLATES TO PIPE. B. WHERE PIPES ARE COVERED, SLEEVES SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW AMPLE CLEARANCE FOR COVERING AND WHERE PIPES PASS THROUGH. C. CENTER OF PIPES SHALL BE IN CENTER OF THE SLEEVES. D. WHERE SLEEVES PASS THROUGH A ROOF FLASH MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE - FLASHINGS, OF THIS SECTION. 3.08 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL PIPING AND TUBING, AND BE MADE OF STEEL OR OTHER DURABLE AND NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. WOOD, WIRE OR PERFORATED STRAP IRON SHALL NOT BE USED AS PERMANENT HANGERS OR SUPPORTS. B. INSTALL SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE FREE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPING. C. EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED OTHERWISE, HANGERS FOR PIPES SUPPORTED WITH WELDING SADDLES SHALL BE ROLLER TYPE SUPPORTS OF TYPES SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER AND HANGERS FOR ALL OTHER PIPES SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE WROUGHT STEEL, CLEVIS TYPE, GRINNELL FIGURE 260, B - LINE FIGURE B 3100, OR CRAWFORD FIGURE 11. D. HANGERS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH BOLTS, RODS, AND TWO NUTS FOR EACH BOLT. HANGERS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO PASS FULL THICKNESS OF INSULATION THROUGH HANGER. THE HANGER ROD DIAMETER AND HANGER SPACING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: MAX. VERTICAL PIPE SIZE DIAMETER OF MAX. HORIZONTAL ON CENTER INCHES ROD(INCHES) SPACING (FEET) SPACING (FEET) Y TO 2 % 8 10 TO 3 Y 10 10 4AND5 % 13 10 6 ' 15 10 8 TO 12 Y8 15 10 E. HANGERS OF GROUPS OF PIPES SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM UNISTRUT SECTIONS OR STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES SUPPORTED FROM CEILING HANGERS. RODS SHALL BE THREADED AND A NUT AND WASHER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH SIDE OF ANGLES FOR EACH ROD WITH A DOUBLE LOCKING NUT ON TOP OF EACH ANGLE. F. PIPING SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED BY RISER CLAMPS PROPERLY INSTALLED TO RELIEVE WEIGHT FROM FITTINGS AND PIPING AT BASE OF RISERS. G. PIPING SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NOT GREATER THAN SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE ON STRAIGHT RUNS AND AT ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION BY MEANS OF CEILING HANGERS. WHEN PIPING IS CLOSE TO FLOOR, IT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON FLOOR STANDS OR ON MASONRY PIERS IF PIPE IS NOT MORE THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR. H. BARE COPPER PIPING SHALL HAVE COPPER PLATED HANGERS OR CLAMPS. I. INSULATED PIPING: 1. ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED TO PREVENT CRUSHING AT SUPPORT POINTS. 2. FURNISH AND WELD TO THE PIPE AT EACH HANGER A CRAWFORD FIGURE 22, B - LINE FIGURE B 3160 OR GRINNELL FIGURE 160 WELDED PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE OF PROPER DEPTH EXCEPT FOLLOWING: a. ALL PIPING IN SIZES OF 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. b. ALL COLD WATER AND ALL OTHER PIPING HAVING INTERNAL TEMPERATURES BELOW 60 F. 1. FOR INSULATED PIPING NOT SUPPORTED BY WELDING SADDLES, PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORT AND A COVERING SHIELD TO FIT AROUND BOTTOM HALF OF INSULATION FOR PERMANENT SUPPORT. SHIELDS SHALL BE 16 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL MANUFACTURED BY GRINNELL FIGURE 167, B - LINE FIGURE B-3151 OR CRAWFORD FIGURE 265-P. 3.09 PRESSURE TESTS A. CONDUCT PRESSURE TESTS ON ALL PIPING SYSTEMS IN PRESENCE OF AUTHORITIES BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT FOR TESTING INCLUDING PUMP AND GAUGES. TEST PIPING SYSTEM BEFORE INSULATION IS INSTALLED WHEREVER FEASIBLE. TEST EACH NATURAL SECTION OF EACH PIPING SYSTEM INDEPENDENTLY. FILL EACH SECTION WITH WATER AND PRESSURIZE FOR THE INDICATED PRESSURE AND TIME. C. REPAIR PIPING SYSTEMS SECTIONS WHICH FAIL REQUIRED TEST BY DISASSEMBLY AND REINSTALLATION, USING NEW MATERIALS TO EXTENT REQUIRED TO OVERCOME LEAKAGE. DO NOT USE CHEMICALS, STOP LEAK COMPOUNDS, MASTIC, OR OTHER TEMPORARY REPAIR METHODS. D. THOROUGHLY FLUSH SYSTEM AFTER TESTS AND DISINFECT SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 3.10 VALVE TAGS A. EACH VALVE IN THE PIPING SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A BRASS IDENTIFICATION TAG WITH STAMPED NUMBER AFFIXED TO VALVE BY CHAIN OR S-HOOK. END OF SECTION 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 2 09.11.2013 09.03.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 NO. 08.16.2013 DATE DO REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES ��PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: VD SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD ,.•• A ;� g PLUMBING MEP / FP Engineer Design Architect Nestle Waters North America _ TM ; • ` �� A SPECIFICATIONS EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 Waters NORTH AMERICA 10' STATE OF sus .• � ® K ,• � w 2 .L7 • / P-004 A. Epstein and Sons Intem clonal, Inc. AA rights reserved. PLUMBING FIXTURES II 11 1 1 1 1 I PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DRAWINGS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. DESCRIPTION: PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE WORK NECESSARY AND INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. INCLUDED: PLUMBING FIXTURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, FOLLOWING: 1. SINKS. 2. EYE WASH STATIONS. E. RELATED WORK: 1. PLUMBING INSULATION. 2. UNDERGROUND PLUMBING. 3. ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING. 4. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. PLUMBING FIXTURE STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE PERTAINING TO MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. B. HANDICAPPED STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH MERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND ANSI Al17.1 STANDARD PERTAINING TO PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR HANDICAPPED. C. FEDERAL STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE FS WW-P-541 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS PERTAINING TO PLUMBING FIXTURES. D. ANSI STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE ANSI STANDARDS PERTAINING TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND SYSTEMS. E. ARI LABELS: PROVIDE DRINKING -WATER COOLERS WHICH ARE RATED WITH CERTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE STANDARDS. F. PDI STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH PDI STANDARDS PERTAINING TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SUPPORTS. G. UL LABELS: PROVIDE DRINKING WATER COOLERS WHICH ARE UL LISTED AND LABELED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, PRODUCTION, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF TYPE WORK REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, ENGINEERING, DETAILING, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TYPE AND QUALITY REQUIRED FOR WORK AND SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER. INSTALLER SHALL MAINTAIN AND HAVE MAINTAINED A SERVICE CENTER WITH PARTS INVENTORY AND MANUFACTURER TRAINED PERSONNEL FOR 5 YEARS MINIMUM. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. 1.04 SUBMITTALS C. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA, STANDARD DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER FOR EACH PRODUCT, COMPONENT AND FINISH OF WORK. INCLUDE PUBLISHED DATA, CERTIFIED CONFORMANCE REPORT OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT OF MANUFACTURER SUBSTANTIATING EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND HAS BEEN TESTED WITH ADJACENT PRODUCTS IDENTICAL TO PRODUCTS TO BE USED IN WORK AND IS INTENDED FOR APPLICATION. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING D. DELIVER PLUMBING FIXTURES INDIVIDUALLY WRAPPED IN FACTORY CONTAINERS. E. HANDLE PLUMBING FIXTURES CAREFULLY TO PREVENT BREAKAGE, CHIPPING AND SCORING THE FIXTURE UNIT. DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED PLUMBING FIXTURES; REPLACE WITH NEW NON -DAMAGED UNITS. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS F. PROTECTION: INSTALLER SHALL PROTECT PLUMBING FIXTURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, TO AVOID CLOGGING WITH CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND DEBRIS AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND OTHER WORK. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT, FINISHED AND UNIFORM MANNER, WITH ALL REQUIRED SERVICE CONNECTIONS PROPERLY MADE. FIXTURES SHALL BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED IN A MANNER SO THAT NO STRAIN WILL BE TAKEN BY PIPE CONNECTIONS. FIXTURES INSTALLED AGAINST FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH SUPPORTS SO DESIGNED THAT WEIGHT OF FIXTURE WILL NOT BE CARRIED ON FINISHED SURFACES. SUBMIT DETAILS OF SUPPORTS FOR ACCEPTANCE BY ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION. B. EXPOSED METAL WORK OF FIXTURES, ALL FAUCETS, TRAPS, FLUSH VALVES, VACUUM BREAKERS, GRATES OF DRAINS, SCREWS, RIM GUARDS, STOPS AND TRIMMINGS AND ALL EXPOSED PIPE FROM FIXTURES SHALL BE BRASS, HEAVILY CHROMIUM PLATED AND POLISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WASTE AND SUPPLY LINES AT ALL FIXTURES WITH CHROMIUM PLATED BRASS FLOOR AND WALL FLANGES WITH SET SCREWS. 2.02 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE OF SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE THESE SIZES MAY BE IN CONFLICT WITH CODE SIZES, INSTALL THE LARGER OF THE TWO. WHERE FIXTURES ARE NOT LISTED, THE SIZES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER SHALL BE USED. 2.03 TRAPS A. EACH WASTE THROUGHOUT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A TRAP AT OR NEAR THE PLUMBING FIXTURES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 2.04 COUPLINGS A. PIPES SHALL BE JOINED TO PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH SCREWED TAIL PIECE COUPLINGS AND UNIONS OR OTHER OUTLET ASSEMBLIES SO THAT FIXTURES CAN BE EASILY REMOVED AND RESET. 2.05 FIXTURES (SEE SCHEDULE ON P-001) 2.06 SINKS A. SINK - (PROVIDED BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR): 1. 2 INCH STAINLESS STEEL WASTE OUTLETS WITH STRAINER WITH 1-1/2 INCH TAILPIECE. 2. 1-1/2 INCH CHROME PLATED P-TRAP WITH CLEANOUT. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 3.02 INSTALLATION - PLUMBING FIXTURES A. INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES OF TYPES INDICATED WHERE REQUIRED AND AT INDICATED HEIGHTS; IN ACCORDANCE WITH WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND ROUGHING -IN DRAWINGS OF MANUFACTURER, AND WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. ENSURE PLUMBING FIXTURES COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVE INTENDED PURPOSES. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. B. FASTEN PLUMBING FIXTURES SECURELY TO INDICATED SUPPORTS OR BUILDING STRUCTURE; AND ENSURE THAT FIXTURES ARE LEVEL AND PLUMB. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND AFTER UNITS ARE WATER PRESSURIZED, TEST FIXTURES TO DEMONSTRATE CAPABILITY AND COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. WHEN POSSIBLE, CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS AT THE SITE, THEN RETEST TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE; OTHERWISE, REMOVE AND REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS AND PROCEED WITH RETESTING. B. INSPECT EACH INSTALLED UNIT FOR DAMAGE TO FINISH. IF FEASIBLE, RESTORE AND MATCH FINISH TO ORIGINAL AT SITE; OTHERWISE, REMOVE FIXTURE AND REPLACE WITH NEW UNIT. FEASIBILITY AND MATCH TO BE JUDGED BY ARCHITECT. REMOVE CRACKED OR DENTED UNITS AND REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS. C. TEST OPERATE INSTALLED WATER COOLERS TO DEMONSTRATE OPERATION. END OF SECTION PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DRAWINGS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. DESCRIPTION: PLUMBING EQUIPMENT IS INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE WORK NECESSARY AND INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. INCLUDED: PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, FOLLOWING: 1. WATER HEATER. 2. HOT WATER RECIRCULATING PUMPS. D. RELATED WORK: 1. UNDERGROUND PLUMBING. 2. ABOVEGROUND PLUMBING. 3. PLUMBING FIXTURES. 1.02 STANDARDS A. AGA AND NSF LABELS: PROVIDE WATER HEATERS WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED AND LABELED BY AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION AND NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION. B. ANSI STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ANSI Z223.1/ NFPA 54 - NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE, AS APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION OF GAS -FIRED WATER HEATERS. C. ASME CODE SYMBOL STAMPS: PROVIDE SAFETY RELIEF VALVES COMPLYING WITH ASME CODE, AND STAMPED WITH APPROPRIATE CODE SYMBOLS. D. ASME SAFETY VALVE STAMPS: PROVIDE SAFETY RELIEF VALVES BEARING ASME VALVE MARKINGS. E. NEC STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) AS APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS. F. UL LABELS: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WHICH HAS BEEN LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, PRODUCTION, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF TYPE WORK REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER SHALL HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, ENGINEERING, DETAILING, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TYPE AND QUALITY REQUIRED FOR WORK AND SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER. INSTALLER SHALL MAINTAIN AND HAVE MAINTAINED A SERVICE CENTER WITH PARTS INVENTORY AND MANUFACTURER TRAINED PERSONNEL FOR 5 YEARS MINIMUM. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. WATER HEATERS: 1. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER FOR WATER HEATERS. INCLUDE PUBLISHED DATA, CERTIFIED CONFORMANCE REPORT OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT OF MANUFACTURER SUBSTANTIATING WATER HEATERS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT DIMENSIONED DRAWINGS OF WATER HEATERS, SHOWING ACCURATELY SCALED PACKAGED UNITS AND COMPONENTS; INCLUDING LAYOUTS AND SPACE RELATIONSHIPS TO ASSOCIATED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. DELIVER AND STORE EQUIPMENT IN FACTORY WRAPPED PACKAGES WHICH PROPERLY PROTECT EQUIPMENT AGAINST WEATHER, DIRT, FUMES, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND DAMAGE. B. HANDLE EQUIPMENT CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGE TO MOTORS, COMPONENTS, ENCLOSURES AND FINISH. DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED UNITS; REPLACE AND RETURN DAMAGED UNITS TO MANUFACTURER. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. PROTECTION: INSTALLER SHALL PROTECT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, TO AVOID DAMAGE WITH MATERIALS AND DEBRIS AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND OTHER WORK. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 1.07 WARRANTY A. GENERAL: WARRANTY WORK MEETING PROVISIONS OF CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, EXCEPT WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE ARTICLE. B. COVERAGE AND TIME PERIOD: 1. WATER HEATERS: SUBMIT WARRANTY SIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER, COUNTERSIGNED BY THE INSTALLER AND CONTRACTOR, AGREEING TO ADJUST OR REPLACE HEATERS, OR PORTIONS THEREOF, AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED PERFORMANCES, EXTENDED TO A 3 YEAR PERIOD. 2. PUMPS: SUBMIT WARRANTY SIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER, COUNTERSIGNED BY INSTALLER AND CONTRACTOR, AGREEING TO ADJUST OR REPLACE PUMPS, OR PORTIONS THEREOF, AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED PERFORMANCES, EXTENDED TO A 2 YEAR PERIOD. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 (SEE SCHEDULES ON P-001) 2.02 WATER HEATERS A. UNIT SHALL BE OF SIZE AND CAPACITY AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. UNITS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASHRAE 90 STANDARD. C. RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE AND DRAIN VALVE PIPING SHALL DISCHARGE THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL WITH RODENT SCREEN. D. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: LOCHINVAR, A. 0. SMITH, PVI INDUSTRIES 2.02 PUMPS A. RECIRCULATING PUMPS: 1. UNIT SHALL BE OF SIZE AND CAPACITY AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AS MANUFACTURED BY BELL ADN GOSSETT, TACO, OR GRUNDFOS AS ACCEPTABLE BY ARCHITECT. 2. PUMPS SHALL BE FOR VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION AND SHALL HAVE ALL BRONZE CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICAL SEAL, BUILT-IN MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION, OIL CIRCULATING LUBRICATION SYSTEM AND DIRECT CONNECTED MOTOR. 3. PUMPS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY STRAP -ON AQUASTAT. 2.03 EQUIPMENT AND PIPE SUPPORTS A. PROVIDE UNISTRUT, PIPE OR STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORTS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT MOUNTED ABOVE FLOOR. B. SUPPORTS SHALL BE DESIGNED WITH A MINIMUM FACTOR OF SAFETY OF 2 AND SHALL BE OF BOLTED OR WELDED FABRICATION AS BEST SUITS REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL BE ADEQUATELY BRACED TO FORM A RIGID STRUCTURE. 2.04 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. PROVIDE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVES ON TOP OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS AND STORAGE TANKS AS MANUFACTURED BY KNUKLE, MCDONNELL-MILLER OR WATTS. B. PROVIDE ASME PRESSURE RELIEF. C. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES SHALL BE FACTORY SET TO RELIEVE AT OR BELOW MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE OF TANK OR LOWEST WORKING COMPONENT OF SYSTEM. D. DISCHARGE PIPE FROM RELIEF VALVES SHALL RUN FULL SIZE OF VALVE DOWN. NO THREADS ON OPEN END OF DISCHARGE PIPE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 3.02 INSTALLATION -WATER HEATERS A. INSTALL WATER HEATERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER AND WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES, TO ENSURE THAT WATER HEATERS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, AND APPLICABLE NFPA STANDARDS AND ASME - BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE. B. FLUSH WATER HEATERS UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER. C. START-UP WATER HEATERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OF MANUFACTURER, AND DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. WATER HEATERS: TEST ASSEMBLED WATER HEATERS AND ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROOF AND HYDROSTATIC TYPE TESTING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF ASME - BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE. B. PUMPS: UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION OF PUMPS, AND AFTER MOTORS HAVE BEEN ENERGIZED WITH NORMAL POWER SOURCE, BLEED AIR FROM PUMP CASINGS AND TEST PUMPS TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. WHEN POSSIBLE, FIELD CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS, THEN RETEST TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE. REPLACE UNIT WHICH CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY CORRECTED. END OF SECTION Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 estle Waters NORTH AMERtCA V� r- (I _j 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09-03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES ""IEPSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: VD SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P-005' A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. AA rights reserved. Z -ti ,/!r GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES 1. THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PREPARED TO PROVIDE GUIDANCE FOR BIDDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO THIS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AND PROVIDE A SPRINKLER DESIGN TO MEET ALL INTENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. THE WORK THAT IS INDICATED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS AN OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT, INTENDED TO ESTABLISH THE SCOPE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID SHALL CONSULT THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS, EQUIPMENT, SPECIFICATIONS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ) FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION, WITH THEIR ENGINEER SEAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SHALL VALIDATE COVERAGES WITH LOCAL CODE AND OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERABLE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AN APPROVED COMPLETE SET OF DRAWINGS AT THE JOB SITE FOR USE IN "AS -BUILT DRAWINGS." ANY REVISIONS SHALL BE NOTED THERIN AND SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE COMPLETION OF THE JOB. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE "AS -BUILT DRAWINGS" TO PROVIDE A REPRODUCIBLE RECORD SET OF THE COMPLETED SYSTEM AND SUBMIT THE RECORD SET TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 3. ALL COMPONENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION STANDPIPE -SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE UL LISTED AND/OR FACTORY MUTUAL GLOBAL APPROVED, AND HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR USE IN FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. 4. THE SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. SITE VISIT TO EXAMINE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT MAY EFFECT THE EFFICIENT AND TIMELY PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK INDICATED. EXISTING WAREHOUSE PROTECTED BY A ESFR SYSTEM. EXISTING SYSTEMS TO BE MODIFIED/ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY FOR NEWSPACES. B. HYDRAULIC DESIGN OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, INCLUDING COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVALS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, AHJ AND OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA #13 AND #14 AND A FLOW TEST PER NFPA 291 LESS THAN (1) YEAR OLD. CONDUCT SUCH A TEST IF RECORD DATA IS UNAVAILABLE OR OUT OF DATE. C. PIPE SLEEVES SET IN COORDINATED LOCATIONS, THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, WITH CHROME PLATED OR PRIMED FINISHED STEEL ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR EXPOSED TO VIEW PIPES, PASSING THROUGH FINISHED WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS. D. ALL CUTTING, SEALING, PATCHING AND PAINTING REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED WITH NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS FOR THOSE PENETRATIONS THAT ARE THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS, A U.L. LISTED FIRE STOPPING MATERIAL SHALL BE USED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. E. ALL REQUIRED ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE AHJ. F. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, FOR ALL REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. G. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT MANUALS, RECORD DRAWINGS, VALVE TAG SCHEDULES, TESTING CERTIFICATES AND PERSONNEL INSTRUCTION FOR EACH SYSTEM, PRIOR TO SYSTEM TURN -OVER TO THE OWNER. H. ALL WORK PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE GUARANTEED IN WRITING, FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR, FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. I, THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS AUTHORIZED TO ORDER MINOR CHANGES DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK WHICH WILL NOT INVOLVE EXTRA COST OR TIME AND WHICH ARE CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. J. FULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION COMPONENTS INCLUDING PIPING, ALARMS, DRAINS, TEST POINTS, ETC., WITH ALL ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. OBSTRUCTIONS TO SPRINKLER DISCHARGE MUST BE CONSIDERED DURING SHOP DRAWING PRODUCTION AND INSTALLATION. EXTRA SPRINKLERS MAY BE REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR ANY OTHER ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. SUBMIT COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 5. DESIGN EACH SPRINKLER SYSTEM GIVING FULL CONSIDERATION TO THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL OBSTRUCTIONS TO SPRINKLER SPRAY PATTERNS, PRESENTED BY ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUTS OF ROOMS, DIFFERENT ADJACENT CEILING ELEVATIONS, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, SUSPENDED LIGHTS, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT BANKS. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND LAYOUT OF SPRINKLERS, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT WITH THE DETAILED INSTALLATION DRAWINGS OF ALL OTHER TRADES. 6. SUBMIT AN RFI (REQUEST FOR INFORMATION), FOR ALL QUESTIONS RELATED TO THE FIRE PROTECTION DOCUMENTS AND COORDINATION. 7. PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS OR ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE "FIRE CAULKED" WITH APPROVED CAULKING PER METHODS REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, (AHJ), AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. 8. SPRINKLER PROTECTION IS REQUIRED ABOVE ALL ELECTRICAL ROOMS. NO MAIN PIPING SHALL PENETRATE THE ELECTRICAL ROOMS. SPRINKLER BRANCHLINES SHALL NOT BE ROUTED OVER PANEL BOARD LOCATIONS. 9. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO BID. SHOULD MODIFICATION TO THESE PLANS BECOME NECESSARY TO PROPERLY COORDINATE THE SYSTEM WITH OTHER TRADES, IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THESE CHANGES BY THE AHJ, AND THE FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER OF RECORD. IN ADDITION TO OBTAINING THE NECESSARY APPROVALS, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR MUST MAKE NOTE OF ALL FIELD OR COORDINATE CHANGES ON THE INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. ONCE COMPLETE, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ONE COPY OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO NESTLE FOR THEIR RECORDS/USE. 10. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO DIVERT ALL DRAIN AND INSPECTORS TEST CONNECTION DISCHARGE AWAY FROM FINISHED SURFACES AND PIPE TO APPROVED DRAIN LOCATIONS. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR WILL BE BACKCHARGED FOR ANY REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, OR CLEANING OF RUST STAINS ON PAVEMENT/CONCRETE DUE TO WATER DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAIN DOWNS. 11. IN EVENT OF CONFLICT, AMBIGUITY OR INCONSISTENCY IN OR BETWEEN THE ELEMENTS COMPRISING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, NOT CLARIFIED BY A MODIFICATION, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ESTIMATED ON, AND AGREED TO PROVIDE, THE GREATER QUANTITY OR BETTER QUALITY OF PRODUCTS AND THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERPRETATION BY ARCHITECT OF WHICH CONFLICTING REQUIREMENT GOVERNS, UNLESS HE SHALL HAVE, BEFORE SUBMISSION OF HIS BID, ASKED FOR AND OBTAINED WRITTEN DECISION OF THE ARCHITECT AS TO WHICH PRODUCTS AND WORK WILL BE REQUIRED. IF THE OWNER WITH CONSULTATION OF THE ARCHITECT DECIDES TO ACCEPT A LESSER QUANTITY OR LOWER QUALITY OF PRODUCTS AND WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMIT TO THE OWNER THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COST OF THE WORK THAT THE OWNER ACCEPTS AND THE COST OF THE GREATER QUANTITY OR BETTER QUALITY OF PRODUCTS AND WORK. 12. HEADS IN FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE FULLY RECESSED WITH WHITE COVERS. MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 11 I�tle� waters i NORTH AMERICA ••'gyp`':..-:: ?�i;"ep STATE OF :4v A e Qc. MAL 4 3 2 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 09.03.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 NO. 08.16.2013 DATE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: PV SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD FIRE PROTECTION NOTES FP=001 �" - UX)= A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. AA rights reserved, PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, DRAWINGS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. DESCRIPTION: WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ARE INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE WORK NECESSARY AND INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. INCLUDED: WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, FOLLOWING: 1. WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM WATER SERVICE FROM EXISTING INTERIOR SUPPLY MAIN WITHIN BUILDING. 2.100 PERCENT SPRINKLERED PROTECTED BUILDING. 3. WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. 4. PIPE AND FITTINGS. 5. SPRINKLERS. 6. CHECK VALVES. 7. RISER CHECK VALVES. 8. BUTTERFLY VALVES. 9. DRAIN VALVES. 10. INSPECTORS TEST VALVES ASSEMBLIES. 11. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. 12. CABINETS. 13. ALARM DEVICES. 14. SLEEVES. 15. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 16. SIGNS. D. RELATED WORK: 1. ELECTRICAL: a. ELECTRICAL POWER FOR LOCAL ALARM BELLS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING. b. WIRING OF FLOW ALARM SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES, AND BELLS TO REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANELS. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. CODES AND STANDARDS: MEET REQUIREMENTS OF FOLLOWING, EXCEPT TO EXTENT OF MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND OF CODES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK: 2. NFPA 10 - PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 3. NFPA 13 - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. 4. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 5. NFPA 72 - NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE. B. PERFORMANCE BASIS: 1. GENERAL: PLANS HAVE BEEN PREPARED TO PROVIDE GENERAL GUIDANCE FOR BIDDING. THE WORK THAT IS INDICATED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS AN OVERVIEW, INTENDED TO ESTABLISH THE SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERABLE WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. PRIOR TO BID, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. WORK SHALL MEET BASIC ARRANGEMENTS, PERFORMANCE, AND LIKE REQUIREMENTS INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SHALL INCLUDE COMPONENTS NOT INDICATED BUT NECESSARY FOR PERFORMANCE, FUNCTION, OPERATION AND LIKE REQUIREMENTS, AND TO BE A COMPLETE SYSTEM, PERMANENT AND SAFE OPERATING SYSTEM. ALL PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE INCLUDED AND VALIDATED AS NECESSARY BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE CERTIFIED AND SEALED SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS, EQUIPMENT, SPECIFICATIONS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 2. CERTIFICATION: WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED, CERTIFIED, REVIEWED AND INSPECTED BY ENGINEER OF CONTRACTOR. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS: PRODUCTS SHALL BE: 1. UL LABELED AND LISTED. 2. FMRC - APPROVED LABELS AND LISTED IN FMRC - APPROVAL GUIDE. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER SHALL SPECIALIZE IN PRODUCTION OF PRODUCTS OF TYPES AND CAPABILITIES REQUIRED, WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR 5 YEARS MINIMUM. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER SHALL SPECIALIZE IN PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION, HAVE 5 YEARS MINIMUM DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, ENGINEERING, DETAILING, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TYPE AND QUALITY REQUIRED FOR WORK AND SHALL BE LICENSED TO PERFORM WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. D. ENGINEER OF CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: 1. GENERAL: PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OF CONTRACTOR LICENSED TO PRACTICE AS A WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION ENGINEER IN JURISDICTION WHERE THE WORK IS LOCATED AND EXPERIENCED IN PROVIDING WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION ENGINEERING SERVICES THAT HAVE RESULTED IN SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE OF WORK SIMILAR IN EXTENT, DESIGN AND PRODUCTS TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. 2. STRUCTURAL: WHEN WORK REQUIRES STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING SERVICES, ENGINEER SHALL BE LICENSED TO PRACTICE AS A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. F. ACCEPTANCE TESTS: NOTIFY INSURANCE UNDERWRITER OF OWNER AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE TESTING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRE -TEST PRIOR TO WITNESSED TESTS TO ASSURE SYSTEMS OPERATE AS REQUIRED. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA, STANDARD DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURERS FOR EACH PRODUCT. INCLUDE PUBLISHED DATA, CERTIFIED CONFORMANCE REPORT OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT OF MANUFACTURER SUBSTANTIATING EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MAKE SIMULTANEOUS SUBMITTAL DIRECTLY TO INSURANCE UNDERWRITER OF OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. GENERAL: SUBMIT DIMENSIONED SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING LAYOUT OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, ACCURATELY SCALED, INCLUDING SPACE RELATIONSHIPS TO ASSOCIATED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ON CALCULATED SYSTEMS. ELECTRICAL DATA SHALL INDICATE TERMINAL -TO -TERMINAL SYSTEM CONNECTIONS. MAKE SIMULTANEOUS SUBMITTAL DIRECTLY TO INSURANCE UNDERWRITER OF OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. 2. CERTIFICATION: SHOP DRAWINGS FOR WORK SHALL BE CERTIFIED AND SEALED BY ENGINEER OF CONTRACTOR WHO PERFORMED DESIGN WORK COVERED BY CONTENT OF SHOP DRAWINGS, STATING WORK MEETS MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.. C. INSURANCE SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT 2 COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, STAMPED AND ACCEPTED BY APPROVING AGENCY OF INSURANCE UNDERWRITER OF OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. E. PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION: SUBMIT PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION PREPARED, CERTIFIED AND SEALED BY ENGINEER OF CONTRACTOR. CERTIFICATION SHALL SPECIFICALLY INDICATE WORK MEETS MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND OF CODES AND REGULATION OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. F. CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATE UPON COMPLETION OF FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING WORK STATING THAT WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13, AND THERE ARE NO DEFECTS IN SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL. MAKE SIMULTANEOUS SUBMITTAL DIRECTLY TO INSURANCE UNDERWRITER OF OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1.01 PRODUCT HANDLING G. DELIVERY: 1. GENERAL: DELIVER MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WITH FACTORY INSTALLED PROTECTIVE WRAPPING AND SHIPPING SKIDS AND SHIMS; PACKAGE ACCESSORIES IN FACTORY FABRICATED FIBERBOARD TYPE CONTAINERS. H. STORAGE: STORE EQUIPMENT AND PIPING IN A CLEAN, DRY AREA, OFF GROUND. I. DAMAGED: 1. GENERAL: DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED, DENTED OR CRACKED EQUIPMENT; REPLACE AND RETURN DAMAGED UNITS TO EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. 2. SPRINKLER HEADS: EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN NOT TO EXPOSE SPRINKLER HEADS TO HIGH TEMPERATURE OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. SPRINKLER PIPING SCHEDULE: SCHEDULE INSTALLATION SO THAT SPRINKLER PIPING IN AREAS WITH SUSPENDED CEILINGS WILL BE INSTALLED AND TESTED BEFORE CEILING IS ERECTED. 1.06 MAINTENANCE A. MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS: FURNISH FOLLOWING PRODUCTS FOR MAINTENANCE: 1. SPARE HEADS: FURNISH SPARE HEADS EQUAL TO 1 PERCENT OF TOTAL NUMBER OF HEADS INSTALLED, OR A MINIMUM OF 24 HEADS, WHICHEVER IS LARGER. HEADS SHALL BE PACKED IN A SUITABLE CONTAINER, AND SHALL BE REPRESENTATIVE, AND IN PROPORTION TO QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE AND TEMPERATURE RATING HEADS INSTALLED. 2. WRENCHES: FURNISH 2 MINIMUM SPECIAL SPRINKLER HEAD WRENCHES. 1.07 WARRANTY A. GENERAL: WARRANTY WORK MEETING PROVISIONS OF CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, EXCEPT WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE. B. COVERAGE: UPON SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF REQUIRED TESTS AND SYSTEM BEING PLACED IN SERVICE, CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY SYSTEM FREE OF DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. BLACK PIPE: BLACK STEEL SCHEDULE 40 MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A53, ASTM A795 AND ASTM A135 WITH MANUFACTURER NAME AND BRAND ON EACH LENGTH OF PIPE. PIPE SHALL BE UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED. PIPE 4 INCHES AND SMALLER SHALL BE BUTT WELDED. LARGER SHALL BE SEAMLESS OR ERW, ASTM A135, GRADE A. B. SCHEDULE 10: WHERE PERMITTED BY BOTH UL AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK, PIPE UP TO 5 INCH MAY BE SCHEDULE 10; 6 INCH WITH WALL THICKNESS OF 0.134 INCHES AND 8 INCH WITH WALL THICKNESS OF 0.188 INCHES. SCHEDULE 10 PIPING SHALL NOT BE THREADED OR CUT GROOVED. C. SCHEDULE 5: SCHEDULE 5 PIPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE IN THE WORK. D. ENDS: 1. PIPE LESS THAN SCHEDULE 40 SHALL NOT BE THREADED. 2. PLAIN END PIPE AND FITTINGS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE IN THE WORK. F. WELDED JOINTS: FIELD WELDING OF SPRINKLER PIPING IS PERMITTED. HEADERS, SECTIONS OF FEED MAINS, CROSS MAINS, BRANCHLINES OR RISERS MAY BE SHOP WELDED MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 AND FMRC REQUIREMENTS. G. CORROSIVE AREAS: PIPING LESS THEN SCHEDULE 40 IS NOT ACCEPTABLE IN CORROSIVE AREAS. 2.02 FITTINGS A. SCREWED FITTINGS: BLACK CAST IRON, 175 PSI MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI B16.4. B. GROOVED FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS - GENERAL: MALLEABLE OR DUCTILE IRON WITH 300 PSI MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE. F. PLAIN END FITTINGS: NOT ACCEPTABLE IN THE WORK. 2.03 SPRINKLERS A. GENERAL: 1. DESCRIPTION: SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE OF A TEMPERATURE RATING AND ORIFICE SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY NFPA STANDARDS AND BE UL LISTED AND MARKED AND FMRC APPROVED. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: a.TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS. b. RELIABLE. c. VIKING. B. SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES: 1. FINISHED CEILING AREAS: d.DESCRIPTION: SPRINKLER HEADS IN FINISHED CEILING AREAS SHALL BE FULLY RECESSED AUTOMATIC AND WITH WHITE COVER. 1) ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: a) TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS, MODEL RFII. 2. HEATING EQUIPMENT: SPRINKLER HEADS IN VICINITY OF HEATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF TEMPERATURE RATING AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13 ACCORDING TO DISTANCE FROM EQUIPMENT. 2.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS USED IN WATER -BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SHALL BE FM APPROVED AND MEET REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. B. C-CLAMPS SHALL HAVE RETAINING STRAPS. 2.07 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: A. DESCRIPTION: 10LB ABC, SURFACE MOUNTED WITH WALL BRACKET. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: a. LARSEN. b. FIRE -END & CROKER. c. POTTER-ROEMER. 2.08 SIGNS AND TAGS A. SIGNS: SIGNS SHALL BE 6" X 6", 20 GAGE STEEL, PUNCHED, PAINTED FIRE RED WITH WHITE LETTERING AND SUPPORTED WITH CHAINS OR DIRECT MOUNTED. PROVIDE LETTERING STYLE AND SIZE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM NFPA SUGGESTED STYLES. B. TAGS: PROVIDE 1 INCH VALVE TAGS AND VALVE TAG SCHEDULE FOR ALL TYPES OF VALVES. C. PLACARDS: 1. PROVIDE METAL HYDRAULIC INFORMATION PLACARDS AT EACH RISER MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. HYDRAULIC DATA SHALL BE HAND DIE SET ONTO PLACARD. D. ADHESIVE STYLE HYDRAULIC INFORMATION PLACARDS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. GENERAL: INSTALL WORK MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN PART 2 OF THIS SECTION AND APPLICABLE REFERENCE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, AS INDICATED BY FINAL REVIEWED SUBMITTALS FOR WORK AND MEETING INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS. CONSULT WITH MANUFACTURER FOR CONDITIONS NOT COVERED BY PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AND AT MOUNTING HEIGHT TO MEET REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. SECURELY FASTEN TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB; IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES AND MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. C. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. HANGER RODS AND INTERMEDIATE HEADERS SHALL BE SIZED MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. 2. COORDINATE HANGER LOCATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL LAYOUT. ADJUST PER PROJECT CONDITIONS, INCLUDING PROVIDING TRAPEZE HANGER, SWAY BRACES, EXPANSION JOINTS, OFFSETS, ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS AND CLOSER SPACING OF HANGERS AS PROJECT CONDITIONS REQUIRE. 3. C-CLAMPS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR BRACING OF ANY KIND. 4. PROVIDE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS AND EARTHQUAKE BRACING MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. D. SPRINKLER HEADS IN FINISHED CEILING TILE AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM GRID LINE. LOCATE SPRINKLERS IN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN COORDINATED WITH LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS AND LIKE ITEMS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, FOR SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT. E. COORDINATE WORK AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE PROPERLY WITH OTHER WORK. F. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE PLACED WITH DEFLECTORS PARALLEL TO CEILING OR ROOF SLOPE. CLEARANCE BETWEEN DEFLECTORS AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION MEMBERS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. G. SPRINKLER MAIN PIPING RUNNING PARALLEL TO JOISTS SHALL BE LOCATED MIDWAY BETWEEN JOISTS AND SUPPORTED BY INTERMEDIATE HANGERS LOCATED AT PANEL POINTS OF JOISTS. H. PROVIDE AUXILIARY DRAINS FOR TRAPPED PORTIONS OF PIPING MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. I. RUN NO SPRINKLER PIPING AND DRAIN PIPING IN OR THROUGH ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOMS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS AND CLOSETS, SWITCHBOARD ROOMS, SWITCHGEAR ROOMS, TELEPHONE ROOMS AND LIKE SPACES, EXCEPT INDIVIDUAL BRANCH PIPING SERVING SPRINKLER HEADS. J. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FLUSHING CONNECTIONS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. K. KEEP OPEN ENDED PIPING FREE OF DIRT AND DEBRIS BUILD-UP ON INSIDE. SEAL OPEN ENDS OF PIPE DURING CONSTRUCTION USING PLASTIC PIPE OR DUCT TAPE TO INSURE THIS QUALITY. L. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF SPRINKLER HEADS FROM PAINT OVERSPRAY. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERING AFTER PAINTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED, COORDINATE WITH PAINTING WORK. M. INSTALL PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY SPRINKLERS IN UNOCCUPIED AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. N. PROVIDE INSPECTOR TEST CONNECTION ON PIPING SYSTEM AT POINT FURTHEST FROM SUPPLY. TEST VALVE SHOULD BE LOCATED 7 FEET ABOVE FLOOR AND DISCHARGE TO OUTSIDE. DISCHARGE SHOULD BE PIPED TO SAFE POINT AND SPLASH BLOCK PROVIDED. PROVIDE SIGHT GLASS. 0. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER FILLING AND VENTING OF WET SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE SYSTEMS AFTER SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN TESTED AND ACCEPTED. ALSO, AFTER FILLING, SYSTEM SHALL BE REVIEWED FOR LEAKS AND ALL LEAKS AND DRIPS SHALL BE REPAIRED. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGED WORK AND WORK OF OTHERS REPLACED, INCLUDING CEILING TILE, WALL COVERINGS, FIXTURES, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT. MEP / FP Engineer Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. PROVIDE SIGNS TO CONTROLS, DRAINS, TEST AND ALARM VALVES, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING IDENTIFICATION WHICH IDENTIFY THEIR PURPOSE AND FUNCTION OF RESPECTIVE ITEM. B. PIPING IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE PLACED IN CLEARLY VISIBLE LOCATIONS. LABELS AND TAPES OF GENERAL PURPOSE, TYPE, AND COLOR MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF PAINTING, EXCLUDING CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS. COLOR SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A13.1. PROVIDE ARROW MARKINGS TO INDICATE DIRECTION OF FLOW. SPACING OF IDENTIFICATION MARKING SHALL NOT EXCEED 50 FT. PIPE MARKINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR RISERS AND EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION FOR PIPING. 3.05 TESTING A. TEST SYSTEM MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. TESTS SHALL BE WITNESSED BY ARCHITECT, INSURANCE UNDERWRITER OF OWNER AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. SUBMIT REPORTS OF TEST ON NFPA - CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE FOR ABOVEGROUND PIPING. FORMS SHALL BE SIGNED BY THOSE WITNESSING TESTS. B. REPAIR OR REPLACE EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE LEAKAGE MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA STANDARDS, AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE. C. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSISTING IN TESTING OF ALARMS AND ADJUSTING RETARD CIRCUIT AFTER COMPLETION OF WIRING. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. REMOVE DEBRIS AND FOREIGN MATERIAL FROM INSIDE OF PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. AFTER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND BEFORE PIPING IS PLACED IN SERVICE, FLUSH ENTIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. CONTINUE FLUSHING UNTIL WATER IS CLEAR, AND CHECK TO ENSURE THAT DEBRIS HAS NOT CLOGGED SPRINKLER PIPING. CLEAN EXTERIOR OF PIPE AND EQUIPMENT FROM OIL, SCALE AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL. END OF SECTION E NStC�'�4` TM Nestle Waters North America ' o < Nestle Waters North America �� •?= 4330 20th Street = < STATE OF Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 4- 972.462.3663 ' o'�i�►' L o RI p NORTH AMERICA 0W,AB 1Le� 4 3 09.18.2013 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 1 NO. 09.03.2013 08.16.2013 DATE CD REVIEW PACKAGE DD REVIEW PACKAGE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: PV SCALE: NTS DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS FP-002 A. Epstein and Sons Interwhonal, Inc. AN rights reserved. I I I I I I I I 1 11 1 1 1 11 LA I I III I I m IL) is i X/ /% A XIS G 0 CE XIS-1 G LAN G 0 21 E F! miq49'LAB F1 F1 W =T S7 M F, TF1 T44, Mm CTEL-2-= L-13 .3 �Fl P F1 FIt A Adr^,ICAL F1 Fill F1 F 1 F1 F! j t LEGEND SYMBOL fj DESCRIPTION FLUSH MOUNTED/CONCEALED HEAD NORTH FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: W 1W 21 j R M --- ------ - T -X TIN Q; H E 14 Ll 13 . ........... r OLD I L M I Q RO LAB A. EXIS ING SPRINKLER LAYOUT TO BE MODIFIED L FL- -ii� F' LA LL MICRO STORACE LAB ! fl fT= A X FA A/ _J E' S- G Al ND- NORTH — — ------- ---------- ... ...... 1 DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/8'= V-9 MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES OE Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 hMstl Waters NORTH AMERICA Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: PV SCALE: 1/8" = it -On DRAWN BY: PV CHECKED BY: VD �PSTEIN 41�1' FIRE PROTECTION PLANS TE OF :Af R ....... L FP-101 @)00(X A. Epstein and Sons Intemational, rights reserved. Inc. All • �PSTEIN 41�1' FIRE PROTECTION PLANS TE OF :Af R ....... L FP-101 @)00(X A. Epstein and Sons Intemational, rights reserved. Inc. All • I I I t N C I I I GENERAL NOTES: SECTION 2.02 FASTENERS 2. SURFACE PREPARATION: REMOVE SCALE, RUST AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS 051200 BEFORE PAINT IS APPLIED. CLEAN OFF RUST, MILL SCALE, SLAG AND FLUX DEPOSITS, AND STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING A. HIGH STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS: LIKE MATERIALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF SSPC SP2 - HAND TOOL CLEANING, SP3 - POWER TOOL CLEANING, OR SP7 - BRUSH-OFF BLAST CLEANING. REMOVE OIL, GREASE GENERAL: PART 1 - GENERAL 1. GENERAL: RCSC BOLT SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE THREADED FASTENERS AS INDICATED AND SIMILAR CONTAMINATES MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF SSPC SP1 - SOLVENT CLEANING. ON DRAWINGS. THREADED FASTENERS SHALL BE PROPERLY LUBRICATED. 1. APPLICABLE CODE: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL 1.01 SUMMARY 3. APPLICATION: AMENDMENTS. 2. COMMON HIGH STRENGTH FASTENERS - PLAIN: 2. FIRE RATING: TYPE 2B CONSTRUCTION WITH 0 HOUR FIRE RATING. a. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION, APPLY PAINT MEETING 3. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT JOB SITE BEFORE FABRICATION. A. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, FOLLOWING: a. BOLTS - UNCOATED: ASTM A325, AS APPLICABLE, TYPE 1, HEAVY HEX, UNCOATED. INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF MANUFACTURER AND REQUIREMENTS 4. SPECIFICATIONS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, IN CASE OF OF SSPC PA1. APPLY PAINT AT A RATE TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS AND UNIFORM DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, INFORMATION INDICATED 1. WORK DEFINED IN AISC - CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS b. NUTS: ASTM A563, GRADE DH, HEAVY HEX, UNCOATED OR COATED AS REQUIRED 2.5 MILS MINIMUM DRY FILM THICKNESS FOR EACH COAT REQUIRED, EXCEPT ON DRAWINGS GOVERNS. AND BRIDGES AND AS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. FOR MATING BOLT TYPE. PROVIDE GREATER DRY FILM THICKNESS WHEN RECOMMENDED BY PAINT 5. ALL DETAILS, SECTIONS AND NOTES ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE MANUFACTURER. COATING SHALL PROVIDE FULL COVERAGE OVER JOINTS, TYPICAL FOR SIMILAR SITUATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. FURNISHING SETTING PLATES, BEARING PLATES, EMBEDDED PLATES INDICATED ON 3. TENSION CONTROL FASTENERS - PLAIN: CORNERS, EDGES AND EXPOSED SURFACES. STRIPE PAINT EDGES, CORNERS, 6. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO BE BUILT-IN OR ATTACHED TO CREVICES, THREADED FASTENERS, WELDS AND LIKE CONDITIONS. 7. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT FINISHED STRUCTURE SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION. a. DESCRIPTION: BOLTS WITH MATING NUTS AND WASHERS FOR INSTALLATION AND, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, DO NOT INDICATE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. USING A SPECIAL WRENCH. BOLT TENSION SHALL BE PRE -CALIBRATED DURING b. APPLY 1 COAT OF PAINT TO SURFACES OF FABRICATED ITEMS, EXCEPT APPLY 8. EXISTING CONDITIONS AND RELATED DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURE SO SPLINE AUTOMATICALLY SHEARS UNDER TORQUING TO 2 COATS OF PAINT TO SURFACES WHICH WILL BE INACCESSIBLE AFTER ASSEMBLY PROVIDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO INSURE PROPER TENSION. OR ERECTION. CHANGE SHADE OF COLOR OF SECOND COAT TO DISTINGUISH COMMENCING WORK. SUBMIT CONDITIONS THAT DIFFER FROM THAT INDICATED ON A. CODES AND STANDARDS: MEET REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITIONS OF FROM FIRST COAT. DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS, EXCEPT TO EXTENT OF MOST STRINGENT b. BOLTS - UNCOATED: ASTM A325, AS APPLICABLE, TYPE 1, HEAVY HEX, UNCOATED. REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND OF CODES AND REGULATIONS OF PART 3 - EXECUTION COORDINATION BY CONTRACTOR: PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. SPECIFICATION c. NUTS: ASTM A563, GRADE DH, HEAVY HEX, UNCOATED OR COATED AS REQUIRED SECTIONS AS INCLUDED IN ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL / FOR MATING BOLT TYPE. 3.01 EXAMINATION 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND OTHER DESIGN PLUMBING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF WORK AND COORDINATION OF TRADES. 2.03 WELDING COMPONENTS A. GENERAL: EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE ERECTED FOR 2. PRINCIPAL OPENINGS ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, URAL, ARCHITECTURAL, 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE IF ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPENINGS, C AND F A. WELDING ELECTRODES: SELECT WELDING ELECTRODES MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK ARE SATISFACTORY. DO NOT PROCEED CONTRACTORCOORDINATED PLAN SHOWING ALL SLAB AND WALL SLEEVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: AWS D1.1 FOR TYPE METAL AND ALLOY TO BE WELDED, INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH ERECTION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. OPENINGS, BLOCKUTS, AND SLEEVES TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF PARENT METAL MANUFACTURERS, AND FINISH REQUIRED. IN COMMENCEMENT OF ERECTION SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. EACH FLOOR AND WALL REINFORCING STEEL SHOP DRAWING PROVIDE OPENINGS, 1. GENERAL: FABRICATOR SHALL HAVE DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE FOR CATEGORY OF ADDITION, WELDING ELECTRODES SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR STRENGTH AND BLOCKOUTS AND SLEEVES BASED ON SUBMITTAL RESPONSES ALLOWING PENETRATION ONLY. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING WORK COINCIDING WITH THE WORK, AND SHALL HAVE COMPATIBILITY IN FABRICATED ITEMS. 3.02 ERECTION 3. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CITY, DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN DESIGN, ENGINEERING, DETAILING AND FABRICATION OF COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS, INCLUDING THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. 1. SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING: AWS A5.1 OR A5.5. A. GENERAL: ERECT WORK MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING (OSHA) AND REGULATIONS ADOPTED PURSUANT THERETO. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN AISC CODE, AISC SPECIFICATION AND PART 2 OF THIS 4. THE BUILDING IS DESIGNED FOR PERMANENT LOADS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURE IN ITS FINAL 2. DETAILER: DETAILER SHALL BE QUALITY PROCEDURES PROGRAM CERTIFIED BY 2. SUBMERGED ARC WELDING: AWS A5.17. SECTION, AS INDICATED BY FINAL REVIEWED SUBMITTAL FOR WORK AND MEETING CONFIGURATIONCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STEEL DETAILING AS CLASS I OR CLASS II DETAILER, OR INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS. STRUCTURE, WORKMEN OR OTHER PERSONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SUPERVISED BY CLASS I SENIOR DETAILER. 3. FLUX -CORED ARC WELDING: AWS A5.20. SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, B. ERECTION TOLERANCES: MEET REQUIREMENTS OF AISC CODE. SHORING FOR BUILDING, SHORING FOR EARTH BANKS, FORMS, SCAFFOLDING, PLANKING, B. ERECTOR QUALIFICATIONS: ERECTOR SHALL HAVE DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE FOR 2.04 ACCESSORIES SAFETY NETS, SUPPORT, BRACING FOR CRANES AND GIN POLES, AND SIMILAR MEANS -AND- CATEGORY OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING WORK COINCIDING WITH THE WORK C. ASSEMBLY: METHODS ELEMENTS. AND SHALL HAVE DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. PRIMER PAINTS: 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT WORK AND SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FRAMING. UPON REQUEST, PROVIDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS. 1.ACCURATELY ASSEMBLE STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING FRAMES TO LINES AND ELEVATIONS FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES. 1. GENERAL: INDICATED, WITHIN SPECIFIED ERECTION TOLERANCES. CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE SHALL ENGAGE PROPERLY QUALIFIED PERSONS TO C. THREADED FASTENING QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFY SHOP AND PROJECT SITE DESIGN AND DETERMINE WHERE AND HOW TEMPORARY PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES SHALL THREADED FASTENER TIGHTENING PROCEDURES MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF RCSC a. FAST -CURING, HEAVY METAL FREE, AND WITH GOOD RESISTANCE TO NORMAL 2. SPLICES ARE PERMITTED ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BE USED AND TO INSPECT THE SAME IN FIELD. BOLT SPECIFICATION. VERIFY SHOP AND PROJECT SITE THREADED FASTENER CREWS ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS, COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH PAINT COATS AND SYSTEMS 6. SITE OBSERVATION BY FIELD REPRESENTATIVE OF ARCHITECT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE ABILITY TO INSTALL THREADED FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SELECTED METHOD REQUIRED, AND CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A SOUND FOUNDATION FOR PROJECT SITE 3. DO NOT USE GAS CUTTING OR DRIFT PINS TO ENLARGE OR ALIGN UNFAIR HOLES. REAM INSPECTION OF WORK ITEMS. OF TIGHTENING. APPLIED TOPCOATS DESPITE PROLONGED EXPOSURE PRIOR TO APPLYING HOLES THAT MUST BE ENLARGED TO ADMIT BOLTS. TOPCOATS. GRIDLINES: D. WELDING QUALIFICATIONS: PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WELDING OPERATIONS, 4. ERECTION BOLTS USED IN WELDED CONSTRUCTION MAY BE TIGHTENED SECURELY AND QUALIFY WELDING PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL TO BE EMPLOYED ON FABRICATION b. COORDINATE PRIMER PAINTS WITH FINISH PAINT REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN LEFT IN PLACE. REMOVE BOLTS AND FILL HOLES WITH PLUG WELDS AND GROUND SMOOTH 1. GRIDLINES INDICATE COLUMN CENTERLINES OR FACE OF COLUMN/WALL/FOUNDATION UNLESS AND INSTALLATION WORK MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1; QUALIFICATIONS TO ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WHEN CONNECTIONS WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW IN THE COMPLETED WORK. SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS ARE PROVIDED LOCATING CENTERLINES OR FACE OF ELEMENTS WITH REMAIN IN EFFECT FOR DURATION OF WORK. RESPECT TO PROVIDED GRIDLINES. 2. REPAIR PAINTS: D. THREADED FASTENER CONNECTIONS: MEET REQUIREMENTS OF RCSC BOLT SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE HIGH -STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS OF STRENGTH REQUIRED. DO NOT REUSE STRUCTURAL STEEL: 1.05 SUBMITTALS a. ACRYLIC PRIMER COATING: SAME PAINT AS SPECIFIED FOR PRIMER. FASTENERS THAT HAVE BEEN PREVIOUSLY TIGHTENED TO FULL PRETENSION FORCE. CORRECT THREADED FASTENER CONNECTIONS THAT FAIL INSPECTION. 1. COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF AISC SPECIFICATION 360. ALL STRUCTURAL 2.05 FABRICATION STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE. A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, TECHNICAL DATA, STANDARD DETAIL E. WELDED CONSTRUCTION: 2. SUBMIT DETAILED, ENGINEERED, AND COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STRUCTURAL DRAWING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER FOR EACH PRODUCT, A. GENERAL: FABRICATE WORK MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF AISC CODE AND AISC STEEL INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN INTENT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INCLUDING PAINT PRODUCTS. INCLUDE PUBLISHED DATA, CERTIFIED CONFORMANCE SPECIFICATION. 1. MEET REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1. FABRICATION. REPORT OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT OF MANUFACTURER SUBSTANTIATING 3. STEEL SHAPES: EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. LIMIT WELDING PROCESS TO ONE OR MORE OF FOLLOWING: CHANNELS, ANGLES, PLATES (TO 8" THICK), BARS, THREADED RODS - ASTM A36 1. HOLES FOR OTHER WORK: W SHAPES - ASTM A992 B. SHOP DRAWINGS: a. PROVIDE HOLES REQUIRED FOR SECURING OTHER WORK TO STRUCTURAL a. MANUAL SHIELDED ARC. HP SHAPES - ASTM A572 GRADE 50 HSS ROUND AND RECTANGULAR SHAPES - ASTM A 500 GRADE B 1. GENERAL: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING COMPLETE DETAILS AND SCHEDULES STEEL FRAMING FRAMING AND FOR PASSAGE OF OTHER WORK THROUGH b. SUBMERGED ARC. PIPE - ASTM A53 TYPE E OR S GRADE B STD. WT., UNO FOR FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. INCLUDE STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS AS INDICATED ON FINAL REVIEWED HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS - ASTM A325N OR F1852 (UNO) DETAILS OF CUTS, CONNECTIONS, CAMBER, HOLES AND OTHER PERTINENT DATA. SHOP DRAWINGS. PROVIDE SPECIALTY ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE OTHER c. FLUX -CORED ARC. 4. WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO STANDARDS OF AWS D1.1. ELECTRODES FOR FIELD AND SHOP INDICATE WELDS BY STANDARD AWS SYMBOLS, AND SHOW SIZE, LENGTH AND TYPE OF WORK. WELDING SHALL BE E70XXAND SHALL CONFORM TO AWS RECOMMENDATIONS. WELDS NOT EACH WELD. INDICATE TYPE, SIZE AND LENGTH OF BOLTS, DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN F. GAS CUTTING: CORRECTING OF FABRICATION BY GAS CUTTING IS NOT PERMITTED ON ANY INDICATED SHALL BE AWS MINIMUM. FOLLOW PREHEAT REQUIREMENTS OF AWS. LOW SHOP AND FIELD BOLTS. IDENTIFY THE TYPE OF HIGH STRENGTH BOLTED CONNECTION b. CUT, DRILL OR PUNCH HOLES PERPENDICULAR TO STEEL SURFACES. DO NOT MEMBER IN STRUCTURAL FRAMING WITHOUT PRIOR ACCEPTANCE OF ARCHITECT. HYDROGEN ELECTRODES MAY BE UTILIZED TO MINIMIZE THE USE OF PREHEAT. USE LOW AS DIRECT TENSION, OR BEARING CONNECTIONS. HOLES, FLANGE CUTS, SLOTS AND FLAME CUT HOLES OR ENLARGE HOLES BY BURNING. DRILL HOLES IN BEARING HYDROGEN ELECTODES FOR WELDING TO CONCRETE EMBEDMENT PLATES OR OTHER OPENINGS SHALL BE AS INDICATED BY DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE PROPERLY LOCATED PLATES. STRUCTURAL STEEL ELEMENT IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY. WITH TEMPLATES. PROVIDE SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES AND DIRECTIONS FOR 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5. FABRICATE BEAMS SO THAT ANY NATURAL CAMBER IS UPWARD AFTER ERECTION. INSTALLATION OF ANCHORAGES TO BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 2. EDGES: STEEL COMPONENTS SHALL BE FREE FROM BURRS AND SHARP EDGES. 6. ALL CUTS, HOLES, ETC. REQUIRED IN STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS FOR THE WORK OF OTHER B. CONNECTION TYPES: A. GENERAL: QUALITY CONTROL SERVICE TO PERFORM DURING CONSTRUCTION QUALITY TRADES SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. BURNING OF HOLES OR CUTS IN C. WELDING QUALIFICATIONS: SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS FOR WELDING PROCEDURES AND ASSURANCE AND CONTROL EVALUATIONS OF WORK TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE OF WORK WITH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IN THE FIELD IS NOT ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY PERSONNEL WHICH DOCUMENT MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SUBMITTALS WILL BE ONLY FOR INFORMATION. 1. SHOP CONNECTIONS: HIGH STRENGTH BOLTED OR WELDED, AS INDICATED ON 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROOF -TOP UNIT FRAMES AND ROOF OPENING FRAMES WITH DRAWINGS. B. WORK EVALUATIONS: PERFORM THE FOLLOWING EVALUATIONS: SPECIFIC PURCHASED EQUIPMENT FOR NUMBER, SIZE AND LOCATION BEFORE FABRICATION. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING 2. FIELD CONNECTIONS: HIGH STRENGTH BOLTED OR WELDED, AS INDICATED ON 8. SPLICING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WHERE NOT DETAILED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS IS DRAWINGS. 1. THREADED FASTENER CONNECTIONS: INSPECT THREADED FASTENER PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR ACCEPTANCE BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. A. SHOP ASSEMBLY: PREASSEMBLE WORK IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, SO AS CONNECTIONS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF RCSC BOLT SPECIFICATION AND TO MINIMIZE SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY OF WORK AT PROJECT SITE. DISASSEMBLE WORK C. THREADED FASTENER CONNECTIONS: INCLUDE FOLLOWING: STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTIONS: ONLY TO EXTENT NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING. MARK WORK FOR a. VISUALLY INSPECT 100 PERCENT OF THREADED FASTENER CONNECTIONS. REASSEMBLY AND COORDINATED INSTALLATION. 1. GENERAL: MEET REQUIREMENTS OF RCSC BOLT SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE HIGH - CONNECTION DETAILS ARE COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND THEY SHALL BE SO STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS OF STRENGTH REQUIRED. DO NOT REUSE b. MONITOR INSTALLATION OF THREADED FASTENERS TO DETERMINE ALL INCORPORATED INTO THE FABRICATOR'S DESIGN. B. STORAGE: FASTENERS THAT HAVE BEEN PREVIOUSLY TIGHTENED TO FULL PRETENSION FORCE. PLIES OF CONNECTED MATERIAL HAVE BEEN DRAWN TOGETHER AND CORRECT THREADED FASTENER CONNECTIONS THAT FAIL INSPECTION. TIGHTENING PROCEDURE HAS BEEN PROPERLY FOLLOWED. EQUIPMENT LOADS: 1. STORE STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS AT PROJECT SITE IN A LOCATION ABOVE GROUND AND IN A MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE, DISTORTION AND STRUCTURAL 2. COMMON CONNECTIONS: TIGHTEN FASTENERS TO SNUG TIGHT CONDITION. c. INSPECT ALL THREADED FASTENERS OF CONNECTIONS WHICH HAVE 1. STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS ARE NOT DESIGNED FOR VIBRATORY EQUIPMENT. PLACE WEAKENING. PREVIOUSLY FAILED INSPECTION. VIBRATORY EQUIPMENT ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS. D. WELDED CONSTRUCTION: 2. LOADING OF MECHANICAL ROOMS ARE BASED ON WEIGHTS OF ASSUMED EQUIPMENT, AS 2. PROTECT STEEL FROM CORROSION. 2. WELDS: INSPECT WELDS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1 AND AS INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING WEIGHTS OF CONCRETE PADS, WHERE 1. MEET REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1. FOLLOWS: INDICATED. REPORT ANY PLANNED CHANGE IN TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION OR NUMBER OF 3. STORE OTHER MATERIALS IN A WEATHER -TIGHT AND DRY PLACE, UNTIL READY FOR USE EQUIPMENT TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY ACTION. IN WORK. 2. LIMIT WELDING PROCESS TO ONE OR MORE OF FOLLOWING: a. VISUALLY INSPECT 100 PERCENT OF WELDS. HANGING ARCHITECTURAL/MECHANICALJELECTRICAUPLUMBING/FIRE PROTECTION LOADS: 4. STORE PACKAGED MATERIAL IN THEIR ORIGINAL UNBROKEN PACKAGE OR CONTAINER. a. MANUAL SHIELDED ARC. b. WELDS THAT FAIL SHALL BE RE -WELDED AND RETESTED UNTIL WELDS 1. CONNECTIONS OF ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE C. WELDING ELECTRODES: STORE AND MAINTAIN WELDING ELECTRODES MEETING b. SUBMERGED ARC. PASS. PROTECTION ITEMS TO THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE DESIGNED AND DETAILED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1. 3.04 ADJUSTING CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT WORK. SUBMIT FOR ACTION, DETAILS OF HANGER c. FLUX -CORED ARC. CONNECTIONS. INDICATE LOCATIONS OF CONNECTIONS AND LOADS IMPARTED ON THE A. TOUCH-UP PAINTING: AFTER ERECTION AND FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURE. REVISE HANGER LOCATIONS AND FREQUENCIES WHERE NECESSARY TO MEET 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS E. GAS CUTTING: CORRECTING OF FABRICATION BY GAS CUTTING IS NOT PERMITTED ON ANY FRAMING, TOUCH-UP PAINT ABRADED AND RUSTED AREAS OF SHOP PROTECTIVE COATED STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. MEMBER IN STRUCTURAL FRAMING WITHOUT PRIOR ACCEPTANCE OF ARCHITECT. SURFACES AND PAINT FIELD CONNECTIONS. PREPARE SURFACES AND APPLY PAINT MEETING 2. DISTRIBUTE HANGING LOADS AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT THE AVERAGE DISTRIBUTION TO THE A. BUILT-IN ITEMS: COORDINATE AND DELIVER STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ITEMS TO BE INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF PAINT MANUFACTURER. INSURE FULL COVERAGE SUPPLEMENTAL DEAD LOAD INDICATED ON LOAD MAPS AT EACH BUILDING BAY. WITHIN THE BUILT-IN, EMBEDDED OR ATTACHED TO SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION. FURNISH SETTING AT CORNERS AND EDGES. LISTED LIMITATION FOR AVERAGE DISTRIBUTION, LIMIT INDIVIDUAL HANGER LOADS TO VALUES DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF SUCH COMPONENTS. 2.06 PROTECTIVE COATINGS LISTED IN THIS SECTION. 1. ACRYLIC PRIMER COATED SURFACES: USE ACRYLIC PRIMER REPAIR PAINT. PROVIDE DRY 3. LOADS HANGING DIRECTLY FROM ROOF DECK AND EXISTING PURLINS ARE NOT PERMITTED. A. GENERAL: SURFACES OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SHALL RECEIVE PROTECTIVE FILM THICKNESS OF 2.0 MILS MINIMUM. 4. SINGLE -SIDED CLIP CONNECTIONS TO BEAM BOTTOM FLANGE SHALL BE LIMITED TO 500 LBS PART 2 - PRODUCTS COATING, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. PER LOCATION. SINGLE SIDED CLIP CONNECTIONS TO BEAM TOP FLANGE SHALL BE LIMITED TO 1,000 LBS PER LOCATION. 2.01 MATERIALS 1. SEQUENCE: PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COATING FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING AFTER END OF SECTION 5. DOUBLE -SIDED CLIP CONNECTIONS TO BEAM BOTTOM FLANGE SHALL BE LIMITED TO 1,000 FABRICATION AND BEFORE DELIVERY TO PROJECT SITE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE DESIGN CRITERIA: LBS A. STEEL SHAPES, BARS AND PLATES - GENERAL: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, OTHERWISE REQUIRED. DEMOLITION AND SHORING: AS FOLLOWS: 1. BASE UPON 2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND ASCE 7-10. 2. ACRYLIC PRIMER: 1. INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THE EXISTING STRUCTURE IS PROVIDED FOR INFORMATION 1. GENERAL: ASTM A572, GRADE 50, OR ASTM A36. 2. EXISTING ROOF LOADS (USING EXISTING SHEET S-3 AND S-7, CARTER AND EDMONDS ONLY. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION SHALL BE CHECKED AGAINST 2. WIDE FLANGE SHAPES: ASTM A992. a. COVERAGE: PRIME PAINT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING WITH ACRYLIC PRIMER, ENGINEERING CO., PERMIT 01/18/1989): CONDITIONS FOUND IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF ALL NEW EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. 2. CONSTRUCTION. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS B. STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING: B. ACRYLIC PRIMER: DEAD LOAD = 5 PSF COLLATERAL LOAD = 5 PSF AND SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED TO THE AREAS AND ITEMS CLEARLY DEFINED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN A CLEAN, WORKMANLIKE 1. COLD FORMED: ASTM A500, GRADE B. 1. EXCLUSIONS: DO NOT PAINT FOLLOWING SURFACES OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: LIVE LOAD = 20 PSF MANNER AND SHALL MINIMIZE DISRUPTION TO ADJACENT BUILDING ITEMS AND 2. HOT FORMED: ASTM A501. 3. DESIGN WIND LOADS: FEATURES BEYOND THE CURRENT WORK. a. WITHIN 2 INCHES OF WELD LOCATIONS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK AND SHALL BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS, LIMITATIONS AND ANY FEATURES C. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, TYPE E OR S, GRADE B, STANDARD WEIGHT CLASS EXCEPT AS b. TOP SURFACES OF MEMBERS SUPPORTING AND IN CONTACT WITH STEEL EULTIMATE XPOSURE WIND VELOCITY 40 MPH (PASCO COUNTY) WHICH MAY AFFECT THE PROPOSED DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE OTHERWISE REQUIRED, BLACK FINISH EXCEPT WHEN HOT -DIP ZINC COATING I$tEQUIRED. JOISTS, STEEL DECK OR LIKE CONSTRUCTION TO BE WELDED TO SUCH MEMBERS OCCUPANCY CATEGORY = 11 FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF ALL TEMPORARY ENCLOSED BUILDING SHORING TO BE USED. 4. DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO THE START OF 4. WEIGHT OF NEW RTU = 3000 # THE WORK. CONTACT THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED. 5. EXISTING DRAWINGS USED FOR DESIGN: SHEETS S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, S-5, S-6 AND S-7, CARTER AND EDMONDS ENGINEERING CO., PERMIT 01/18/1989. GENERAL NOTES I, C10IV�I MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312-454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE 1 08.16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES GiPSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: RV SCALE: VARIES DRAWN BY: MFS CHECKED BY: TS GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS �l S-001 A Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. 5 7 1/2" (VIF) NEW W10 BEAM EXIST STANDING SEE PLAN SEAM METAL ROOF T/NEWSTEEL EL (VIF) 3/16 L 8x6x1/2 (LLV) x12" LONG WITH (2) 3/4"0 HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ (CS, 3 3/4" MIN EMBED) @ 6" OC 2 SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 5 6 30'-0" (VIF) r�k T/EXIST STEEL EL VARIES (VIF) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- El - - - - - - - - - - - - - EXIST PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING FRAMING EXIST PURLINS (VIF) (VERIFY SIZE ON -SITE AND COORD WITH NEW STEEL BEAMS, TYP) 6ti EXIST STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF T/NEW STEEL 2'-0" FRAME OUT SUPPLY AND RETURN MAX EL (VIF) DECK PENETRATIONS WITH 6" LIGHT GAIJGE STUDS (18 GA MIN). ATTACH TO EXISTING Z PURLINS WITH CLIP 3" MIN ANGLES AND #10 TEK SCREW. 3/16 COORD LOCATION W/ MECH EQUIP T/EXIST STEEL I/ / NEW W 1 OX33 / ALT W8x35 I IX CVO EL (VIF) S-100 37 NEW W1 0 BEAM 7, 00Z LU SEE PLAN 0 N10200 RTU (3000# WT MAX) NEW W 10X33 / ALT W8x35 COORD LOCATION W/ MECH CONTRACTOR COORD SIZE WITH PURLINS (rYP) LEXIST — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - EXIST 7 1/2" THK CONC WALL 3 SECTION ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" SCALE: 1/8"= V-0" MEP / FP Engineer EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Design Architect EPSTEIN 600 West Fulton Chicago, IL 60661 312.454.9100 Nestle Waters North America Nestle Waters North America 4330 20th Street Zephyrhills, Florida 33542-6703 972.462.3663 SHEET NOTES: 1 SEE SHEET S-001 FOR GENERAL NOTES AND STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS. 2. SEE SHEET S-001 FOR LOADING CRITERIA. 4 09.18.2013 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3 09.11.2013 ISSUE FOR BIDS 2 09.03.2013 CD REVIEW PACKAGE I - 08-16.2013 DD REVIEW PACKAGE NO. DATE REVISIONS/ISSUANCES �PSTEIN Architecture Chicago Interiors New York Engineering Bucharest Construction Warsaw 600 W. Fulton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1259 T 312.454.9100 www.epsteinglobal.com PROJECT NUMBER: 12386 PROJECT MANAGER: JK ARCH/ENG: RV SCALE: VARIES DRAWN BY: MFS CHECKED BY: TS PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLANS AND SECTIONS S-100 A Epstein and Sons International, Inc. All rights reserved. tA AP(j--